yup >ine pes beemeliaadiia ee ee HARVARD UNIVERSITY el LES LIBRARY MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY WEA Lae ih g of the Ott Par * *. ry awa Field-Naturalists’ Club ... SS CER ich Oe TEs Te BAHT AH AR yar j : 3v Louise de Kiriline Lawrence ............ Stalhy . neh rio and Quebec. eae i class matter. - G. S. Bidwell . ; Wy Pain tec) P No. 1 c > ‘ : i) ae 4 % Se The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club Patrons—— _ Their Excellencies the Governor-General and the Lady Alexander President: W. H. LANCELEY Ist Vice-President : A. L. RAND 2nd Vice-President : PAULINE SNURE Treasurer : CLARENCE FRANKTON, Secretary : O. H. Hewitt, Division of Botany, National Parks Bureau, Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa. Norlite Bldg., Ottawa. Additional Members of Council : F. J. ALcock, R. M. ANpDERSON, E. G. ANDERSON, Rev. F. E. Banim, A. E. Bourcuicnon, I. L. Con NERS, Miss M. E. “CowaN, HoiGs CRAWFORD, RoE. DeLvry, Rowtey Frity, H. Grou, J. W. Groves, D. LEECHMAN, JHA “Lewis, Hoyes Ltoyp, Witmor Lioyp, W. lel MINSHALL, AGE: Porsit, D. ac: O. SAVILE, a CA. SENN, V. E. F. SOLMAN, E. F, G. WuitTe, M. E. Witson. Auditors : 1. L. CoNNERS and Harrison F. Lewis Editor Dr. H. A. SENN, Division of Botany 2 am Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa in : . Associate Editors De yen NESS!) ba avin Anthropology @rype! 1. Pater, 0" Ny Herpetology Dale Ye Se Lge ee A ot aa Botany R. M. ANDERSON ............ Mammalogy — Bu A ROCGUE) ost )i.005 00) Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN ........ Marine Biology ARTHUR GIBSON ................ Entomology AU TLL RCAND 1 Mane Ces .... Ornithology spre AU COCK FN Yorseein i aeee Geology WitAl BERLE MOG. tam Phe eo, RTD RMON) acon Bey Higonas The official publications of THE OTTAWA FieLp-NaATuRALIsSTS’ CLUB have been — issued since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club. 1879,1886, two volumes; the next. The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. | The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued bi-monthly. Its scope is the publication of the results of original research in all departments of Natural History. Price of this volume (6 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 40c each. Subscription ($2.00 per year) should be forwarded to ........Dr. C. FRANKTON Div. of Botany, Central Experimental Farm, _ OTTAWA, CANADA | Ge CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST Volume 61 1947 Published by THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB at OTTAWA, ONTARIO, CANADA 2) REL ASOT TEO, Te ee pats Oa ‘hee ) ps, i As ey ee ee _ VOL. 61 ae Pay | a e J > Pas A he Canadian Field- Naturalist M —! OTTAWA, CANADA JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1947 FIVE DAYS WITH A PAIR OF NESTING CANADA JAYS” ! By Louise DE KIRILINE LAWRENCE Rutherglen, Ontario The Discovery LRICH VON DOELER, on whose farm the nest was found, and Mr. Rudolph Tiel were out walking on Palm Sunday, March 25, 1945." It was a clear day with mild breezes and the temperature near the 60-mark, one of those premature spring days which occurred this year. They sat down on the rocks overlooking ‘Talon Lake just where the narrows begin above the chute. This point is about 200 feet above the water with a wonderful view out over the lake and the Laurentian hills blueing in the distance. Von Doeler’s farm is on the last concession of Cal- vin Township, near Rutherglen, Ontario. Presently they saw a Canada jay with a stick in its bill. It flew from tree to tree with the stick, visiting about seven before it finally flew into a white spruce where it seemed to deposit it. Curious about nesting activities at this early date, the two men investigated. They found a partially built nest about 8 feet from the ground close to the trunk in a young white spruce. A few days later, in the beginning of April, von Doeler informed me of the find. It was not before April 16th, however, that I was able to visit the nest in company with Dr. Oliver Hewitt and Dr. and Mrs. J. Murray Speirs. We arrived at the site, guided by von Doeler, at about 11 a.m. The weather was overcast with fresh southeasterly winds and the temperature about 30. Before we left, about an hour later, cold showers of rain and sleet began to fall. As we arrived an adult bird flushed. Some- body said: “There are fullgrown young in the nest !” But upon closer investigation we found to our surprise that a second grown bird was still sitting on the nest. This bird refused to be flushed and continued brooding without apparent concern in spite of our rather noisy 1) Received for publication June 7, 1945. presence. The flushed bird, which we took to be the male, on the contrary, showed signs of anxiety. He kept flying soundlessly from perch to perch, first in wide circles, then closer and closer towards the nest. Finally, he screwed up enough courage to come back to the nest where, in his eagerness to protect his mate, he began trampling over and across her giving a soft call-note, which Dr. Speirs found very like the robin’s, and “miewings.” The “female” responded with the same notes turning her open bill towards her mate, until the “male” finally settled down on top of her. This operation took place once or twice while we were at the nest. We were, of course, very curious to find out what was in the nest. Dr. Hewitt tried to climb near-by trees to have a look. But the “female” refused to budge even when Dr. Speirs went quite close to her and waved his hat at her. After this, we decided to give up for fear of having the birds abandon the nest prematurely. I was not able to accompany Dr. and Mrs. Speirs at the time when they, on April 23rd, again visited the nest together with Dr. and Mrs. Victor Solman. This visit was mainly intended for photographing and some excel- lent pictures were taken at this occasion. Mrs. Speirs gave me the following account of what happened. When they arrived at the nest at 10.25 a.m. both birds were again on the nest. One of them flushed, but returned soon after and the same ceremony as previously observed took place, the “male” hopped to and fro over his mate “miewing”, before he settled down on top, wings and tail spread out protec- tingly over her. At 11.30 Dr. Solman approached the nest to take photographs and both birds flew off. By means of a mirror it was then ascertained that there were five eggs in the nest. A photograph was taken of the eggs. While the party was having lunch on the Vol. 60, No. 3, July-August, 1946 was issued October 29, 1946. as te 2 Tur CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST rocks it was noticed that the birds became very interested and soon came for pieces of sandwiches thrown to them or stuck in the crotches of the trees. Evidently these birds knew human beings, as well as their food, from previous pleasant experience and that the circumstance of their nesting was no impe- diment to indulge in what was being offered. The “male” was off the nest most of the time during the visit, except 20 minutes when both birds incubated. The “female” was off a couple of times when the sandwiches proved too tempting to resist, but she returned to the nest each time almost immediately. Several times. when the “male” returned to the “female” on the nest he would put his bill, empty as far as could be seen, into the open bill of his mate; in Dr. Speirs words, “appa- rently a caress or token-feeding”’. The Situation of the Nest In a young white spruce about 15 feet high the nest was built exactly 8 feet from the ground. It was placed close up against the south side of the trunk resting on and between one forked and another single branch. Branches close overhead hung down, partly concealing the nest. The tree stood on a sloping ravine with 2 jackpines, several young aspen trees and willow bushes close by it. A little rivulet ran down from an alder thicket, some dozen feet southwest of the tree, over and underground northeastwards past the nesting tree. To the east, about 25 feet from the tree, it formed a small pool down in a hollow. There were several thick stands of spruce, many jackpines, an old windfall, and the underbrush was fairly dense. The territory used by the birds extended westwards to a rising Precambrian rock formation covered. with reindeer moss and lichens and in the crevices flowering trailing arbutus. To the north the ravine sloped steeply to the narrows about 200 feet below. In the fertile spots all the way down grew spruce, some tall red and white pines, jack- pines and aspen trees. To the east beyond the pool there was a good stand of second growth fir trees, jackpines, some cedars and many thick spruces. To the south the land rose slowly, covered with young deciduous trees intermingled with firs. The ground of the ravine was covered in places with sphagnum moss and another kind of compact green moss. Long trailers of Linnaea borealis ran over rocks and stumps [Vol. 61 and here and there were small bunches of wintergreen with their red berries. The nesting site was well sheltered from all sides except the north, and good cover was provided both near and farther away from the nesting tree. First Day at the Nest, April 26th It was only after Dr. A. L. Rand of the National Museum of Canada had told me how little was known of the nesting habits of the Canada jay that I fully realized the luck of having such a nest within accessible distance and the importance of finding out all I could about it. Thus, armed with watch, mirror and a blanket, (how I wished I had thought of a groundsheet too that day because the best spot for observation happened to be all but in the little rivulet), I set out on my first nest- watching expedition with no previous exper- ience but much enthusiasm. After two miles by car and two and a half miles on foot, I arrived at the nest at 9.30 a.m. Both birds were on the nest. The top bird flushed and flew off into the east bush, but returned five minutes later and settled again on top of the other bird. Meanwhile, I set up the trap, intending to band the birds at an appropriate moment, and baited it with suet. The instant I retired to my place of observa- tion, which was 6 to 8 feet from the nesting tree, both birds immediately left the nest and flew to investigate the trap. They hopped around it “miewing” and trembling wings as if daring each other to hop in and take a piece of the tempting stuff inside. Finally one of them entered, but I refrained from tripping the trap not wishing to scare the birds unduly the first day. One bird fed and returned to the nest which had been left uncovered for 3 minutes. The other bird took a tour in the bush, presumably feeding. But he was hidden from view most of the time so that I could not see exactly what he was doing. He too returned to the nest, entering from the southeast side, which afterwards proved to be their favourite approach. He trembled wings before settling down and both birds gave “miewing” notes with bills opened towards each other sometimes touching. This “miewing” ceremony often looked like bona fide feeding, but I never saw any food actually pass from bird to bird. Dr. Speirs term, “token-feeding”, seems to me _ the _ best expression. The weather on this day was overcast with January-February, 1947] low clouds and fresh northeast winds. The temperature was between 32 and 35. The top bird remained on the nest for 13 minutes. But it was clear that this invasion of traps, artificial food and observer into their tranquil retreat needed another inspection. So he left the nest again and went into the trap and fed there. The bottom bird re- mained on the nest giving a curious note like the light tapping on tin, “zreeng-zreeng”’. The top bird once more went into the trap. He swallowed a piece of suet and flew directly to the nest where both birds fluttered their wings and “miewed” with open bills, but I could not see any actual feeding. The top bird left again and fed once more in the trap, whereupon he flew into the bush, did some close inspection of me in passing and then returned to the nest a couple of minutes later. His return was marked with the same cere- mony of trembling wings and much “miewing”’ together with the “zreeng” note given by the bottom bird. The top bird settled for a short instant and then came to take some peanut butter placed on a stick a foot away from me. He swallowed this and flew directly to the nest where a great ceremony was again per- formed, “miewings”, trembling wings and opened bills, before he finally settled down on top of the sitting bird. The bottem bird sits very deeply into the nest so that only the tail, at a sharp angle, and the head are showing above the rim. The top bird sits across or straddling the bottom bird, or half beside it and half on top of it with wings, then, spread over the bottom bird and the edges of the nest. When incubating together the birds may be very quiet for long periods. Or again, they may move and change position more or less often. These movements on the nest were invariably accompanied by loud “miewings”’ with open bills and some- times trembling wings. On several occasions the top bird pecked the bottom bird gently in the nape of the neck, which was apparently a caress and brought forth “miewings” from the bottom bird. The second period of double incubating lasted about 44 minutes. The top bird then flew off and came directly to me followed soon after by the bottom bird. At a distance from me of some 2 to 3 feet there ensued a great display of trembling wings and spread tails accompanied by loud notes, “xhrae-xhrae, wheez-xhrae”, whereupon on bird, I could not tell which, returned to the nest. The other Tur CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 3 bird followed, saw the first one well settled, and then departed into the east bush. After 2 minutes absence the bird returned and there was again a scene of so-called token- feeding with the usual flutter of wings and “7reeng” notes. The birds incubated for 13 minutes. As I moved to stretch my cramped legs both birds came fiying from the nest to eat peanut butter. I took the opportunity to look into the nest with a mirror. There were five eggs with tips turned towards the center. Both birds returned while I was thus occupied, but apart from stepping around with “xhrae”’ and “zreet” notes, they did not seem much worried. The instant I took away the mirror one of them settled down on the eggs while the other bird made one more trip into the east bush, returned and settled on top of the bottom bird with “miewings” and trembling of wings lasting for one minute. The birds incubated quietly for 18 minutes. During this period a golden-crowned kinglet passed near the nest, but neither of the jays showed any reaction. Then a new thing happened. The bottom bird got out of the nest from under and the top bird immediately sank down upon the eggs. With roles reversed the new top bird made varicus trips for peanut butter, while the new bottom bird remained on duty faith- fully incubating as the other one had done. The return to the nest of the top bird was marked with the same ceremony of trembling wings and “miewings”’ with opened bills towards each other as before, with the only difference that the old top bird now per- formed as a bottom bird and vice versa. This change of roles or shift-overs, when done on the nest and not after both birds had left the nest and one returned alone, seemed to have the effect of increased ardour. Their ‘“miew- ings” at these occasions grew very loud and the flutter of wings impassioned. i The new top bird remained in his role for 40 minutes. During this period he was rather restless, getting off and on the nest. The peanut butter seemed to be too great a temp- tation, not for him alone but for both, since the bottom bird also left the nest and it was uncovered for 2 minutes. The top bird returned first to the nest and settled down as bottom bird, and again roles were reversed. While this was going on a herring gull came flying over and one of the birds, the present top bird, gave the alarm note, a soft “‘yoo-yoo”. 4 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST (At my banding station I have several times heard this note given by Canada jays when surprised or when danger threatened.) The birds remained in their present roles for 1 hour and 28 minutes. The bottom bird incubated continually while the top bird got off and on at intervals, moved about on the nest, trembled wings, caressed his mate. Movements were regularly accompanied by “miewings” and conversation with bills opened towards each other. Once again there was a token-feeding. The change of roles this time lasted only 37 minutes. Another shift-over was made, this time when both birds went into the trap and I could follow them well enough to be sure the top bird flew back to the nest first and became bottom bird. They had left the eggs uncovered 2 minutes. By this time the birds were taking me so much for granted that they came to feed from my hand, that is, one of them did. In the course of the day I had discovered that one of the birds was definitely more shy than the other. For a long time this was my only aid in differentiating between the birds. There was not a speck of colour or feather on one that was not exactly duplicated on the other. Ineubating was continued this time for 76 minutes with the top bird as usual fairly free of movement. Once 2 strange men came past, but neither bird flushed. After 18 minutes of this last period the birds suddenly moved and began eating shells. Big pieces went down their throats. They drank liquid from the nest, which at that time I found very curious. They ate shells three times in 15 minutes. The bottom bird gave a new note, a very soft ‘hre-hre”. I was con- vinced the eggs were hatching, but I had no opportunity to look once more into the nest. It began to snow heavily and this soon in- creased to full snowstorm. The birds sat very tight on the nest and the weather grew so cold and unpleasant that I had to leave. Summary of First Day Time of observation was from 9.30 a.m. to 3.30 p.m., a total of 6 hours. As far as could be ascertained 4 shift-overs occurred when the top bird became bottom bird and vice versa. Both birds left the nest uncovered 6 times for respectively 3, 1, 1, 2, 2, and 2 minutes. The longest time of incubation when the bottom bird remained continually on the nest and the [Vol. 61 top bird was off and on was 1 hour 28 minutes, the shortest 15 minutes. Double incubating occurred in 18 unbroken periods. The longest of these, which was the last one when I left and the birds were still sitting, was 49 minutes, the next longest 44 minutes. The shortest was 1 minute, which occurred twice. Total time of double incuba- {ion was exactly 5 hours 14 minutes. There was a definite ceremony each time the birds began double incubation or changed position when on the nest. It consisted of trembling wings and “miewings” with bills wide opened towards each other. This cere- mony was also observed twice when the birds met in the bush. Actual feeding of either bird on the nest or elsewhere was not observed. The birds confined themselves to-an area bordered by the rising rocks to the west where the trap was set. In later days, however, after the trap was moved to within 8 feet of the nesting tree, they were never seen going in this direction at all. To the north they went no farther than from 15 to 25 feet from the nesting tree, to the east a little beyond the pool, some 25 to 30 feet from the nest, and to the south 20 to 25 feet. No terri- torial defence was observed. When the eggs broke in the nest all shells were eaten, no parts carried off. Second Day April 27th I arrived at the nest at 10.20 am. and stayed until 2.30 p.m., a total of 4 hours 10 minutes. IgTdvd |*4T ""* SSOU LHO4 |*Tl°***AVa UMHSIGOUT |°S *** ANTOHNALSTOM tpg ttt avy ftegcccc ce “'s-*qnyist atau liagz ccccccte ANVAVL |°9T °'*°*MITOOTOI |*oT’:: °° UNOSUVH @vT [pect ynTOAS Nh he: Se NVINUON DYOu | 4g > °° ee GNIWHHddO0 |° Te °° *CTMIMUTLSGHD | ST ""*AVA OLLOUV |°G °"*** LYSHOd advd |°f& *"**"** AVd GNAVd “@& °**ddOH GOOD LYHOu |-9e °° *-**" * AVA WOCTYAWVO |" 0g ~***” GNVI YGMVH |p “* “DBINI GNOd |°e°°"** NOSTUUYVH LHOd |°¢ °*"** OWIHD LYOa PU See aaa ee SSLUVASWAL VG | Scopes ncaa QUTNI LSHYNHLVE |°6T “°° “NOLGWWHINOS |°ET **"*-'** GQGATO |°4°*****"HNLINONDAOd |°T °**°*UaATY DOYNORD E2TIK COE oo oo o S3TIN a1voSs SJQVW N33a8 SAVH SNYNLaY XO4 3N1a HOIHM WO » SNOILWLS SHL ONIMOHS Vi: S3IYOLINMYSL LSAMHLYON : sO dvW *HONVYB S1S3YO4 ‘ONY Syuvd ‘SGNVT 9394NO0S3Y ONY S3NIW JO LN3WLYVd30 VvaVNVO 18 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST The accompanying map shows the distri- bution of the different percentages occurring at various points. The figures used for the areas are the averages of the percentages over the 25 year period under review. From the map it is seen that these percentage figures divide the Northwest Territories into three districts — the Western Arctic and most of Keewatin having a percentage range of .1 to .7; Western Ungava, the rest of Keewatin, Southampton Island and Cape Dorset with a range of .6 to .8%; and Baffin Island with Northeastern Ungava ranging from 1.1 to 44%. The only exception to these areas is Yellowknife with a percentage of 13 — however, not too much importance should be attached to this exception as it will be noted from the table that Yellowknife only shows positive white fox returns for 4 years out of the 25 years under review. It may seem that the range of .1 to 4.4% blue foxes taken over such a wide area is extremely small and insignificant compared to Iceland’s 100% and Greenland with 50% or over. However, it does seem important that the area under discussion can be grouped into 3 range percentage groups, and that the highest range 1.1 to 4.4% area is directly across from Greenland. From this fact it might be supposed that the blue foxes from Greenland might migrate to some extent across the ice to Baffin Island, or to Ellesmere where the blue fox situation is uncertain. No facts are known at present that would prove such a possibility. It has been shown above that there is a definite geographic variation in the occurrence of the blue phase of the Arctic fox in Canada. The average annual per cent of blue foxes taken to the total catch of Arctic fox ranges from .1 to 4.4%. The highest percentage [Vol. 61 of blue foxes taken in Canada occurs in Baffin Island. REFERENCES (1) Anderson, R. M. 1935. Mammals of the Eastern Arctic and Hudson Bay. Canada’s Eastern Arctic. Department of the Interior. (2) 1937. Mammals and Birds. Cana- da’s Western Northland. Department of Mines and Resources. (3) Bay, E. 1904. Animal Life in King Oscar Land, and the Neighbouring Tracts in New Land; Otto Sverdrup, London. (4) Elton, C. 1942. Voles, Mice and Lem- mings. Oxford. (5) Freuchen, P. 1935. Report of the Fifth Thule Expedition. Copenhagen. (6) Golden, F. A. 1925. Bering’s Voyages, vol. 2. New York. (7) Greely, A. W. 1886. Three Years of Arc- tic Service, New York. (8) Lydekker, R. 1893-4. The Royal Natural History. London. (9) Manniche, A. L. V. 1912. Meddelelser om Gronland. Kobenhavn. (10) Manning, T. H. 1942. Remarks on the Physiography, Eskimo and Mammals of Southampton Island. Canadian Geographic Journal, vol. 24, No. 1. (11) Newton, A. 1864. Proc. Zool. Society. (12) Soper, J. D. 1944. The Mammals of Southern Baffin Island, Northwest Territories, Canada. Journal of Mam- mology, vol. 25, No. 3. (13) Stefanson, V. 1944. Arctic Manual, New York. (14) Sutton, G. M. 1934. York. Eskimo Year, New - <--> January-February, 1947] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 19 SIXTY-NINTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB REPORT OF COUNCIL INCE the last-annual meeting, there have been six meetings of Council. Excursions and Lectures Committee. — Three committee meetings were held. Five lectures and two other indoor meetings were arranged, as follows: Jan. 17 — Motion Pic- tures entitled “Just Weeds’, “The Heritage We Guard” and “The Experimental Farm”; Jan. 30 — “Botanizing in Northern Canada”, by Dr. H. M. Raup; Feb. 9 — “Listening in on the Home Life of Birds” by Dr. A. A. Allen; March 21 — “Experiences in the Yukon”, by Dr. V. C. Wynne-Edwards; April 25 — Dinner Meeting; Speaker, Mr. G. C. Monture; October 24 — “Botanizing in Western Canada”, by Dr. H. A. Senn; Nov. 21 — “Cruising the (Labrador Coast”, by Dr. O. H. Hewitt. Six early morning bird walks were held between April 30 and June 4. Five Saturday afternoon excursions were held in the spring, and three in the fall, as follows: May 4 to Mackay Lake, May 11 to Britannia, May 18 to the Experimental Farm, June 1 to Kingsmere, June 8 along the Ottawa River, Sept. 7 to Mackay Lake, Sept. 14 to Eastview Quarries, Sept. 22 to Gatineau Park. Publications Committee. — Two committee meetings were held. ‘Six numbers of the “Canadian Field-Naturalist”, with a total of 168 pages, were published. Bird Census Committee. — The Christmas Bird Census was taken on December 23, 1945, and a total of 25 species and 2350 individuals was reported. The results were published in the Jan.-Feb., 1946 number of the Canadian Field-Naturalist, and in Audubon Magazine. Membership Committee. — During the past year, 16 new members, and 12 new associate members have been accepted. OO} Be HEWLiaT Secretary. $+ oe 20 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL STANDING OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB, DECEMBER 3, 1946 CURRENT ACCOUNT [Vol. 61 ASSETS LIABILITIES Balance in Bank, Dec. 3, 1946 .......... 670.33 Unecashed Cheque ...............eceeeeeeeeeeeeees 8.00 Bills= Receivable, 25.2 8icc8 atecckeee nes 69.55 -; Balance (S528. no ee eee eee 751.88 759.88 759.88 RECEIPTS EXPENDITURES Balance in Bank, Nov. 28, 1945 451.71 Canadian Field-Naturalist .................... 657.80 Fees :— Editor: 22252234 Pee 50.00 Currents a: cee ee 752.19 Curator fe eee 15.00 Advances & Arrears .... 134.70 Separates? oo s...c ie eee 261.84 Assoc. Members ............ 46.00: 932.09: Illustrations. “2... 2 eee 116.90 SED aBaleS iat async coeeeeeeaoe eee Nee 335.01 Excurs. & Lectures Comm. .................. 75.00 WMS Ga GIONS ei atic herrenees scent wan cheee 81.04 Postage & Stationery ...........00....c 76.34 Single & Back Numbers ...............0.0000.... 21.15. Bank Discount’:..........0 2 eee 17.90 IMA SCOIAME ONS is ccs cas sete ec ote as eee eoaes 13:60) — MiscellaneOus> =e 41.61 Annual Lecture (net) ......... eee 147532) Balances in’ Bank... eee 670.33 1982.72 1982.72 RESERVE FUND ASSETS LIABILITIES Canadian Government Bonds _.......... 1800.00 Nil Balance in Bank, Dec. 3, 1946 ........... 31.48 1831.48 RECEIPTS EXPENDITURES Balance in Bank, Nov. 28, 1945 ....... 69.76 Rent, Deposit Box ..............ccccceeeeeees 3.00 Bone Integestree ce coe cies cee 69100) Seurchasevot Bond! eee 105.56 Banks Interests oe ak oot eee eee ee 1.28 Balance in Bank, Dec. 3, 1946 .............. 31.48 140.04 140.04 PUBLICATION FUND ASSETS LIABILITIES Canadian Government Bonds _........ 1300.00 Nil Balance in Bank, Dec. 3, 1946 ............ 40.40 1340.40 RECEIPTS EXPENDITURES Balance in Bank, Nov. 28, 1945. ........ 96.49 Purchase of Bond ...........ccccceeeeee 105.56 BOnGMALNLONGS Ue atusccte eo ere eee 48.00 Balance in Bank, Dec. 3, 1946 ............ 40.40 Banke Interest. 25st ncctecreoueeacciscsss 1.47 - 145.96 145.96 Audited and found correct (signed) Harrison F. Lewis W. H. Lanceley AUDITORS I. L. Conners Treasurer. Dec. 3, 1946. January-February, 1947] NOLES Holboell’s Grebe’s Strange Death. — On May 3, 1945, while hunting for edible crabs along the shoreline at Ocean Park, I noticed a dead Holboell’s grebe (Colymbus grisegena) floating in the water. Closer examination showed the bird had met its death by suffo- eation. Protruding from the mouth was a fish about 6% inches in length. It was so firmly wedged in the throat of the grebe that it could not be removed until a slit was made between the mandibles with a penknife. Apparently the bird was unable to swallow or disgorge its prey on account of the spines in each side of the fish’s head. Mrs. Beatrice Thacker of Hope, B.C., who happened to be staying in Crescent at the time, made a sketch of the fish and sent it to the Provincial Museum in Victoria. Dr. Clifford Carl identified it as one of the sculpins and almost certainly the “Singing Fish” or “Midshipman” (Proichthys notatus). These fish apparently frequent rocky shores like that at Ocean Park. Mr. Kenneth Racey of Vancouver tells me that some years ago the late Mr. R. A. Cumming brought him a glau- cous-winged gull which had met with a similar fate. Ocean Park is on Boundary Bay near Crescent about six miles north of the Inter- national Boundary. — M. W. HOLDOM, Crescent, B.C. Another Hybrid Flicker in the Ottawa Dis- trict. — When walking along Mariposa Avenue opposite Ashbury College during the first week in June, 1943, I noticed a flicker with peculiar colouration. On approaching it close- ly (to within twelve feet) I saw that it had the pure red undertail surfaces of the red-shafted flicker, Colaptes cafer, while it had the fawn face and throat marks, the black moustache mark and the red nape of the yellow-shafted flicker, Colaptes auratus. This is the second record of a hybrid flicker from the Ottawa district, but it is probably only a stray wanderer from the district where the ranges of the two species overlap and hybridizing is very frequent. -— ROGER G. S. BIDWELL, Halifax, N.S. : THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 21 Andie Orbs EoROY Ati LO NS Mouse Kills Snake.’ — In June I witnessed what I think must be most unusual: a mouse killing a snake. The short tailed field mouse (not a shrew) had found the brown snake, (Thammophis sirtalis) of about twelve inches, on the driveway in front of one of the cabins. I missed the commencement of the attack, and there was already a noticeable kink in the snake’s vertebrae in the region of the vent. The victim was writhing towards a flower- bed under great difficulty, the mouse scur- rying up and down its length, biting for all it was worth; but, so far as I could see, failing to puncture the snake’s tough skin. Event- ually, the snake disappeared in a hole under a rock — the mouse following it down. An extraordinary feature of this incident was that the mouse was so savagely intent upon murder that it took not the slightest notice of the three of us who, at close quarters, were watching its attack. One speculates upon the motive! Was it “the lust to kill” held against the weasel ? Or, an innate hatred of snakes — that appa- rently inspires the mongoose? Or, again, was it some personal feud due to the snake — viewed as an enemy — being in too close proximity to the mouse’s nest? A mole will kill and eat a small snake — that I know — but a mole is, admittedly, omnivorous. Are we to recognize a similar catholicity of taste in the harmless, necessary field mouse? — F. C. WHITEHOUSE, Little River Fishing Camp, Squilax, B.C. 1) Casual observations such as this are, of course, of great value to students of natural history, but their scientific value is greatly increased when it is possible to accurately determine the identity of the animals involved. — EDITOR. A.O.U. To MEET IN TORONTO The American Ornithologists’ Union will hold its Sixty-fifth Stated Meeting at Toronto during the fall of 1947 at a date to be fixed later. This will be the fourth Canadian meeting of the Union. L. L. Snyder, Assistant Director, Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, is Chairman of the Local Committee, and full particulars may be secured from him. ERRATUM In Vol. 60, No. 2, March-April, 1946, p. 30, column 2, line 9: 1884 should read 1844. 22 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST NOTES Long-tailed Chat on Vancouver Island. — Any occurrence of the long-tailed chat (Icteria virens longicauda), the geographical race assumed, on Vancouver Island seems worthy of record. Mr. H. M. Laing reported in The Condor (Vol. 44 p. 180) having heard birds singing on two occasions, near Courte- nay. I heard one of these birds on three different dates in June, 1940 but was never able to get a view of the bird whicn kept close to the rather dense bushes it frequented. However on 31st May, 1945, I had a close up view of a specimen but some ten miles north of where the previous birds were heard. Hearing an unusual song, which, at first, I thought was a jay (Cyanocitta stelleri) with an unusual repertoire but as it continued without change I went to investigate and calling, soon had the chat come to within twenty feet, pro- viding so perfect a view that there could be no doubt as to the identity. The bird stayed around for some minutes then moved away in the direction first heard. The bird was not seen or heard when I was in the same locality a month later. The area frequented is close to a small lake and is fairly open with small second growth conifers scattered about and crab and alder bushes. The Courtenay birds fre- quented bushes at the mouth of the river there—THEED PEARSE, Comox, V. I., B.C. BENT’s Divinc Birps REPUBLISHED Dodd, Mead & Company, 432 Fourth Avenue, New York 16, (Canadian office, 215 Victoria St., Toronto) has recently announced the pu- blication of a trade edition of Arthur Cleve- land Bent’s “Life Histories of North American Diving Birds”. This important work was originally published by the Smithsonian Insti- tution and is long since out of print. The new edition is but the first volume of Bent’s whole series. It contains all the original text dealing with the habits, food, plumage, voice, range, courtship, eggs, nest, young, and migration of the American diving birds — grebes, loons, puffins, auks and auklets, murres and murrelets, guillemots, and dovekies. There are 32 pages of illustrations. — EDITOR. [Vol. 61 andi OBS Rey Agi a ONES WARBLER MORTALITY AND THE LATE SPRING OF 1945, IN ONTARIO AND QUEBEC. To the Editor: — This spring, 1945, was cold and exceedingly unfavourable for insects and probably for birds as well. The low tem- peratures of the latter part of April and early May evidently caused a high mortality among numerous species of insects including the notcrious spruce budworms in the North Bay — Timiskaming area, and may have been responsible for wiping out the heavy tent caterpillar infestation in the Ville Marie — New Liskeard area. Several of the Ontario Goverrment’s fire rangers who make collec- tions for the Dominion Government’s forest and insect survey reported a dearth of insects this spring in northern Ontario. My observations have led me to suspect that there may have been a fairly heavy mortality among the warblers in this locality. Five dead warblers (I Myrtle, 2 Canada, 1 Blackburnian and 1 Pine) were picked up within 100 feet of our cottage near Red Pine Point, Lake Kipawa, P.Q., during the third and fourth week of May. Two other dead warblers were found during this period near the village of lLaniel. Unfortunately the birds’ stomachs were not examined, but from the above evidence it is safe to surmise death was caused by starvation, a result of the searcity of insects. If you have any similar reports of bird mortality this spring I would be interested in hearing of them. DOUGLAS A. ROSS, Laniel, P.Q. RESEARCH REQUEST I am interested in obtaining reprints, copies of unpublished manuscripts and results or observations made in connection with the biological control of mosquitoes. I want to bring this information together in the form of annotated bibliographies. J. B. GERBERICH Dept. of Biological Science Michigan State College East Lansing, Michigan. AFFILIATED. SOCIETIES Y SOCIETY OF : i VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY EXECUTIVE OFFICERS — 1946-1947 onorary Presj. Hon. President: DR. NORMAN A. M. MacKENZIE, M.M. KOSER: Vice-Pre- B.A., L.L.M., L.L.B., L.L.D., Past President : IAN McTAG- HIRLEY BROOKS; GERT COWAN, B.A., Ph. D.; President: (AME, BAIN; Vice-President: J. J. PLOMMER; Corr. Secretary: A. R. -WOOTON; Rec. Secretary: MISS STELLA BOYSE; Asst. Secretary: F. TIMMIS; H. Treasurer: F. J. SANDFORD; _ Librarian: “MRS. Je MORGAN; Chairmen of sections: Botany - ine DAVIDSON, F.LS., F.B.S.E.: Geology - M. Y. WILLIAMS, B.Sc., Ph.D., F.G.S.A.: Entomology - A. R. WOOTTON : Omithology - J. HOLMAN: Photo- graphy - P. T. TIMMS : Mammalogy - Ian McT. COWAN, B.A., Ph.D.: Marine Biology - R. W. PILLSBURY, M.A.; Junior Section - MISS M. L. ELLIOTT; Additional Members of Executive - MISS E. SUTHERLAND, Cc. GOUGH, K. RACEY, G. R. WOOD. Auditors - i ee i SEC wW. B. WOODs. All ‘meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, ‘Applied Seance Building, Vay erety of British Columbia, unless | other- ise announced. 4s | McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB _ LONDON, ONT. OFFICERS FOR 1946 ai - DR. R. G. CUMMINGS, 429 Oxford St. _ Vice-President_ - MR. I K. REYNOLDS, 912 Dufferin Ave. _ Corr. Sec. é Treas. - Mrs. Ww. G. GIRLING, ABR } _ 530 English St. nec! ‘Sec. - _ MR. ALAN LAUGHREY, 786 Wellington St. _ Migratory ~ Bird Recorder - MR. w. G. GIRLING, 530 ‘English St. Programme Convenor - MRS. E. M. DALE, 297 Hyman St. Meetings are held at 7.30 ee in the ‘Public Library building on the second ‘Monday oh each month from | October ‘to ‘April. ‘ Field” trips < are held seas the ‘spring and a ‘special excursion 1 in ater "PROVINCE OF QUEBEC § SOCIETY FOR THE es OF BIRDS INC. Bea (ie "OFFICERS FOR 1946 = 47 Upreadeute MRS. 1 “Mcl. TERRILL ; = Mice presidente JeuRs ANGLIN and G, HARPER HALI 1 Treasurer: J. D. FRY; Secretary: MISS R. S. ABBOTT; Committee: W. R. _ B. BERTRAM, J. A. DECARIE, DR. C. FRANKTON, W. Ses ART, MBS. C. L. HENDERSON, MISS G. HIBBARD, ary and Treas- Vit SERA Aes JACKSON, A. R. LEPINGWELL, G. H. MONT- pridinte: (ae t GOMERY. Jr., MISS L. MURPHY, ene: OMMANNEY, eudizia, ecre eG « W. H. RAWLINGS, MISS M. ROBINSON, J. A. ROLLAND, MISS M. SEATH, L. MclI. SE ve Cc. WYNNE. _ EDWARDS. ‘ b ® ‘ Meetings held the fecondl Monday of the month except suring summer. Nott Headquarters of the ‘Society are: REDPATH MUSEUM BIRD ROOM ‘McGILL UNIVERSITY, ‘MONTREAL, 2a: cay ’ sy BN ge OPI it _ BRITISH, COLUMBIA BIRD AND (the. first ‘Mouday of ag ee MAMMAL SOCIETY t the Royal Ontario Lit OK ‘Field trips are president: on the second _ LAING ; S er. nd alta - Zoology, - % ose RACEY ; Vice-President: H. M. Secretary : IAN McT. COWAN, Dept. of University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. NE ; 1h) . nem OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT and LESSER. KNOWN OTTAWA MAMMALS “ By A. by c. 12h (eee t Copies of ahr 2 of these valuable checklists 1 n HN NA rn ,w7 Eanleay (* HK) PD \ MAY 16 1947 SAA ae ~ LIBRARY Vol. 61 MARCH-APRIL, 1947 No. 2 The CANADIAN meLD-NATURALIST Contents Birds of the vicinity of North Bay, Ontario. Peaearas Fi.) Speirs ane: (sy MULTAY, SPOUTS 60. ia) Gah tel ieee uenewradden senot tecgdeesine see 23 A new record of a species of agonid fish, Occa verrucosa (Lockington) from the west coast of Vancouver Island, British Columbia. By W. E. Barraclough... 39 Investigations on rubber-bearing plants. V. Notes on the flower biology and pod yield of Asclepias syriaca L. By Raymond J. Moore .......0...00.000.ecee ee 40 Observations on the birds of the Petawawa Military Reserve and surrounding dis- Picea henirew County, Ontario. (By IN: Ri Browns.) 20.2 ewe 47 First dates of anthesis for four trees at Ottawa, Ontario, for the period of 1936 to fea ambave NNT pia ATOLL MINIS MAL eM UN ee aca eek sen Ucuue suey scabs cusdent thdsbeae 56 ais era ESTE MO ETISUS 94 Oi ee ae a ta le Us es wumad Seu 60 Notes and Observations: — Hudsonian Chickadee and Golden gadsed Warbler in southern Ontario. TEs Belt ere pls Gis 0 eb Fa IN Sp ELA RE, AUP i ROC AUR MR Ce aR 67 A nesting record of the Western Tanager, Piranga ludoviciana, in east central Saskatchewan. By) Maurice 'G.) Streetisacee Ai e oh ls eccecce tn tk 67 Occurrence of the Wood Turtle on the Petawawa Reserve, Renfrew County, COT e ALTE iad ENA ER ICOM St Ue a iain dar, ON He Mae a 67 Pee nlouse-catcnines crow By IN. Re Brown ieee esse seta tyes tose cist eans neo 68 The Brown Rat, Rattus norvegicus, in British Columbia. By Allan Brooks 68 Snowy Owls in Peel Co., Ontario. By Margaret H. Mitchell ........0000000000000.. 68 - A nest of the Least Weasel. By Stuart Criddle 20.00.0000... 69 Longevity of captive snails. By J. R. Dymond 69 Book Reviews:— Pant lite of the \Paciic: World. By: A; (B2 -Porsild) i053 0 oak ei 70 eee OK sor eastern, leirds. By WANT) Rand eee ues ott easssnceecngenenset 70 American species of Amelanchier. By Harold A. Senn ...0...0.00.00 00. 70 Published by the OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB Entered .at the Post Office at Ottawa, Ont., as second class matter. The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club : Patrons-—— t ue a Their Excellencies the Governor-General and the La Alexa: der ash ey President: W. H. LaNcetey | : Ben. 1st Vice-President : A. L. RAND SLD ie PrLeaueee Bees cues oy Treasurer : CLARENCE FRANKTON, ee 0. ‘i. seers Ny Division of Botany, . u, Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa. Additional Members of Council : F. J. Aucock, R. M. ANDERSON, E. G. Agee E. Banim, A. E. Bourcuicnon, I. L. Conners, Miss M. E. Cowan, H. ¢ R. E. DeLury, Row.ey FritH, H. Grou, J. W. ee D. a Sc V0; F. Got E. F, G. Wuite, M. E. Witson. Auditors : I. L. CONNERS and Harrison a: Ps Editor Dr. H. A. SENN, Division of Botany | . Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa — Associate Editors DJENNESS) Us) Anthropology _ CryveE L. PATCH ... PS MADAMS) 1a) Wiebe RU Md Botany | R. M. ANDERSON Ey Ap TAR OCOuE on nul Conchology A. G. HunTsMAN .. .. Marine Biology q ARTHUR GIBSON ................ Entomology A. L. Ranp . Ornithology — By ye AL COGN scsi Geology) WOR. BELL . eS ~ Palacontology i {2 RuDy MOND)! ina peRinyaloey i The official publications of THE Orrawa FiIncp-NAnUEALTST® Cius tase! on issued since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-N aturalists’ “a Club, 1879,1886, two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty to We a volumes: and these have been continued by The Canadian Field-N aturalist to date. || — The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued bi-monthly. Its scope is the | publication of the results of original research in all departments of Natural History. Price of this volume (6 numbers y $2.00; Single copies 40c each. Subscription ($2.00 per year) should be forwarded to ........DR. C. FRANKTON Div. of Botany, Central Experimental Farm, ie hid rie ‘CANADA f ue we ) af qn Of COME 2 ee wey 3 Zocleay & x MAY 16 1947 Liprak> ne ‘Canadian OTTAWA, CANADA VOL. 61 MARCH-APRIL, Field- Naturalist 1947 BIRDS OF THE VICINITY OF NORTH BAY, ONTARIO! By Doris H. Sperirs and J. Murray SPEIRS Toronto, THE FOLLOWING LIST of birds is to be used in conjunction with “The Birds of the Vicinity of Lake Nipissing, Ontario” by William E. Ricker and C. H. D. Clarke, (1939), Contribution No. 16 of the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology. The scientific nomenclature is from the A.O.U. “Check-List of North American Birds” (1931) and its Nineteenth Supplement (1944) and Twentieth Supplement (1945). The English names are from P. A. Taverner’s “Birds of Canada” (1934). Where the English name differs from that given in the A.O.U. Check-List, the A.O.U. nomenclature is given in parenthesis. All observations are sight records except where indicated in the text. The list includes all species observed by the authors during their residence in North Bay between Febru- ary 15, 1944, and June 30, 1945. Mrs. Louise de Kiriline Lawrence kindly gave us access to her files covering approximately the same period, and her records are indicated in the text by the initials “L.L”. Several other observers have contributed their records and they are credited in the text. Where records are given anonymously it is to be understood that they were observations of the authors. The area, in which some ornithological work has been done, extends from about 4 miles west of Hardy Bay on the French River to about 7 miles south of Eau Claire: and from McFarlane Lake to about 2 miles south of Callander. All localities mentioned may be found on the map. The following species included in the list of RICKER & CLARKE were not seen by us: red-throated loon, red-necked grebe (Hol- boell’s grebe), white pelican, great white egret (American egret), least bittern, bald- pate, blue-winged teal, wood duck, redhead, canvas-back, white-winged scoter, golden eagle, spruce grouse, willow ptarmigan, sharp- tailed grouse, common pheasant (ring-necked pheasant), sora rail (sora), common galli- nule (Florida gallinule), American coot, com- 1) Received for publication January 28, 1946. Ontario. mon turnstone (ruddy turnstone), Hudsonian curlew, white-rumped sandpiper, Hudsonian godwit, Caspian tern, mourning dove, pas- senger pigeon, snowy owl, barred owl, great grey owl, American long-eared owl, little boreal owl (Richardson’s owl), Acadian owl (saw-whet owl), long-billed marsh wren, Bohemian waxwing, yellow-throated vireo, prairie warbler, white-winged crossbill, east- ern towhee (red-eyed towhee). The following species have been added to the birds mentioned by RICKER & CLARKE: green heron, black-crowned night heron, blue goose, Cooper’s hawk, American’ golden plover, lesser yellow-legs, western sandpiper, Iceland gull, short-eared owl, American three-toed woodpecker, American rough- winged swallow, grey-cheeked thrush, arctic redpoll (hoary redpoll), Lincoln’s sparrow. These increase to 224 species the list of birds for the area. Breeding evidence for the following ad- ditional species is presented: common loon, red-breasted merganser, broad-winged hawk, marsh hawk, American sparrow hawk, kill- deer plover (killdeer), hairy woodpecker, blue jay, red-breasted nuthatch, olive-backed thrush, Tennessee warbler, black-throated blue warbler, black-throated green warbler, Blackburnian warbler, Maryland yellow- throat (northern yellow-throat), English spar- row, bobolink, evening grosbeak, Savannah sparrow, vesper sparrow. These increase to 95 the number of species for which some satisfactory breeding evidence has been pre- sented. Under each species we have given the earliest and latest dates of observation. For the more common species migration peaks have been indicated. Breeding observations have been selected from as many localities as possible for each species, and where life histories are available dates of egg-laying, hatching and leaving the nest have been given, rather than date of discovery only. 1 Vol. 61, January-February, 1947, was issued March 15, 1947. Se 24 THE CANADIAN We are indebted to Mr. L. L. Snyder, As- sistant Director of the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology (ROMZ) for use of records made by the Museum field party in the sum- mer of 1935 within the region dealt with in this paper. The party consisted of Messrs. C. E. Hope, T. M. Shortt, and L. L. Snyder. We are indebted also to Mr. James L. Baillie, Jr., of the Museum staff, for his assistance. Certain records made by the ROMZ field party in 1935 and used in this paper have FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 been published previously in “The Distribu- tion of Breeding Birds in Ontario” by James L. Baillie, Jr., and Paul Harrington, D.D.S. (1937); Trans. Roy. Can. Inst. 21: part 2. These records have been indicated in the text. The unusually warm weather of March, 1945, resulted in the very early arrival in the area of a number of species, as is shown in the Table 1. TABLE 1 Earliest Arrival, Species Arrival, 1945 Ricker & Clarke Marshishiawke — tie.cuyieacs in otis eaten osc, March 24 April 4/25 HP de Or NOV. ST ae eee eee eee eee cost h w os March 22 April 4/24 WallSonzsie Sint Om rsires wer eae ee et eee ee cs March 30 April 24/25 Herring Gull as tae ba aie aelacon ptt rea ane March 16 April 3/25 Welllonieslneuteyel ING KEI <5. bsssseccbecouncoga 9 ceomseunoce March 29 April 9/26 J DENS et eh tated 2) af oY =) OY stance ies ll mea te tote hae aia ea ee Ga March 30 April 7/25 ETORNEC eatin eee ie ia Meee Feb. 28 March 8/25 IAMETICAMI RODIN + Sete hear tee cece sere eect March 18 March 26/25 Golden-crowned) Kinglet)-) March 27 April 18/34 astern: Meadowlark wiv crn ct ee ees March 23 Mareh 27/25 ReC-winged Black ides ee eee eee March 19 April 7/34 Cowbird PA Bie Stee) ft Soatee kee are nore te ae i March 29 April 21/26 Common™ Purples Minch’ Geen eee eee March 23 May 2/25 AmericaneGolatinehen. eae ee eee March 10 May 14/25 Slate-colonedi JincOney eee eee March 23 April 2/25 Sone: ‘Sparrow cocci: caches pccuetten eae en reser: March 19 March 26/25 Annotated List 1 observed at Rutherglen (LL, DHS., Gavia immer. COMMON LOON. — Apr. 28/44, 6 observed on Lake Nipissing at North Bay; Apr. 20/45, 1 heard flying over Pimisi Bay (L.L.); June 19/45, 2 downy young with adults on Smith’s Lake (L.L., D.H.S., J.M.S.); large number seen on Lake Nipissing in August and September; Aug. 2/44, 47 seen; Sept. 14/44, 80 seen; and Oct. 23/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Colymbus auritus. HORNED GREBE. — Oct. 11/44, 2 observed on Lake Nipissing at North Bay. Podilymbus podiceps. PIED-BILLED GREBE. — Aug. 31/44, 1 seen on the La-Vase River; Sept. 4/44, 15 observed at Cache Bay; Oct. 5/44, 1 observed on McFarlane Lake; and Oct. 13/44, 1 seen on a small lake 2% miles northwest of Corbeil. Ardea herodias. GREAT BLUE HERON. — Apr. 22/44, 1 noted at North Bay; Oct. 13/44, J.M.S.). dates. Frequently seen between the above Butorides virescens. GREEN HERON. — May 20/45, 1 observed at a small lake about one mile north of Talon Chute. It was flushed three times and noted as ‘a bluish- looking heron, the head dark, with crest... legs of an amazing orange colour.” (L.L., Ulrich von Doeler, Rudolph Tiel). Nycticorax nycticorax. BLACK-CROWNED NIGHT HERON. — Sept. 7/45, 1 seen and heard at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Botaurus lentiginosus. AMERICAN BIT- TERN. — May 21/45, 1 observed at north Bay; Aug. 31/44, 1 seen at Eau Claire (L.L.); and Sept. 4/44, 2 observed at Cache Bay. There were several records between the above dates. Branta canadensis. CANADA GOOSE. — Mar. 25/45, flock observed in flight near 25 FIELp-NATURALIST THE CANADIAN March-April, 1947] rm A RN A A A NR OS SR RN Rn | Bi wre CQ ys 2 3 satqtw o ol S ce) ES (ee d ra n ° waed : Ps \ Ket a es ABoitiino. | BRaues cos MSTA met we RES WAGON VII) OGG 3: Sa ra 2 dralsnoae J 9NISNOBSON an S£ E ) on ) SI @sooy (ed) (2) R550 YO Cf oS wansusniny PEER fiopS DNISSIAIN 5 ee S$) dy aIMiv1D NVI Reco beg Suowsng en J ase eee woz Mery * N a& . i 0 o rats . =e % OX AWE HLUYON . O44 Vp . bya WHF BI reaqsy phe” foedaiyy | Lew 26 THE CANADIAN North Bay (Bruce Lord); Apr. 24/45, a flock flew low over Pimisi Bay (L.L.); Oct. 21/44, 75 seen flying over North Bay; and Oct. 27/44, heard flying over Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Branta bernicla. COMMON BRANT (Amer- ican Brant). — June 5/45, 3 observed during the afternoon and evening feeding among the rocks near the shore and resting on the shore of Lake Nipissing north of the wharf at North Bay (D.H.S., J.M.S., M. G. Gould, Robert Fraser, Bruce Lord). They were observed at close range with 47x telescope by all observers. Chen caerulescens. BLUE GOOSE. — Nov. 11-15/44, 1 observed at Eau Claire by Dorothy Mackenzie, and on Nov. 15 by L. L. “It was eating grass from a lawn and had become quite tame, so that one could approach within five yards.” Anas platyrhynchos. MALLARD DUCK (Com- mon Mallard); — June 21/44, 3 observed at Kaibuskong Bay (L.L., D.H.S., J.M.S.); and Oct. 27/44, 1 observed at Eau Claire (L.L.). Anas rubripes. BLACK DUCK. — Mar. 31/45, 10 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); June 16/44, female with 5 young observed at Eau Claire (L.L., D.H.S.); June 16/45, female with 4 or more downy young observed dashing across a small cat-tail slough near Chippewa Creek, North Bay (Dr. V. E. Solman, Ruth Solman, J.M.S.); and on Oct. 23/44, 3 were observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Anas acuta. PINTAIL. — Apr. 28/44, 6 observed on Lake Nipissing at North Bay (Dr. V. E. Solman, Ruth Solman, D.H.S., J.M.S.); Sept. 18/44, 5 observed on a small lake on Thibeault Hill, North Bay. Anas carolinensis.. GREEN-WINGED TEAL. — May 26/44, 2 observed on La-Vase River; Aug. 31/44, 1 observed at Eau Claire (L.L.); Sept. 18/44, 1 seen on a small lake on Thi- beault Hill, North Bay; and on Oct. 26/44, 1 observed on Kennedy Lake, one mile east of Pimisi Bay (L.L). Aythya collaris. RING-NECKED DUCK. — Apr. 28/44, 6 observed on Lake Nipissing at North Bay (Dr. V. E. Solman, Ruth Solman, D.H.S., J.M.S.); and Apr. 20/45, 6 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Aythya marila. A. affinis. GREATER SCAUP DUCK. LESSER SCAUP DUCK. — Apr. 28/44, 2 observed on Lake Nipissing at North Bay. (Dr. V. E. Solman, Ruth Solman, FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 D.H.S., J.M.S.); May 22/45, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); scaups were also seen bet- ween these dates; Sept. 11/44, 2 seen on a small lake 2% miles northwest of Corbeil; and on Nov. 24/44, 1 observed on Lake Nipis- sing at North Bay. The largest flock noted on Lake Nipissing was estimated to contain 80 birds.. This was seen on Nov. 7/44. Glaucionetta clangula. COMMON GOLDEN- EYE (American Golden-eye). — Mar. 15/45, 2 females observed in a small patch of open water at the outlet of Pimisi Bay (L.L., J.M.S.); Nov. 20/44, 3 observed on Lake Nipissing at North Bay; and on Dec. 24/44, 4 seen at Smith’s Lake (L.L.). Golden-eyes were seen every month between March and December. Glaucionetta albeola. BUFFLE-HEAD. — Apr. 9/45, a pair observed on Pimisi Bay where they remained until Apr. 13 (L.L.). Clangula hyemalis. OLD-SQUAW. — June 4/44, 1 observed on Lake Nipissing five miles south of North Bay. It was in summer plumage. Melanitta perspicillata. SURF SCOTER. — Oct. 5/44, 1 observed on McFarlane Lake. It was seen at 150 ft. with 8x binoculars, at rest on the water, and also in flight. Lophodytes cucullatus. HOODED MERGAN- SER. — Apr. 2/45, 6 seen on Pimisi Bay and two of these remained until Apr. 11 (L.L.); Aug. 31/44, 3 observed on La-Vase River; and on Oct. 25/44, 3 noted on Pimisi Bay, one of which remained until Oct. 30 (L.L.). Mergus merganser. COMMON MERGANSER (American Merganser). — Mar. 29/45, a pair seen on Lake Nipissing, North Bay; June 24/44, female and 11 downy young on Lake Nipissing five miles south of North Bay; and on Nov. 10/44, 5 seen on Lake Nipissing, North Bay. It was noted every month bet- ween the above dates. Mergus serrator. RED-BREASTED MER- GANSER. — Apr. 28/44, 12 seen on Lake Nipissing at North Bay; and on June 19/45, a female and 5 downy young on Smith’s Lake (Dorothy Mackenzie, L.L., D.H.S., J.M.S.) Accipiter gentilis. AMERICAN GOSHAWK. — Jan. 5/44, 1 noted at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); and on Dec 22/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Accipiter striatus. SHARP-SHINNED HAWK. — Apr. 26/44, 1 noted flying northwest over March-April, 1947] THE CANADIAN North Bay; and on Sept. 18/44, 1 observed at North Bay. It was seen every month be- tween the above dates. Accipiter cooperii. COOPER’S HAWK. —- May 10/45; 1 observed over Thibeault Hill, North Bay; May 14/45, 1 seen at Pimisi Bay; and on Sept. 14/44, 1 observed over the French River, near Lake Nipissing. Buteo jamaicensis. RED-TAILED HAWK.— Mar. 24/44, 1 observed near the _ airport, North Bay; and on Oct. 24/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Buteo lineatus. RED-SHOULDERED HAWK. — May 1/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); and on Sept. 11/44, 1 noted at the same locality (L.L.). Buteo platypterus. BROAD-WINGED HAWK. — Apr. 21/44, 1 observed at North Bay; June 21/44, 2 adults observed scolding near a nest about 35 ft. up in a white pine at Rutherglen (D.H.S., J.M.S., L.L.); July 13, 2 downy young could be discerned in the nest from the ground (L.L.); and on Sept. 11/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay. ‘Buteo lagopus. COMMON ROUGH-LEGGED HAWK. (American Rough-legged Hawk). — Oct. 17/44, 1 observed near the Laurentian Ski Club, North Bay; and on Oct. 22/44, 3 Observed at the same locality. These were our only records. Haliaeetus leucocephalus. BALD EAGLE. — May 23/45, 1 circling over the North Bay airport, slowly moving to the west; Aug. 5/44, 1 seen being pursued by an osprey, where the French River empties out of Lake Nipis- sing; and on Sept. 14/44, 1 noted at the same locality. Circus cyaneus. MARSH HAWK.—Mar. 24/45, 1 seen at North Bay; Apr. 28/44, a pair ob- served from the old Callander road, the fe- male carrying building material into the marsh; May 14/44, a male at the North Bay airport threatened J. M. Speirs as _ he approached a certain part of the muskeg just east of the airport, from whence came calls as if young were begging. The adults were seen near that part of the muskeg almost daily throughout the summer. On Oct. 22/44, 1 was seen at North Bay. Pandion haliaetus. OSPREY. — June 4/44, 1 seen flying over La-Vase River; June 11/44, 1 flying and calling over Kaibuskong Bay; Aug. 5/44, 2 occupied nests on -the FIELD-NATURALIST 27 French River near Lake Nipissing observed, one on top of a high dead stub, the other on top of a living pine; 11 ospreys were seen nearby. There was still one bird on the nest in the living pine, and another on the perch below the nest, on Sept. 14/44. On Sept. 15/44, 1 was seen flying over North Bay. Falco peregrinus. PEREGRINE FALCON (Duck Hawk). — May 14/45, 1 seen at Rutherglen (D.H.S., J.M.S., L.L.); and on Sept. 11/44, 1 seen at Rutherglen. Falco columbarius. PIGEON HAWK. Apr. 19/45, 1 observed at North Bay; Aug. 12/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay; Aug. 18- Oct. 4/44, 1 seen frequently about the city streets in North Bay. When it appeared great flocks of English sparrows would form a big whirling ball of birds high above the buildings. Falco sparverius. AMERICAN SPARROW HAWK. — Apr. 14/45, 1 seen near Chippe- wa Creek, North. Bay; June 7/45, 1 flying young seen with adult just north of Ezylyfe Club, North Bay; local children reported that it nested just south of the club. On Oct. 11/44, 1 was observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Bonasa umbellus. RUFFED GROUSE. Mar. 9/44, seen near North Bay (Robert Fraser); June 16/44, female and about 9 small young flushed near Rutherglen; Aug. 6/45, female and young flushed near Pimisi Bay (L.L.); and on Nov. 13/44, 1 seen near Pimisi Bay (L.L.). None was seen in Dec/44, nor in Jan. and Feb/45 although much good grouse country was covered on the Christ- mas censuses at North Bay and Rutherglen, and Mrs. Lawrence lived all winter in good grouse country and operated a feeding sta- tion for birds. This would suggest that ruffed grouse were decidedly rare in the area during the winter of 1944-45. Charadrius hiaticula. SEMIPALMATED PLOVER. — May 31/44, 4 observed at the mouth of La-Vase River; Aug. 22/44, 1 observed at North Bay; Sept. 4/44, 2 noted at Cache Bay; and Sept. 13/44, 1 observed at North Bay (J.M.S., L.L.). Charadrius vociferus. KILLDEER PLOVER (Killdeer). — Mar. 22/45, 1 observed at North Bay; May 15-June 4/44, a nest and 4 eggs at North Bay airport, empty on June S Nov. 11/44, 1 seen at North Bay. 28 THE CANADIAN Pluvialis dominica. AMERICAN GOLDEN PLOVER. — Sept. 26/44, 1 observed on the shore of Lake Nipissing, North Bay, with black-bellied plovers. It allowed us_ to approach within 20 feet at times, when we could see the spots of “gold” in the dorsal plumage. The dark crown, pale axillars and dark rump were also noted, as well as the characteristic two-syllabled “twa-weet”; Sept. 29/44, seen again (D.H.S., J.M.S., L.L.). Squatarola squatarola. BLACK-BELLIED PLOVER. — Aug. 29/44, 1 observed on the shore of Lake Nipissing, North Bay; Oct. 22/44, 3 observed at North Bay. It was noted frequently between these dates and 15 were seen on Sept. 13/44. Philohela minor. AMERICAN WOODCOCK. — Apr. 8/45, 1 observed in its “‘song-flight” at North Bay; May 31/44, 8 observed at North Bay; May 23/45, adult flushed from nest con- taining 4 eggs at North Bay (Dr. V. E. Sol- man, Ruth Solman); and Oct. 19/44, 1 ob- served near the mouth of the Duchesnay River. Capella gallinago. WILSON’S SNIPE. — Mar. 30/45, 4 observed near North Bay; June 18/45, 1 observed at North Bay. It was fre- quently heard in “song-flight” in April and May. Actitis macularia. SPOTTED SANDPIPER. — May 2/45, 1 noted at Talon Chute (L.L.); July 16/44, 1 downy young seen with an adult at Trout Lake; and Oct. 20/44, 1 seen on the shore of Lake Nipissing, North Bay. It was most common in mid-May and mid- August at North Bay. Tringa solitaria. SOLITARY SANDPIPER. — Aug. 12/44, 1 observed at Rutherglen. Totanus melanoleucus. GREATER YELLOW- LEGS. — May 6/44, 1 observed at North Bay; May 13/45, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); and Sept. 29/44, 1 noted on the shore of Lake Nipissing at North Bay (D.H.S., J.M.S., L.L.). Totanus flavipes. LESSER YELLOW-LEGS. — Aug. 17/44, 1 observed on the shore of Lake Nipissing at North Bay; and Sept. 1/44, 1 seen at North Bay. Calidris canutus. KNOT. — Sept. 19/44, 1 observed on the shore of Lake Nipissing at North Bay; and Sept. 21/44, 1 noted at North Bay. FIELD-NATURALIST ’ mouth of La-Vase River; [Vol. 61 Erolia melanotos. PECTORAL SANDPIPER. —— Sept. 16/44, 1 observed on the shore of Lake Nipissing at North Bay. Erolia bairdii. BAIRD’S SANDPIPER. — Aug. 17/44, 4 observed on the shore of Lake Nipissing at North Bay; and Aug. 22/44, 5 seen at North Bay. Erolia minutilla. LEAST SANDPIPER. — Aug. 2/44, 1 observed near the wharf, North Bay. Erolia alpina. DUNLIN (Red-backed Sand- piper). — May 17/44, 1 observed near the wharf, North Bay. Ereunetes pusillus. SEMIPALMATED SAND- PIPER. — May 31/44, 11 observed at the June 6/45, 1 seen on the shore of Lake Nipissing at North Bay; Aug. 17/44, 2 observed at the same location; and on Sept. 13/44, 5 observed at the same location (D.H.S., J.M.S., L.L.). Ereunetes mauri. WESTERN SANDPIPER. — June 10/45, 1 observed at the mouth of Chippewa Creek, North Bay. The long beak, “sealy” back pattern, “pic” note like that of a white-rumped sandpiper, and arrow-head breast streaks were noted with 47x telescope and with 8x binoculars at 10 ft. Crocethia alba. SANDERLING. — Aug. 22/44, 3 observed at North Bay; and Oct. 4/44, 1 observed at North Bay. It was fre- quently seen between these dates and was most common about mid-September. Stercorarius sp. JAEGER. — Sept. 13/44, 1 observed over Lake Nipissing about five miles south of North Bay as it pursued terns and later settled on the lake to rest. This was a dark phase bird, probably parasiticus. Larus hyperboreus. GLAUCOUS GULL. — Apr. 16/44, 1 noted with a flock of herring gulls in a field bordering the road to the airport; Apr. 21/44, 1 seen again in the same field; Nov. 10/44, 1 seen near the wharf, North Bay, in creamy brown immature plu- mage; and Nov. 12/44, 2 observed near the wharf, North Bay. (D.H.S., J.M.S., M. G. Gould). Larus leucopterus. ICELAND GULL. — Dec. 23/44, 1 observed at the city dump, North Bay. The white wing tips, small beak, and short legs were all well noted as we were able to examine it for 30 minutes both in flight and at rest. It was a young bird. ~ March-April, 1947] Larus argentatus. HERRING GULL. — Mar. 16/45, 1 seen flying over the airport, North Bay; Aug. 2/44, 1 downy young seen on Great Manitou Island, Lake Nipissing; and Dec. 7/44, 2 seen at North Bay. They were most common near North Bay. in mid-April in spring, and in late October in autumn. Larus delawarensis. RING-BILLED GULL. — Apr. 9/45, 2 seen on the shore of Lake Nipissing at North Bay; Aug. 5/44, 85 seen on Lake Nipissing and: on the French River near its junction with the lake; and on Oct. 22/44, 1 observed on the shore of Lake Nipis- sing at North Bay. The largest number noted at North Bay was 35 on Aug. 17/44 (mostly immature birds). The species was seen every month between the extreme dates given, but not regularly until August. Larus philadelphia. BONAPARTE’S GULL. — May. 13/45, 4 seen at North Bay; Aug. 2/44, 1 seen on the French River near Lake Nipissing; Sept. 13/44, 20 seen over Lake Ni- pissing at North Bay; and Sept. 14/44, 25 seen near the Goose Islands, Lake Nipissing. Sterna hirundo. COMMON TERN. —- May 16/44, 2 observed near the North Bay wharf, one feeding the other; June 5/44, 60 seen over Lake Nipissing, North Bay. Seen fre- quently between the above dates, but not again until Sept. 13, when 100 were seen between North Bay and the mouth of La- Vase River. Sept. 16/44, 2 seen at North Bay. Chlidonias nigra. BLACK TERN. — Aug. 5/44, 2 observed over Lake Nipissing between Manitou and Goose Islands; and on Sept. 4/44, 3 observed at Cache Bay. Coccyzus erythropthalmus. BLACK-BILLED CUCKOO. — May 25/44, 1 observed at Rut- herglen (L.L.); June 20/45, 1 observed at the Wall Farm and a few other spring records between the above dates; June 29-July 2/35, 1 observed at Eau Claire (ROMZ field party of 1935); and on July 2/35, 1 female (con- tained an egg) collected at Rutherglen (L.L. Snyder). Otus asio. AMERICAN SCREECH OWL. — Avr. 9/44, 1 observed at North Bay (Robert Fraser). Bubo virginianus. GREAT HORNED OWL. — Feb. 15/45, 1 heard calling at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 29 Surnia ulula. HAWK OWL. — Nov. 25/44, 1 observed at the foot of Thibeault Hill, North Bay (D.H.S., J.M.S., M. G. Gould). Asio flammeus. SHORT-EARED OWL. — Oct. 14/44, 1 observed flying south parallel to the shore of Lake Nipissing. Caprimulgus vociferus. WHIP-POOR-WILL. — May. 4/44, noted at Rutherglen (L.L.); Sept. 7/44, 1 observed calling at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); frequently heard at both North Bay (Thibeault Hill) and Rutherglen between the above dates. Chordeiles minor. NIGHTHAWK. — May 21/44, 1 observed at North Bay; Sept. 11/44, 1 seen flying over Pimisi Bay; most common in North Bay in early June and early August; and on August 1/44, 60 at North Bay. Chaetura pelagica. CHIMNEY SWIFT. — Apr. 30/44, 1 seen at North Bay; May 16/44, a flock estimated at 5,000 entered the chim- ney of the North Bay Collegiate Institute between 8:50 and 9:40 p.m. (Eastern Day- light Saving Time); flocks estimated at 1,000 were seen in the same vicinity on May 20/44 and May 21/45; by mid-June only a few pairs were to be seen about the city; June 18/45, 10 observed gathering twigs in flight from the dead tops of elm trees beside Chippewa Creek, North Bay; and on Aug. 19/44, 2 observed at North Bay. Archilochus colubris. RUBY -THROATED HUMMINGBIRD. — May 21/44, 1 observed at North Bay; June 25/44, female coilecting cobweb for nest at Pimisi Bay; July 17, nest found about 25 ft. up in a white birch, female still on nest on July 27 and on Aug. 9 young out of the nest with the female (L.L.); June 21/45, female collecting spider web and building 30 ft. up in a white birch at the Wall Farm (L.L., D.H.S., J.M.S., Robert Wall); and on Sept. 21/44, 1 visiting flowers at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Megaceryle alcyon. BELTED KINGFISHER. — Apr. 9/45, 1 heard at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); June 19/45, 2 nest holes were seen in the bank of the Amable du Fond River, with a scolding adult near by. (L.L., D.H.S., J.M.S.); and on Oct. 9/44, 1 seen at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Colaptes auratus. YELLOW-SHAFTED FLICKER (Northern Flicker). — Mar. 29/45, 1 observed at North Bay; May 30/44, an adult seen emerging from a hole in a telephone pole at North Bay; June 8/45, nest hole at 30 THE CANADIAN Rutherglen (L.L.); and Oct. 7/44, 1 seen on the old Callander road near North Bay. Ceophloeus pileatus. PILEATED WOOD- PECKER.—Apr. 23/45, 1 observed at Ruther- glen; Nov. 21/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); and seen at intervals during the sum- mer months. Melanerpes erythrocephalus. RED-HEADED WOODPECKER. — Sept. 20-Sept. 22/44, 1 observed at Eau Claire (Dorothy Mackenzie); for three days it frequented a pole just out- side the house. Sphyrapicus varius. YELLOW - BELLIED SAPSUCKER. — Apr. 8/45, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); May 6/45, excavating in a poplar in the same locality (L.L.); other nest holes seen north of Talon Chute (L.L.); Nest holes seen near the mouth of La-Vase River; and Sept. 25/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (OU bys Dryobates villosus. HAIRY WOODPECKER. — Jan. 1/45, 3 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); June 20/44, adult observed feeding young at Rutherglen (L.L.); Dec. 31/44, 2 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); and seen at North Bay throughout the year also. Dryobates pubescens. DOWNY WOOD- PECKER. — Jan. 20/44, 1 seen near the Lau- rentian Ski Club, North Bay; June 8/45, nest discovered with young at Pimisi Bay and June 25 female feeding young in the nest hole and July 4 the young left the nest (L.L.); and Dec. 23/44, 1 seen at North Bay. It was not often observed during the winter being most common from April to October. Picoides arcticus. ARCTIC THREE-TOED WOODPECKER. — Oct. 25/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.).. Picoides tridactylus. AMERICAN THREE- TOED WOODPECKER. — Oct. 18/44, 1 ob- served about 2% miles north of Bonfield at the edge of a spruce-tamarack bog. It was busy scaling the outer bark from a black spruce (Picea mariana). We watched it for 15 minutes at a distance of 45 ft. with a 47x telescope. Tyrannus tyrannus. EASTERN KINGBIRD. — May 15/44, 5 seen at North Bay; June 4/44, adult on nest 12 ft. up in a dead tree overhanging La-Vase River; June 14/45, nest 30 ft. up in a white birch at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); June 21/45, nest 20 ft..up in a white FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 pine at the Wall Farm (Mrs. John Wall, J.M.S.); and on Sept. 4/44, 3 seen between Cache Bay and North Bay. Myiarchus crinitus. CRESTED FLYCAT- CHER. — May 26/44, 2 observed at Cham- plain Park, Nipissing Junction; and Sept. 3/44, 1 observed in North Bay. It was fre- quently heard during early summer at Cham- plain Park and at Pimisi Bay. Sayornis phoebe. EASTERN PHOEBE. — Mar. 30/45, 1 observed at North Bay; Apr. 28/44, 1 observed making several trips with moss and other nesting material to a small bridge on the old Callander road; June 29- July 2/35, nest observed at Eau Claire (ROMZ field party of 1935); and Oct. 1/44, 1 seen at North Bay. It was observed at North Bay and Rutherglen every month bet- ween the dates given above. Empidonax flaviventris. YELLOW-BELLIED FLYCATCHER. — June 2/45, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Empidonax traillii. TRAILL’S FLYCAT- CHER (Alder Flycatcher). — May 16/44, 1 noted at North Bay; very common in alder bogs in the region in June; Aug. 11/44, 1 observed near Bonfield. Empidonax minimus. LEAST FLYCATCHER. — May 13/44, 1 noted at North Bay and also noted at Rutherglen the same day (L.L.); June 20/44, nest with incubating adult about 10 ft. up in a white cedar at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); June 6/45, nest being buiit about 30 ft. up in white birch at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); and Aug. 31/44, 1 observed at Eau Claire (L.L.). It was commonly noted in subclimax deciduous forest between the above dates. Myiochanes virens. EASTERN WOOD PEWEE. — May 22/45, 2 noted at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); Sept. 11/44, 1 heard singing at Pimisi Bay (L.L., D.H.S., J.M.S.); noted in the more mature stands of deciduous forest in the region between the above dates. Nuttallornis borealis. OLIVE-SIDED FLY- catcher. — June 10/45, noted at Rutherglen (L.L.); Sept. 2/44, 1 observed at Champlain Park, Nipissing Junction (D.H.S., J.M.S., L.L.); and several summer records between the above dates. Otocoris alpestris. HORNED LARK. — Feb. 28/45, observed calling while flying overhead at the foot of Thibeault Hill, North Bay; March-April, 1947] THE CANADIAN Sept. 26/44, 1 observed at North Bay; most common in late April and early May. Iridoprocne bicolor. TREE SWALLOW. — Apr. 9/45, 1 observed at North Bay airport: by Apr. 12, a warm day (57°-66°F), they were common (20 seen in North Bay). Cold weather then prevailed for several days (16°F on the morning of Apr. 15). The swallows became very scarce, not being seen at all from Apr. 16-20 and from Apr. 24-28. They were present in small numbers from Apr. 21- 23 during a mild period, and again became common on Apr. 29 with the return of warm weather (30 observed in North Bay). On June 2/44, nest and young in bird box at North Bay; June 4/44, nest hole in a dead stub by the edge of La-Vase River; June 20/45, nest in a bird box at the Wall Farm. It nests commonly throughout the city of North Bay in bird boxes and natural cavities. On Aug. 22/44, one was seen at North Bay. Riparia riparia. BANK SWALLOW. — June 5/45, 6 observed near the golf club, North Bay; July 29/44, 1 observed at Rutherglen (L.L.); and seen in small numbers between the above dates. Stelgidopteryx ruficollis. AMERICAN ROUGH-WINGED SWALLOW.—June 19/45, 2 observed at the junction of the Amable du Fond River and Smith’s Lake (D.H.S., J.M.S., L.L.). Hirundo rustica. BARN SWALLOW. — Apr. 29/44, 2 observed at North Bay; June 4/44, nest under bridge near Nipissing Junction; June 19/45, nest with 5 young on a barn rafter at Eau Claire (Dorothy Mackenzie, L.L., D.H.S., J.M.S.); June 20/45, nest with 5 eggs on shelf under eave at the Wall Farm; Aug. 12/44, nest with 3 young about 8 days old on rafter in shed at Rutherglen Station; and Aug. 22/44, 10 observed at Rutherglen (L.L.). Petrochelidon pyrrhonota. CLIFF SWAL- LOW. — May 23/45, 3 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); June 16/44, 2 nests at Rutherglen (L.L., D.H.S.); Several other nests noted in the same vicinity in June/44; June 15/44, 138 noted at Rutherglen (L.L.); June:29-July 2/35, pair with nest at Eau Claire (ROMZ field party of 1935); and Aug. 22/44, 15 seen at Rutherglen. It was common at Ruther- glen between, the above dates and occa- sionally»seen near the North Bay airport in July. FieLp-NATURALIST 31 Progne subis. PURPLE MARTIN. — June 10/44, 2 observed at North Bay, the only ones seen in 1944; June 11/45, 2 observed at North Bay; June 12/45, 2 being chased by tree swal- lows as they flew over the North Bay airport; June 17/45, 1 observed at North Bay; and June 25/45, 2 observed at North Bay. These were the only observations of this species in 1945. Perisoreus canadensis. CANADA JAY. — Jan. 1/45, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); Mar. 25/45, nest being built 8 ft. up in a white spruce near Talon Chute (Ulrich von Doeler, Rudolph Tiel), Apr. 23, nest con- tained 5 eggs (Dr. Oliver Hewitt, Dr. V. E. Solman, Ruth Solman, D.H.S., J.M.S., Ulrich von Doeler), Apr. 29 nest now contained 4 eggs (L.L.), May 2 nest now contained 1 egg not being incubated, May 9 nest deserted, so collected and sent with the remaining egg to the National Museum of Canada by Mrs. Law- rence (the egg proved to be infertile); Dec. 31/44, 1 noted at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Cyanocitta cristata. BLUE JAY. — Jan. 1/45, 9 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); July 1/35, 1 female and 1 young male collected at Eau Claire by T. M. Shortt, the young with a tail as long as that of the adult (BAILLIE & HARRINGTON: 1937, 220); July 26/44, brood of flying young being fed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); and Dec. 31/44, 7 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). It was noted throughout the year at both North Bay and Rutherglen. Corvus corax. RAVEN. — Jan. 28/45, and Nov. 16/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); a few other records between the above dates in the Rutherglen-Eau Claire region. Corvus brachyrhynchos. AMERICAN CROW. — Mar. 9/45, 2 noted at North Bay. The spring migration peak was in late March and early April. On June 6/44 nest 35 ft. up in a white pine at Rutherglen, June 16 ycung out of nest; June 16/45, young heard at North Bay; June 29-July 2/35, young observed at Eau Claire (ROMZ field party of 1935); July 2/35, young observed between Bonfield and Callander (ROMZ field party of 1935); and Oct. 18/44, 11 observed flying west bet- ween Bonfield and Rutherglen. The autumn migration peak appeared to be in early -September at North Bay. Parus atricapillus. BLACK-CAPPED CHIC- KADEE. — Jan. 1/45, 30 seen at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); Mar. 11/45, 1 noted excavating 10 ft. 32 THE CANADIAN up in a dead white birch stub at the foot of ‘ihibeault Hill, North Bay; Apr. 18 to May 10/45 observed collecting nest material at Pimisi Bay, June 23 young out of the nest; June 21/45, 1 young with stubby tail just able to fly feebly, being fed by adults at the Wall Farm (L.L., J.M.S., Robert Wall); and Dec. 31/44, 25 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Parus hudsonicus. BROWN-HEADED CHIC- KADEE (Hudsonian Chickadee). — _ Oct. 13/44, 2 observed in a spruce bog 2% miles north of Bonfield, and 1 noted at Eau Claire; Oct. 18/44, 2 again observed at the bog north of Bonfield; Mid-Feb./40, noted at Pimisi Bay (L.L.) but not observed again at this loca- lity until Feb. 25/45 when 1 seen and by Mar. 8, 4 were present which remained until Mar. 27 and 2 noted on Apr. 8 (L.L.); Mar. 16/45, 7 noted at the spruce bog north of Bonfield and 1 observed at Pimisi Bay. This species is usually seen with black-capped chickadees. We have no summer records yet. Sitta carolinensis. WHITE-BREASTED NUTHATCH. — Jan. 10/45, 1 observed at Pi- misi Bay (L.L.); Mar. 1/45, 1 observed near the mouth of Duchesnay River (D.H.S., J.M.S., L.L., Ernest Couchai); June 16/44, 1 noted at Kaibuskong Bay; Sept. 29/44, 2 observed at North Bay; Dec. 3/44, 1 seen at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). This species was much less common in 1944-45 than the red-breasted nuthatch; the only ones seen in North Bay during the two years were the two observed on Sept. 29/44 as noted above. Ernest Cou- chai and Mrs. Lawrence saw single birds rather frequently at their feeding stations, particularly during the late winter. Sitta canadensis. RED-BREASTED NUT- HATCH. — Jan. 3/45, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); May 14/45, adult seen at nest hole about 40 ft. up in an aspen stub at Pi- misi Bay; young out of nest were seen almost daily from June 6-16/44 (L.L.); June 14/45, 6 young were seen at Pimisi Bay which were thought to belong to two pairs, the second nest was thought to be situated about 100 yards from the first nest located, by the actions of the second pair and both pairs of adults frequented Mrs. Lawrence’s feeding station; Oct. 9/44, 14 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.), the largest number noted there during the year; Dec. 30/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Certhia familiaris. BROWN CREEPER. — Jan. 4/45, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); most common in autumn in mid-October; Nov. 30/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); not at all common during 1944-45. Troglodytes aédon. HOUSE WREN. — May 6/44, 4 observed at North Bay; June 20/44, young in nest at Pimisi Bay and on July 1, the young left this nest (L.L.); June 20/45, nest in bird box at the Wall Farm; July 1/35, 1 female collected at Eau Claire (C. E. Hope); nests commonly in North Bay; Sept. 17/44, 1 observed at North Bay. ; Troglodytes troglodytes. WINTER WREN. — Mar. 30/45, and Oct. 7/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); seen frequently in the region between the above dates. Cistothorus platensis. SHORT-BILLED MARSH WREN. — June 5/44, 1 observed singing about one mile east of North Bay; Aug. 1/44, 1 observed in a wet meadow just south of the Tweedsmuir school in Ferris and frequently observed at the latter locality in June and July between the above dates. Dumetella carolinensis. CATBIRD. — May 14/44, 1 noted at North Bay; most common in late May and early June; Sept. 26/44, 1 observed at North Bay. Toxostoma rufum. BROWN THRASHER. — May 3/44, 1 observed at Rutherglen (L.L.); and Sept. 18/44, 1 observed at North Bay. The largest number seen was 6 on May 21/44 at North Bay. Turdus migratorius. AMERICAN ROBIN.— Mar. 18/45, 2 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); Apr. 11/45, female relining last year’s nest in North Bay about 25 feet up in a sugar maple, a nest that had contained 2 young on Aug: 2/44 but was empty on Aug. 8 when young were seen out of the nest. This pair probably raised 3 broods in 1944. Several other nests observed at North Bay, Ferris, Rutherglen and the Wall Farm. On Oct. 29/44, 2 were observed at Bonfield (L.L.). Hylocichla mustelina. WOOD THRUSH. — May 17/45, 1 observed singing at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); May 21/45, 1 noted singing at North Bay; June 21/45, 1 observed singing near the Wall Farm (J.M.S., L.L., Robert Wall); June 30/35, male collected at Eau Claire by C. E. Hope (BAILLIE & HARRINGTON, 1937, p. 230); observed on several other oecasions in 1945, but not in 1944. March-April, 1947] Hylocichla guttata. HERMIT THRUSH. — Apr. 10/45, 1 observed singing and calling at North Bay airport; July 1/35, male collected at Eau Claire (L. L. Snyder); Oct. 14/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); frequently heard until mid-July in subclimax aspen and balsam forest. Hylocichla ustulata. OLIVE-BACKED THRUSH. — May 10/45, 1 noted singing at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); July 1/35, nest with 3 young collected at Eau Claire by C. E. Hope (BAILLIE & HARRINGTON, 1937, p. 232); and Sept. 26/44, 1 observed at North Bay; frequently heard singing in coniferous forest until mid-July, and heard calling as they flew over at night in migration. The peak of the autumn migration appeared to be about the end of August in North Bay. Hylocichla minima. GREY-CHEEKED THRUSH. — May 22/45, 1 noted at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); June 1/44, 1 observed at North Bay; Sept. 22/44, 1 observed eating crumbs from a bird feeding station situated in the centre of North Bay; and Sept. 29/44, 1 noted at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Hylocichla fuscescens. WILSON’S THRUSH (Veery). — May 10/44, 2 observed at North Bay; June 8/44, two nests discovered with 4 eggs each at Pimisi Bay, one was 1% ft. up in willow, the other on the ground at foot of white birch (L.L.); June 11/44, the nest on ground observed (L.L., D.H.S.), on June 16 the eggs hatched, on June 18 just 2 young left in nest and on June 20 the nest was abandoned (L.L.); June 19/45, nest with 4 eggs about 2 ft. up in a yellow birch near the Amable du Fond River; July 1/35, female collected at Eau Claire by T. M. Shortt, nest with 3 eggs 1 ft. up in balsam collected at Eau Claire by T. M. Shortt and male collected at Eau Claire by L. L. Snyder (BAILLIE & HARRINGTON, 1937, p. 232). Several other nests in the Eau Claire-Rutherglen region were found in 1944 and 1945 (L.L.). On Sept. 19/44, 1 was observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.). Sialia sialis. RED-BREASTED BLUEBIRD (Eastern Bluebird). — Apr. 23/45, 1 observed a few miles west of Rutherglen; June 13/45, a male took food into a nest hole about 7% ft. up in a dead stub about one mile east of North Bay and on June 14 both adults were seen at the nest hole; July 20/44, 1 mottled young seen at Rutherglen (L.L.); and Oct. THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST oi) 18/44, 2 observed near Bonfield. Common in summer and autumn with a peak in early October; rather scarce in spring. Regulus satrapa. GOLDEN-CROWNED KINGLET. — Mar. 27/45, 1 noted at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); Oct. 26/44, 6 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.) frequently seen in coniferous forest between the above dates; migration peaks in mid-April and mid-October. Regulus calendula. RUBY-CROWNED KING- LET. — Apr. 9/45, 2 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); Oct. 19/44, 1 observed at North Bay; migration peaks in early May and early Octo- ber; observed in spruce-tamarack bogs bet- ween above dates. Anthus spinoletta. AMERICAN PIPIT. — May 11/44, 21 noted in a meadow 2% miles northwest of North Bay; May 19/44, 1 flew north over the airport; May 21/45, 15 ob- served flying east over the airport; observed in spring between the above dates; Sept. 13/44, 1 observed on the shore of Lake Nipis- sing at North Bay (L.L., J.M.S.); Oct. 20/44, 1 seen at North Bay; noted in autumn bet- ween the above dates with a peak in late September. Bombycilla cedrorum. CEDAR WAXWING. — May 30/44, observed courting, male feed- ing female, at Pimisi Bay and seen collecting nesting material (absorbent cotton from bird- bath) on June 1 at the same locality (L.L.); May 22/45, 6 noted at Pimisi Bay; June 15, nest being built 30 to 35 ft. up in a red pine and July 11 young in the nest, and on July 27, 2 young left the nest but 2 still in the nest and on July 28 all young were out of the nest (L.L.); July 7/44, nest being built about 10 ft. up in a cut-leaved maple (orna- mental) in North Bay and on July 10 the nest was completed, and July 14 to Aug. 1 an adult was seen often on nest while Aug. 18 the nest was empty and Aug. 22, 1 flying young was observed; June 18/45, nest being built about 5 ft. up in alder over Chippewa Creek, North Bay; June 22/45, another nest being lined with wool at the Wall Farm, 20 ft. up in pine; and Oct. 7/44, 1 observed at North Bay. Migration peaks were in early June and late September. Lanius excubitor. -NORTHERN SRIKE. — Oct. 17/44, 1 observed at North Bay; Feb. 20/45, 1 observed at the same locality; several 34 THE CANADIAN records in winter between the above dates at the foot of Thibeault Hill and in the city of North Bay. Lanius ludovicianus. COMMON SHRIKE. (Migrant Shrike) — June 26/44, 1 observed on the top of Thibeault Hill, North Bay, the only one observed. Sturnus vulgaris. COMMON STARLING. — Jan. 1/45, 35 seen at the North Bay city dump; May 16/45, nest with young in a gable roof in North Bay; June 4/44, nest with young 10 ft. up in a pole near La-Vase River; June 6/44, nest with young in an abandoned house at Rutherglen; several other nests seen; June 29 to July 2/35, young observed at Eau Claire, also between Rutherglen and Bonfield and between Bonfield and Callander (ROMZ field party of 1935); and Dec. 31/44, 1 observed at North Bay. Migration peaks were in early April and late August in the 1944-45 seasons. The species was absent from Rutherglen from Oct. 25/44 to Mar. 12/45 inclusive (L.L.). Vireo solitarius. SOLITARY VIREO (Blue- headed Vireo). — May 22/45, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); July 6/44, 1 noted singing at Rutherglen (L.L.); Oct. 5/45, 1 singing at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); a few other observations between the above dates. Vireo olivaceus. RED-EYED VIREO. — May 14/44, observed at Rutherglen (L.L.); June 30/35, nest with 3 eggs, 8 ft. up in a small balsam, collected at Eau Claire (C. E. Hope) when deciduous trees were largely defoliated by the forest tent caterpillar, which probably accounted for the unusual choice of an ever- green tree as a nest site; June 27/45, nest with 3 eggs at Pimisi Bay and on July 9-10 the young hatched and July 19 the young left the nest (L.L.); several other nests ob- served at Pimisi Bay in 1944 and 1945 (L.L.); July 16/44, 2 young out of the nest, from different families, observed at Trout Lake; Sept. 6/44, 2 observed singing at Pimisi Bay; common between the above dates. Vireo philadelphicus. PHILADELPHIA VIREO. — May 18/45, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); Aug. 20/44, 1 noted at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); and few other observations at Ruther- glen and at North Bay between the above dates. Vireo gilvuus. WARBLING VIREO. — June 5/44, 2 observed singing at the mouth of FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Chippewa Creek, North Bay; and June 30/44, 1 noted at the same locality. These were the only observations of this species. Mniotilta varia. BLACK AND WHITE WAR- BLER. — Apr. 30/44, noted at Rutherglen (L.L.); May 28/44, collecting nesting material at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); June 29-July 2/35, young observed at Eau Claire by T. M. Shortt (BAILLIE & HARRINGTON, 1937, p. 241); July 24/45, flying young being fed by adult at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); Sept. 21/44, 3 observed at the above locality (L.L.); and noted fre- quently between the above dates. Vermivora peregrina. TENNESSEE WAR- BLER. — May 19/44, 3 observed near the mouth of the Duchesnay River; June 29/35, 1 observed at Eau Claire (ROMZ field party of 1935); July 11/45, 2 young observed at Pimisi- Bay (L. L.); Oct. 4/44, 1 seen in a North Bay garden where the species had been frequenting broccoli plants for several weeks; scarce in spring and summer: fairly common in autumn. Vermivora celata. ORANGE-CROWNED WARBLER. — Aug. 17/44, 1 observed at North Bay; Sept. 16/44, 1 noted at the same locality; Sept. 18/44, again 1 noted at the above locality; not observed in spring but fairly common in fall. Vermivora ruficapilla. NASHVILLE WAR- BLER. — May 6/44, 4 observed near the Laurentian Ski Club, North Bay; July 29/45, 1 young begging from adult at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); and Sept. 29/44, 2 observed at North Bay (D.H.S., J.M.S., L.L.). Compsothlypis americana. PARULA WAR- BLER. — May 18/44, 1 observed at North Bay; June 22/44, 2 observed at Kaibuskong Bay; and a few other observations between the above dates. Dendroica petechia. YELLOW WARBLER. — May 4/44, observed at Rutherglen (L. L.); June 10/44, nest found with 5 eggs at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); June 24/44, nest with young about 12 feet up in a maple at Champlain Park, Nipissing Junction; Aug. 4/44, flying young seen at North Bay; Sept. 11/44, 1 observed at the same locality; common at North Bay between the above dates; seldom seen far from human habitation. Dendroica magnolia. MAGNOLIA WAR- BLER. — May 4/44, noted at Rutherglen (L. L.); June 12/45, nest being built about XS March-April, 1947] THE CANADIAN 6 feet up in a balsam at Pimisi Bay, on June 16 first egg, June 17 second egg, June 18 third, on June 30 the nest contained 3 young and on July 9 the 3 young left the nest (L. L.); June 30/35, nest with 4 young (2 males, 2 females) situated 5 feet up in a white spruce, in spruce-balsam-poplar forest, collected at Eau Claire (C.E. Hope); July 1/35, nest with young about 5 days old, situated 10 feet up in a black spruce, collected at Eau Claire by T. M. Shortt (BAILLIE & HARRINGTON, 1937, p. 244); and Sept. 21/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay cic...) Dendroica tigrina. CAPE MAY WARBLER. — May 6/44, 1 observed near the Lauren- tian Ski Club, North Bay; and Sept. 9/44, 1 noted at North Bay. It was a fairly com- mon spring and autumn migrant. Dendroica caerulescens. BLACK-THROAT- ED BLUE WARBLER. May 3/44, observed at Rutherglen (L. L.); May 29/45, female with building material (birch bark) observed at Kaibuskong Bay (L. L.); June 30/35, a nest slung between two young balsams and 8 ins. from -ground, collected at Eau Claire (T. M. Shortt) and a male, a female and young were observed near by; July 1/35, a nest, 8 ins. up in a small balsam, collected at Eau Claire, and the female observed feeding a young cowbird in this nest and the male collected (T.M. Shortt); July 9/45, young out of nest and - July 23, male and female feeding young, and July 28, male and female still feeding 2 young, at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); Sept. 21/44, 3 observed at Pimisi Bay (L. L.). Dendroica coronata. MYRTLE WARBLER. — Apr. 24/45, 3 noted at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); Aug. 2/44, adult observed feeding - young near junction of French River and Lake Nipissing; Aug. 6/44, young begging from female observed at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); and Oct. 17/44, 1 seen at North Bay. _ Dendroica virens. BLACK-THROATED GREEN WARBLER. — May 8/45, 2 observed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); July 15/44, flying young being fed at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); and Sept. 12/44, 4 noted at the above locality GEL.) . Dendroica fusca. BLACKBURNIAN WAR- BLER. — May 12/45, 1 noted at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); May 27/44, observed collecting nesting material at the above locality FIELD-NATURALIST 35 (L. L.); July 13/44, male noted feeding young at Talon Lake (L. L.); July 26/45, male and female observed feeding young at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); Aug. 23/44, 3 noted at the above locality (L. L.). Dendroica pensylvanica. CHESTNUT-SIDED WARBLER. — May 13/44, seen at Ruth- erglen (L. L.); May 27/45, nest being built 2% ft. up in raspberry canes at Pimisi Bay, on June 4 the first egg, June 7 the fourth egg, June 19 there were 3 young and 1 egg which did not hatch, June 27 the 3 young left the nest and on July 25 one young still occasionally fed by female (L. L.); Sept. 29/44, 1 observed at North Bay (L.L., D.H.S. J. M.S:). Dendroica castanea. BAY-BREASTED WAR- BLER. — May 13/44, noted at Rutherglen (L.L.); June 21/44, singing male observed at Sparks Creek, Rutherglen (D.H.S., J.MS., L.L.); a few other observations between the above dates; July 1/35, 1 male observed at Eau Claire by T. M. Shortt (BAILLIE & HARRINGTON, 1937, p. 249). Dendroica striata. BLACK-POLLED WAR- BLER (Black-poll Warbler). — June 1/44, 1 observed near Rocky Point, North Bay; Sept. 19/44, 1 observed at North Bay; and several other spring and autumn records between these dates. Dendroica pinus. PINE WARBLER. May 10/45, 1 observed singing at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); and Aug. 12/44, 1 observed singing just north of Talon Chute. Dendroica palmarum. PALM WARBLER. — May 9/45, 2 observed about one mile northeast of Rutherglen (L. L.); May 21/45, 2 noted at North Bay; Sept. 23/44, 2 observ- ed at North Bay; Oct. 5/44, 1 noted at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); common in migration, especi- ally in autumn; Sept. 26/44, 15 seen at North Bay. Seiurus aurocapillus. OVEN-BIRD. — May 11/44, observed at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); June 12, nest with 5 eggs, June 17 nest with 4 young, June 25 young out of the nest (L.L.); June 20/45, nest with 3 young near the Wall Farm (L.L.); July 1/35, 1 young male, just out of the nest, collected at Eau Claire (C. E. Hope); Sept. 12/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (ides): Seiurus noveboracensis. NORTHERN WATER-THRUSH. — May 3/44, noted at 36 ‘Tar CANADIAN Rutherglen (L. L.); Sept. 13/44, 1 observed on the shore of Lake Nipissing at North Bay; and frequently noted between the above dates. Oporornis philadelphia. MOURNING WAR- BLER. — May 22/45, 8 observed at Ruth- erglen (L. L.); July 15/44, noted feeding young at Pimisi Bay and on July 21 again observed feeding young (L. L.); common between the above dates. Geothlypis trichas.5 MARYLAND YELLOW- THROAT (Northern Yellow-throat). — May 6/44, noted at Rutherglen (L. L.); July 1/35, 1 male collected at Eau Claire (L. L. Snyder); July 15/44, male noted feeding young at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); Oct. 5/44, 1 noted near North Bay; commonly observed between the above dates. Wilsonia pusilla. BLACK-CAPPED WAR- BLER (Wilson’s Warbler). — May 21/44, 2 observed at North Bay; June 5/44, 1 seen in a willow-alder bog about one mile east of North Bay; one other spring record between the above dates; Sept. 11/44, 1 noted at Pimisi Bay (L. L.). Wilsonia canadensis. CANADA WARBLER. — May 15/44, 1 noted at North Bay; June 29 - July 2/35, young observed at Eau Claire by T. M. Shortt (BAILLIE & HARRING- TON, 1937, p. 255); July 29/44, 1 young being fed at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); Aug. 25/44, 1 noted at the above locality (L. L.);- fre- quently observed between the above dates. Setophaga__ ruticilla. AMERICAN’ RED- START. — May 13/44, 1 noted in an alder bog beside Chippewa Creek east of North Bay; June 24/45, nest with 2 eggs at Pimisi Bay, June 25 there were 3 eggs, and July 14 two young in the nest (L. L.). A second nest at the same locality contained 2 young on July 2/45, which left the nest on July 4 (L. L.). On Sept. 21/44, 2 were observed at Pimisi Bay (L. L.). Passer domesticus. ENGLISH SPARROW. — Jan. 1/45, 160 noted at North Bay; July 9/44, young being fed at Rutherglen (L. L.); July 12/44, 2 nests with young in brick wall at North Bay and on July 18 one flying young was being fed by adult; Dec. 31/44, 40 seen in North Bay. Dolichonyx oryzivorus. BOBOLINK. — May 11/44,-1. noted at North Bay; June 17/45, femalé’ with bill ‘full--of -nesting- material FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 near Tweedsmuir School, Ferris; July 2/35, male collected at Nosbonsing by T. M. Shortt (BAILLIE & HARRINGTON, 1937, p. 256); Aug. 31/44, 2 noted at meee Park, Nipissing Junction. Sturnella magna. EASTERN MEADOW- LARK. — Mar. 23/45, 1 noted at Rutherglen (L. L.); Aug. 4/44, 1 seen at North Bay; and several records between the above dates. Agelaius phoeniceus. RED-WINGED BLACKBIRD. — Mar. 19/45, 2 observed at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); Apr. 21/45, male with nesting material in beak at Pimisi Bay but no females yet observed and on June 6/45 a nest with 4 eggs, and on June 20 two young just out of the nest (L.L.). On June 3/44, 5 nests were found at Pimisi Bay: 3 containing eggs; 1, 4 young; 1, 3 young and 1 unhatched egg (L. L.); Oct. 22/44, 1 seen at Feronia. Icterus galbula. BALTIMORE ORIOLE. — May 15/44, noted at Rutherglen (L. L.); June 21/44, nest with young, 20 ft. up in an aspen at Kaibuskong Bay (D.H.S., J.M. S., L.L.) and on June 22 young out of the nest; June 24/45, nest with young at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); July 16/44, young heard call- ing at Trout Lake; and Aug. 15/44, 5 observed at North Bay. Euphagus carolinus. RUSTY BLACKBIRD. —Apr. 11/45, 1 observed at North Bay; May 19/45, 1 noted at the same locality; several spring records between these dates; Sept. 16/44, 1 seen at North Bay; Oct. 13/44, 20 observed in a flock of mixed blackbirds about two miles northwest of Corbeil; and several other autumn records between the above dates. Quiscalus versicolor. CROW BLACKBIRD (Bronzed Grackle). — Jan. 7 and Jan. 10/45, 1 seen feeding from garbage can in North Bay (Bruce Lord) and on Feb. 5 and Feb. 6, observed (Bruce Lord, D. H. S., J. M. S.); June 6/45, 1 young recently out of the nest near Chippewa Creek, North Bay; June 19/45, flying young observed at Pimisi Bay; and Nov. 20/44, 1 noted at North Bay. Migration peaks were in late April and early September. Molothrus ater. COWBIRD. — Mar. 29/45, 1 observed at North Bay; July 1/35, 1 young female collected from nest of black-throated blue warbler’ at Eau Claire’ by’ T. M:: Shortt March-April, 1947] THE (BAILLIE & HARRINGTON, 1937, p. 261); July 21/44, young following robin, at North Bay; Aug. 8/44, young begging from red- start at above locality; and Sept. 15/44, - 30 noted at Eau Claire (L.'L.). Piranga olivacea. SCARLET TANAGER. — May 14/44, observed at Rutherglen (L. L.); Aug. 30/44, 2 seen near the east end of Trout Lake; and (frequently observed ‘between the above dates. Richmondena cardinalis. CARDINAL. — Observed daily during the winter of 1941-42 between Dec. 9 and Apr. 12 at feeding station, Pimisi Bay; commenced singing Hens 2o- (LL. L.). Hedymeles ludovicianus. ROSE-BREASTED GROSBEAK. — May 8/45, 1 observed eating buds and singing at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); May 26/45, female noted with nesting mater- ial in her bill at the same locality and on June 14 a nest with 4 eggs, on June 22 at least 1 young hatched and on July 3 young left the nest which was 8 ft. up in a balsam (L. L.); June 24/45, nest 12 ft. up in a chokecherry at the Wall Farm; feathers of young found on log below the nest as though nest had been broken up by pre- dator; Sept. 4/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay. INDIGO BUNTING. — June 6/44, 1 observed singing between Bonfield and Rutherglen on the _ Trans- Canada Highway; June 20/45, 4 singing males noted between Rutherglen and the Wall Farm; a few other records between these dates. Passerina cyanea. Hesperiphona vespertina. EVENING GROS- BEAK. — Jan. 1/45, 1 male observed in a Manitoba maple tree in North Bay; June 21/45, nest with at least 3 young, 55 ft. up in a white pine, in forest edge location at the Wall Farm. The nest was broken up on June 24 by predator and 1 dead young about 8 days old found below nesting tree. The nest was collected and presented to The Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, the second nest of the species to be reported in ibe-sprovince, (L. L:,. D. H-S.,-J.M.S.). On July 28/45, an adult male was feeding pin cherries to young male at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); Dec. 31/44, 2 seen at North Bay, eating seeds of Manitoba maple; largest flocks (70-80 birds) observed in early April and late November, 1944, in North Bay. CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 37 Carpodacus purpureus. COMMON PURPLE FINCH. — Mar. 8/45, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); July 4/44, male feeding honey- suckle berries to young at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); Nov. 2/44, 7 noted at the above locality (L. L.); very early arrivals at both Pimisi Bay and North Bay in 1945. Pinicola enucleator. PINE GROSBEAK. — Feb. 7/45, 3 noted at Pimisi Bay (L.L.); Mar. 30/44, courtship feeding observed, at foot of Thibeault Hill; Apr. 15/44, 1 female found dead in red pine grove near mouth of Duchesnay River (Rev. A. A. Mathews) and presented to Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology; Apr. 19/44, 2 calling near Thibeault Hill; Oct. 18/44, 1 flying over spruce bog about 2% miles N. of Bonfield; Nov. 22/44, 1 flying E. over North Bay with other winter finches; peak in mid-March in 1944; very rare during the winter of 1944-45. Acanthis hornemanni. ARCTIC REDPOLL (Hoary Redpoll). — Mar. 17/44, 1 observed at North Bay with 47x telescope; Apr. 3/44, 2 observed at North Bay; a few other obser- vations between the above dates; seen in flocks of redpolled linnets. Acanthis flammea. RED-POLLED LINNET (Common Redpoll). — Nov. 22/44, 30 observed flying east near the foot of Thi- beault Hill; Apr. 19/44, 1 observed at North Bay; peak numbers in early April in 1944; rare during the winter of 1944-45. Spinus pinus. PINE SISKIN. — Mar. 27/45, 3 observed at Pimisi Bay; Nov. 22/44, 10 observed flying east near the foot of Thi- beault Hill, North Bay; several observations between the above dates; peak in mid- October. Spinus tristts. AMERICAN GOLDFINCH.— Mar. 10/45, 1 observed near the foot of Thibeault Hill, singing; Aug. 10/45, nest with young, 55 ft. up in a white pine at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); Nov. 24/44, 3 observed flying south at North Bay; unusually early in 1945 at both North Bay and Rutherglen. Loxia ‘curvirostra. RED CROSSBILL. — Jan. 18/45, 3 observed at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); May 19/44, 2 observed in red pines near the mouth of Duchesnay River; May 30/45, 2 noted at Eau Claire (L. L.); several other records at Pimisi Bay between the above dates. 38 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST Passerculus sandwichensis. SAVANNAH SPARROW. — Apr. 9/45, 1 seen at North Bay; July 9/44, young being fed at Ruth- erglen (L. L.); July 13/44, 1 young, able to fly only two or three feet, observed at Yellek Point; Oct. 11/44, 3 observed on the shore of Lake Nipissing at North Bay; migration peaks in early May and mid-September. Pooecetes gramineus. VESPER SPARROW. —Apr. 9/45, 1 noted at North Bay; June 29 - July 2/35, nest with eggs and young observed at Eau Claire (ROMZ field party of 1935); July 2/35, observed nesting between Rutherglen and Bonfield (ROMZ field party of 1935); Oct. 19/44, 1 observed at North Bay; migration peaks in early May and early October. Junco hyemalis. SLATE-COLOURED JUNCO. — Mar. 23/45, 5 noted at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); June 7/45, 1 young noted at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); Oct. 23/44, 1 noted at North Bay; migration peaks in late April and early October. Spizella arborea. TREE SPARROW. — Oct. 9/44, 2 observed at North Bay; Dec. 23/44, 3 observed at the city dump, North Bay, eating weed seeds; Jan. 1/45, 3 again noted at the city dump; May 13/45, 2 observed at North Bay; migration peaks in late April and mid-October. Spizella passerina. CHIPPING SPARROW. —Apr. 23/45, 1 noted at Rutherglen; June 2/44, nest with young about 9 ft. up in a red maple at North Bay; June. 11/44, young out of nest at Rutherglen; June 22/45, nest with 1 young about ready to fly 7 ft. up in a white pine at the Wall Farm (L. L., D.H.S.); July 3/44, young observed at Callander; Aug. 2/44, adult feeding young at French River near Lake Nipissing; and Oct. 9/44, 3 noted at North Bay. Zonotrichia leucophrys. WHITE-CROWNED SPARROW. — May 6/44, 3 seen at North Bay; peak of spring migration in mid-May; June 6/45, 1 observed at North Bay; Sept. 17/44, 2 immatures observed at North Bay (migrants); autumn peak in early October; and Oct. 21/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay 6) tr) 6) Is Zonotrichia albicollis. WHITE-THROATED SPARROW. — Apr. 11/45, 1 noted singing [Vol. 61 at the airport, North Bay; June 14/45, nest with 4 eggs at Pimisi Bay, on June 16 the eggs hatched (1 infertile egg did not hatch) and June 24 the young left the nest (L. L.); Oct. 18/44, 1 noted at North Bay, and 1 near Bonfield; migration peaks in mid-May and late September. Passerella iliaca. FOX SPARROW. — Apr. 8/45, 1 observed singing at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); Apr. 30/45, 1 noted at the same- locality (L. L.); a few other records between the above dates; Oct. 2/42, 1 at Pimisi Bay (EE). Melospiza lincolnii. LINCOLN’S SPARROW. — May 20/44, 1 noted about one mile east of North Bay; Sept. 11/44, 1 observed sing- ing at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); Oct. 16/44, 1 noted on the shore of Lake Nipissing at North Bay; a few other autumn records between the above dates. Melospiza georgiana. SWAMP SPARROW.— Apr. 10/45, 2 observed singing at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); June 14/45, 3 young recently out of the nest observed near Chippewa Creek, North Bay; and Oct. 17/44, 1 noted at North Bay. Melospiza melodia. SONG SPARROW. — Mar. 19/45, 2 observed at North Bay; May 19/45, nest with 3 eggs under a log in marshy ground east of Chippewa Creek, North Bay; May 25/45, nest with 5 eggs at Pimisi Bay and on June 4 five young in the nest and June 11 young out of the nest (L. L.); Aug. 8/44, adult with bill full of grasshoppers and cutworms near mouth of Chippewa Creek; Oct. 17/44, 1 noted singing at Rutherglen (L. L.). Calcarius lapponicus. LAPLAND LONG- SPUR. — Apr. 29/44, 2 noted at North Bay; May 14/44, 1 observed at the same locality; one other spring record between these dates. Oct. 4/44, 7 flying southeast parallel to the lakeshore at North Bay; Nov. 2/44, 1 observed at Pimisi Bay (L. L.); several other autumn records between these dates. Plectrophenax nivalis. SNOW BUNTING. — Nov. 11/44, 1 observed at the lakeshore, North Bay; Apr. 19/44, 5 observed at the airport, North Bay; migration peaks in late November and mid-March, — ++e—___ March-April, 1947] THE CANADIAN FIeELD-NATURALIST 39 A NEW RECORD OF A SPECIES OF AGONID FISH, OCCA VERRUCOSA (LOCKINGTON) FROM THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND, BRITISH COLUMBIA. * By W. E. BARRACLOUGH Pacific Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C., and University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. HREE SPECIMENS of the agonid fish, Occa verrucosa (Lockington), were taken in an otter trawl at a depth of 30 fathoms near Wreck Bay off Florencia Island on August 20, 1945. This record is an extension of the former northern limit from the coast of Oregon (Jordan and Evermann 1898 2). A comparison of the three specimens was made with an authentically identified speci- men taken at San Francisco and loaned by the courtesy of the United States National Museum. This individual was taken from the same area as the specimen described by Lockington 1880.2) The comparison agreed in detail with the description given in Jordan and Evermann, except for two characteristics. The first and second dorsal fins were not separated by 4 plates as given in the ‘“Diag- nosis”: Jordan and Evermann. One specimen and the individual from San Francisco had the dorsal fins separated by only 1 plate, while the dorsal fins of the other 2 specimens were not separated. In the Vancouver Island specimens, as well as the San Francisco indi- vidual, it was noted that the longitudinal diameter of the orbit was 4% in the length of the head and not 3% as given in Jordan and Evermann. An outstanding field character is the bright orange blotch in the centre of each of the pectoral fins. A specimen is deposited at each of the following institutions: The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C., The Pa- cific Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C., and the Provincial Museum, Victoria, B.C. 1) Received for publication June 19, 1946. 2) Occa verrucosa: Jordan and Evermann, 1898. 3) Brachyopsis verrucosus Lockington, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 3:60-63, May 6, 1880, Drakes Bay, near San Francisco, California. ————————-- 40 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 INVESTIGATIONS ON RUBBER-BEARING PLANTS. V. NOTES ON THE FLOWER BIOLOGY AND POD YIELD OF ASCLEPIAS SYRIACA L.”*? By RaymMonp J. Moore Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, Science Service, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa. URING the past three years investigations on the possible uses of the latex and seed floss of Asclepias syriaca L. as wartime substitutes for rubber and kapok have been carried out by the Division of Botany and Plant Pathology of the Department of Agri- culture. These include studies on the here- dity and variation of the more common mor- phological characters of this species, espe- cially in so far as these affect the production of latex and seed pods. In this way a con- siderable amount of data bearing on the economic aspects of the problem was gathered. The results of some of these studies have been reported in the previous papers of this series. In the present paper, the data relating to flower biology are pre- sented as a contribution to the knowledge of this plant and to any future studies of the economic possibilities of the species. The plants studied were grown in experi- mental plots at the Dominion Arboretum and Botanic Garden, Ottawa. The soil of the plots was loam or clay-loam in nature. Seed of Asclepias syriaca L. was collected from wild plants in the Ottawa district and sown in the field in the spring. Plants grown from seed flowered freely during July of their second year. Observations were made chiefily in the second summer and, for a few plots, during the third year in addition. From such plantings records of the number of flowers per umbel, the number of stems per foot-row, and pod yield were made. A number of asexual clones was established for the study of latex yield, umbel size and other morphological characters in genetically identical material. Clones were propagated 1) Received for publication March 11, 1946. ‘) Contribution No. 895 from the Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, Science Service, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada. Earlier papers in this series were published as follows: I. The propaga- tion of Taraxacum kok-saghyz Rod. by means of leaf cuttings. Bot. Gaz. 10(2): 260-267. 1945. II. Car- bohydrates in the roots of Taraxacum kok-saghyz Rod. Can. Jour. Res. 1946. III. Development of normal and aborting seeds in Asclepias syriaca L. Can. Jour. Res. C, 24: 5565, 1946. IV. Cytogenetic studies in Asclepias (Tourn.) L. Can, Jour. Res, C, 24: 66-73, 1946. by root cuttings in the spring and flowered freely during the second summer after pro- pagation. Biology of Flowering Flowers of Asclepias syriaca L. are borne in pendulous lateral umbels, of which there may be from one to six per stem. The umbels occur singly, or less frequently in pairs at the upper nodes of the stem. Generally an umbel consists of 30-50 flowers but the num- ber varies widely and a range of variation from 9 to 108 flowers per inflorescence has been recorded. The variation between the different umbels of a single stem frequently reaches 100 per cent and may exceed this greatly. Observations of the number of flowers per inflorescence were made for six stems, chosen ‘at random from each of several asexually propagated clones, in an attempt to evaluate the importance of heredity in determining this character. From these data it is possi- ble to conclude that there is a reasonable degree of constancy in number of flowers throughout a clone and that there are clones characterized by high and low, as well as in- termediate numbers of flowers in an umbel. This is indicated in Table 1 for 3 representa- tive clones. There is no definite order in which the buds of a single umbel open (fig. 1): all open usually within a period of 2 or 3 days. If insect activity is normal, the flowers are faded and shrivelled at the end of 2-3 days - after opening (fig. 2). If pollination is pre- vented, the flowers remain relatively fresh for a longer period. Umbels bagged for 7 days after initial date of flowering remain. receptive to pollination, although they seem slightly less fertile. From the lowest umbel, flowering pro- gresses rapidly upwards. The duration of flowering for a single stem depends upon the number of clusters, the rate at which they open, insect activity and weather conditions. Under favourable environmental conditions March-April, 1947] Tue CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 4to Table 1. — Average number of flowers per umbel for each of six stems of a clone No. umbels Av. no. Variation Av. no. fis. Clone Stem per stem fls. per in no. fis. per umbel umbel per umbel per clone I 1 4 29 21-37 2 5 32 21 - 40 3 5 27.8 5 - 46 4 6 30.5 25 - 37 5 + 33.3 29 - 39 6 5 20.2 9-43 29.9 II 1 5 62 54-72 2 6 66.6 51-80 3 4) 62.8 49 - 74 4 5 62.0 42-69 5) 6 65.3 61-69 6 4 69 66 - 78 66.4 Ill 1 5 81.4 44-96 2 5) 81.2 74-108 3 5 78.8 67-95 4 4 76.5 54-85 5 4 UU 57-85 6 4 58 26 - 90 74.2 all umbels may be in flower almost simul- taneously. Usually, however, about 7 days elapse between dates of full flowering of the lowest and the uppermost umbel on a stem of 46 inflorescences. Stolbin (1937) found the duration of flowering to be a clonal character, some clones remaining in flower for as much as 25 days on an average. As is well known, the flower of this genus is adapted to insect pollination only. The pollen is formed in small club-shaped sacs (pollinia) set in pockets of the flattened filaments. Each flower contains 2 separate ovaries. The terminal portions of their styles are united into a disk, on the under surface of which are 5 stigmatic areas spaced at equal intervals. Each of these surfaces is closed in a chamber formed by the edges of 2 adjacent filaments and is accessible to pollination only through a narrow slit be- tween the margins of the filaments. It is possible by inspection of the flowers to determine how many of the _ stigmatic chambers have been pollinated. The per- centage of chambers filled is dependent upon the length of time the flowers have been open and the insect activity, as influenced by season and by daily weather conditions. Thirteen umbels, all fully opened and some consisting of old flowers were examined from July 10-15, 1945, during sunny weather: Polli- nia were found in one or more of the stig- matic chambers of 429 (95.3 per cent) of the 450 flowers. The variation in percentage of flowers pollinated ran from 80 to 100 per cent. Details of these observations are shown in Table 2. It was indicated in our hybridization experi- ments (Moore, 1946), that pollination of 2 adjacent chambers is necessary to cause pod formation. The number of flowers thus effectively pollinated is reduced to 360, or 80 per cent of the total. The results are in agreement with those of Plotnikova (1937, 1938) who reported 95-100 per cent of flowers pollinated. For 12 lots, a total of about 1500 flowers, Stevens (1945) found that only 5-6 per cent generally, with Table 2.— Flower pollination by chambers. Per cent of flowers No. of chambers pollinated 1 2 3 4 5 14.4 24.6 28.4 21.8 [Vol. 61 FIELD-NATURALIST THE CANADIAN 42 Moa} D WIA 1 x4 ’ woolq “Bid TIM} wm ‘uoyourjod 1840 sApp ae1y} 0} Om} sIeMoOT; ‘7 “biz “SI@MOT} PjO Ul SIOMOT] ‘ I Biz “SIeMol} ("I WOWIUAS SWIdATOSY) PeemyAIar uowUIOD ‘I “Brg iy March-April, 1947] a maximum of 14.3 per cent of the stigmatic chambers had been pollinated. This author calculated the percentage of chambers filled, rather than the percentage of flowers polli- nated completely or in part. A similar treat- ment of the present data reveals that 19.5 per cent of the chambers contained pollinia. Of course such observations merely reflect the amount of insect focuvAty in the various localities. Pod Development and Yield Enlargement of one or both of the ovaries of a flower follows successful pollination. However, very few of the flowers produce a mature pod. The greater percentage are lost within approximately 10 days after the period of full flowering. These flowers drop by an abscission layer between the base of the pedicel and the head of the peduncle and neither ovary nor pedicel shows enlarge- ment. The percentage of flowers lost in this THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 43 Flowers which survive this drop usually show some growth of one or both ovaries and thickening of the pedicel. However all of these do not necessarily reach maturity, for abortion may occur as late as 4 weeks after the period of full flower. Failure may take place at almost any stage of growth, for pods 6 cm. in length (75 per cent mature size) as well as those only slightly larger than the mature ovary may cease growth, fade and die. Unlike the previous drop, these partially developed pods remain firmly attached to the plant by means of the thickened pedicel. The number of enlarged pods which eventually collapse is highly variable. All or none of the young pods of a given umbel may abort, but in the present studies failure of 50-75 per cent of the en- larged ovaries of an umbel was commonly the case. A few representative observations early drop is generally 80-85 per cent, but on fruit development are summarized in may, for certain umbels, reach 100 per cent. Table 3. Table 3. — Pod development in Asclepias syriaca L. at eee No. of Flowers bearing Flowers Enlarged flowers enlarged ovary forming ovaries which |. or ovaries mature pod(s) aborted | | | No. % No. % No. | % 2 il 66 7 10.6 2 3.0 5 71 2 | 74 4 5.4 2 Patt 7 50 | 3 69 3, 44 1 1.5 2 66 4 59 9 6.5 2 3.4 1 | 78 5 | 44 2 4.5 0 | 0 2 | 100 | 6 32 2 6.3 1 3) 1 50 | | | | | | 14 | 1 | 55 8 14.5 % 25 6 75 eee | 44 7 16.0 3 43 4 Dit | 3 | 35 8 22.8 3 37 5 63 | 4 | 29 3 10.4 0 0 3 100 5 30 1 3.3 0 0 1 100 | 6 28 0 0 0 0 |= | — The extensive drop of immature ovaries was observed by Plotnikova (1937) who noted a 90 per cent drop within the first 5-10 days after pollination and a further 7-8 per cent drop within the 15-20 day period. After this time very few or no further drops occur. As far as can be ascertained from the author’s summary in English (1938), he did not dis- tinguish between the early actual drops and the later abortions. He did however note that small pods might pass in growth others which earlier were larger than the eventually ~ successful ovaries. During the _ present studies measurements of growing pods sup- port this statement. As indicated in Table 3 the percentage of flowers which produce mature pods is low, from 1 per cent to 3 per cent. Each flower contains 2 ovaries and therefore can produce 2 pods. Among 2549 pods examined from 44 THE CANADIAN two extensive experimental plantings, 350 such paired pods were found. The remaining 1849 pods were formed each from a separate flower. Thus in only 350 of the total number of 2199 flowers did both ovaries reach maturity, an average percentage of 15.9. This figure was reasonably constant for each of the 11 separate collections included in the average. These collections were made in the of the 2 plantings studied and varied from 9.5 to 24.4 per cent with 8 of the collections ‘falling within the range of 12-18 per cent. All stems do not bear flowers and all flowering stems are not fertile. Observations of the fertile and sterile stems in measured rows of second year fields were made as a basis for estimates of the pod yield to be obtained from commercial plantings. These FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 plantings were grown from seed sown in the field and might be classed as average to good as regards the density of the planting and the height and apparent vigour of the plants. — The counts were made from unit row lengths latter half of August from different sections selected at random from various sections of the fields inspected. Asclepias syriaca spreads rapidly by budding from the roots and for this reason it is difficult to distinguish between the stems of originally separate plants. Counts were made therefore of stems only. Under the designation “sterile stem” are included both non-flowering stems and those which bore flowers but no fruits. It is not always possible to distinguish the latter when the peduncles have fallen from the stem. These observations are summarized in Table 4. Table 4. — Counts of fertile and sterile stalks and pod yield of second year fields of Asclepias syriaca L. Plant- Length of Number of stems Av. no. = of pods ing rows (ft.) | stems - Per Per Total | Fertile | Sterile | Per foot Total ee ertile | stem | | | ge | A 225 978 | 161 817 4.3 469 | | 0.48 B 140 550 170 380 3.9 589 | 3 i | 1.07 C 344 1263 | 371 892 3.7 1128 | 3.0 0.89 G 50 554 | 146 | 408 1.9 1417 | 9.7 | 2.58 Considerable variation in yield of pods per fertile stem occurred between different plantings (Table 5). Several plots were conspicuous for the heavy load of pods com- monly found on the fertile stems. A total of 48 pods on a single stem was the highest observed while the highest average yield for a plot was 9.7 pods per fertile stem. Table 5.— Pod yield per fertile stem No. pods Planting Year No. of fertile stems A 1944 161 B 1944 170 Cc 1944 371 D 1944 15 E 1944 139 F 1945 100 G 1944 146 G 1945 100 H 1944 189 H 1945 50 It was noted by Stolbin (1937) that the lower umbels bore a greater number of flowers than those at the higher nodes and that; the. percentage of flowers producing Total Per fertile stem 469 2.9 589 Si 1 1128 3.0 104 4.2 1277 9.2 683 6.8 1417 9.7 687 6.9 1195 6.3 377 7.5 fruit was higher in the case of the older umbels. Comparable observations were made on 14 selected stems (Table 6) -as to: both: number March-April, 1947] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 45 Table 1. — Average number of flowers per umbel for each of six stems of a clone with regard to nodal position. é 1 2 Total no. flowers 600 | 570 Av. no. of flowers per umbel 42.9 40.7 Av. no. of pods per umbel 1.78 1.78 Table 7.— Number of pods per Node number 3 4 5 6 599 499 114 60 42.0 38.4 38.0 30.0 1.14 0.77 0.66 0.5 umbel with regard to nodal position of the umbel. Average no. of pods per umbel at node Plot No. of C 289 ie | te 0.98 065 088 0.33 E 139 3.44 fe tory Zao 1.70 1.68 1.0 of flowers and pod yield, and, on a larger scale (Table 7), as to the number of pods borne at different nodes for two of the field plantings listed in Table 5. The averages indicate that there is a de- crease in number of flowers with progressive- ly higher umbels. This was not consistently the case for the individual stems, for oc- casionally the number was practically con- stant for all nodes and for some even in- creased with higher nodal position. Never- theless it is apparent that there is a tenden- cy for both the greater number of flowers and a higher pod yield to occur at the old nodal positions. However the two do not vary directly, in the mathematical sense, and possibly other factors play a part in causing a pod yield at the lower flowering nodes proportionately greater than would be ex- pected from the difference in number of flowers at the various nodes alone. It seems probable that both genetic and environmental factors influence the pod yield. Asclepias syriaca is a highly self- sterile species and cross-pollination between individuals presumably differing in incom- patibility factors is necessary if fertilization is to occur. In this connection, an adequate insect population and weather conditions favourable to insect activity is unquestion- ably of the greatest importance. The post- fertilization abortion of a considerable pro- portion of partly developed pods possibly indicates a second genetic factor determining pod yield) To be sure, the genera] physio- logical condition of the plant and also environmental factors influence pod collapse and may determine the success or failure of genetically weak pods. Summary Various observations concerning flower biology and fruit yield of Asclepias syriaca L. are presented. The number of flowers per umbel varies from 9 to 108 but generally lies within the range 30-50. Asexual clones with high and with low average number of flowers per cluster were found. Approximately 95 per cent of all flowers are pollinated in at least one stigmatic chamber. Only 1-3 per cent of flowers produce a mature pod. About 80 per cent of flowers drop soon after flowering, showing no en- largement of either ovary. Widely varying proportions of partially developed pods abort at any stage before maturity. Counts of pod yield in 8 experimental plots showed a range from 2.9 to 9.7 pods per fertile stem. On the average the number of flowers and the number of mature pods per umbel was greater in the case of umbels at the lower flowering nodes than of umbels at the upper nodes. Acknowledgements The author is indebted to Prof. G. Krotkov, Queen’s University, for the preparation of 46 THE CANADIAN English abstracts of the papers by Stolbin (1937) and by Plotnikova (1937, 1938). Much of the field work and preparation of tables summarizing these observations was done by Miss M. K. Osler, summer assistant, for whose extensive aid the writer is deeply grateful. Dr. H. A. Senn, under whose general direction the work was done, and Dr. Mar- garet Landes have also assisted in criticism of the manuscript. Literature Cited Moore, R. J. Investigations on Rubber-bearing Plants. IV. Cytogenetic Studies in Asclepias (Tourn.) L. Can. J. Re- search C, 24: 55-65. 1946. Plotnikova, T. Studies on Sterility of Milk- weed. Selektsiia Kauchukonos- FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 nykh rastenii. A Collection of Papers. No. 1: 102-108. 1937. Abstract by G. Krotkov. Plotnikova, T. Biology of Flowering and of Fruit Bearing in Asclepias cornutzt. Ukraine Acad. Sci., Inst. Bot. Jour. 17(25): 121-136. 1938. English summary. Stevens, O. A. Cultivation of Milkweed. N. Dak. Agr. Expt. Sta. Tech. Bull. 333. 1945. Stolbin, P. A. Milkweed (Asclepias syriaca) as a Subject of Selection. Selekt- siia Kauchukonosnykh rastenii. A Collection of Papers. No. 1: 63- 101. 1937. Abstract by G. Krot- kov. ——_+-- March-April, 1947] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 47 OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIRDS OF THE PETAWAWA MILITARY RESERVE AND SURROUNDING DISTRICT, RENFREW COUNTY, ONTARIO’ By N. R. Brown University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, N.B. HE PETAWAWA MILITARY RESERVE, an area of approximately 120 square miles, is situated 125 miles northwest of Ottawa. This area is roughly 12 miles long in an east-west direction and 10 miles wide from south to north. On the east it is bounded by the Ottawa River and on the west by Algonquin Park. The western part of the south boundary is formed by the Barron River, a tributary of the Petawawa River; the eastern part of the south boundary is formed by the Petawawa River itself. The northern boundary is mostly a surveyed line with few natural landmarks except the eastern part of Corry Lake. The Reserve is divided into two parts, a Military Area and a Forestry Area. The Military Area consists of approximately twenty square miles in the eastern part of the Reserve. The Petawawa Military Camp is at the southeast corner of this area. The Forestry Area, of almost 100 square miles, is known as the Petawawa Forest Experi- ment Station. The Forestry Headquarters is located on the south side of Corry Lake, about one mile from the east end of the lake. Both the main line of the Canadian Pacific Railway and the trans-Canada High- way (Highway 17) cross the eastern part of the Reserve from north to south. The village of Chalk River, on Highway 17, is about three miles from the Forestry Headquarters. The accompanying map of the Petawawa Military Reserve shows the localities re- ferred to in the list of birds observed. Most of the observations recorded in the present paper were made on the Forestry Area of the Petawawa Military Reserve during the summers of 1938 to 1943 inclusive, while the writer was stationed at the Forest Insect Laboratory which is located at Forestry Headquarters. The actual dates between which observations were made are as fol- lows: 1938 — May 5 to September 15, 1939 — May 30 to September 14; 1940— May 27 to September 11; 1941— June 12 to September 19; 1942-—May 8 to August 4; 1943 — April I} Received - for publication March 20, 1946. 12 to May 25. A few observations made in the fall of 1943 are also included. This paper includes only hitherto un- published records. When possible, a specific location for each record is given, otherwise the observation was made from the general area of the Petawawa Military Reserve. In most cases the date given is that of the first record for each season. Subsequent observa- tions were usually not recorded at the time. The writer is indebted to Dr. C. E. Atwood, D. E. Gray, R. Grinell, T. Kearney, W. R. Woodley and C. H. Zavitz for records of birds which they observed from time to time, and to the Dominion Forest Service, Depart- ment of Mines and Resources and the Depart- ment of National Defence for permission to reproduce the accompanying map. (2) The birds in this list are numbered con- secutively. The order and scientific nomen- clature is that of the A.O.U. Check-List, 1931 and the common names are mostly those of Taverner’s, Birds of Canada. 1. Gavia immer immer (Briinnich). Common Loon. — Seen rather commonly throughout the summer; probably breeds. 2. Ardea herodias herodias Linnaeus. Eastern Great Blue Heron. — Observed com- monly along creeks and rivers, notably Young Creek. Earliest date, Apr. 12, 1943, near Pembroke. 3. Butorides virescens virescens (Linnaeus). Eastern Green Heron. — Recorded only once, at the Barron River, on August 4, 1942. 4. Botaurus lentiginosus (Montagu). American Bittern. — Seen and heard through- out the summer days in swamps. 5. Branta canadensis canadensis (Linnaeus). Common Canada Goose. — Three were seen by J. Hill at Montgomery Lake on September 13, 1939. A flock of more than thirty birds flew over Forestry Headquarters on May 6, 1943 and a large flock passed over on May 19, 1943. *) Based on a map published in ‘Petawawa Forest Experiment Station’ by the Dominion Forest Service, Department of Mines and Resources, 1938. 48 6. Anas platyrhynchos platyrhynchos Linnaeus. Mallard Duck. — A pair was seen at the east end of Corry Lake on April 25, 1943. 7. Anas rubripes Brewster. Black Duck. — Recorded on September 14, 1939 by C. H. Zavitz and the writer. Four were seen on Corry Lake on August 24, 1939 by R. Grinell. Recorded on September 12, 1940. On April 25, 1943 two birds were seen on the Chalk River near Highway 17. 8. Dafila acuta tzitzihoa (Vieillot). American Pintail—R. Grinell reported seeing twelve birds of this species on Corry Lake, August 24, 1939. 9. Querquedula discors (Linnaeus). Blue-winged Teal.—Recorded at Young Creek on August 20, 1941 and on Corry Lake June 19, 1942. Seen several times on Young Creek at the Racehorse road. 10. Nyroca collaris (Donovan). Ring-necked Duck. — Only one record. On April 25, 1943 one bird was seen at the east end of Corry Lake. 11. Nyroca affinis (Eyton). Lesser Scaup Duck. — Recorded only once, along the Barron River, on November 1, 1943. e 12. Glaucionetta clangula americana (Bonaparte). American Golden-eye. — Recorded once on Corry Lake, April 29, 1943. 13. Lophodytes cucullatus (Linnaeus). Hooded Merganser. — C. H. Zavitz saw one bird in 1939; the date was not recorded. Dr. C. E. Atwood saw one near Chalk River on April 11, 1943. Recorded also on April 23, 1943 and seen at the Barron River on Novem- ber 1, 1943. 14. Mergus merganser americanus Cassin. American Merganser. — A pair was seen at the east end of Corry Lake on April 25, 1943 and the species was again recorded from along the Barron River on November 1, 1943. 15. Mergus serrator Linnaeus. Red-breasted Merganser. — Two seen on the Barron River on November 1, 1948. 16. Accipiter velox velox (Wilson). Eastern Sharp-shinned Hawk. — Recorded on July 10, 1940 and August 14, 1941 near Forestry Headquarters. Seen at Hudson field on May 23, 1942. 17. Accipiter cooperi (Bonaparte). Cooper’s Hawk. — Two observed on May 18, 1938; single birds on June 4, 1940 and May 11, 1942. THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 18. Buteo borealis borealis (Gmelin). — Eastern Red-tailed Hawk. — In 1939 this species seemed to be more common than in other years. First recorded on June 18, 1939. On August 15, 1939 one was seen with a dead snake near Young Creek; two days later, on August 17, another individual was observed. Recorded on May 28, 1940 and on August 4, 1942 along the Racehorse road. 19. Buteo lineatus lineatus (Gmelin). Northern Red-shouldered Hawk. — Only re- corded twice, on June 6, 1939 and August 18, 1941. 20. Buteo platypterus platypterus (Vieillot). Broad-winged Hawk.—One of the commonest hawks observed in this locality, being par- ticularly noticed circling and calling above jack pine stands. Early records: May 7, 1938; June 2, 1939; May 28, 1940; June 12, 1941; May 10, 1942; April 29, 1948. 21. Buteo lagopus s.-johannis (Gmelin). American Rough-legged Hawk. — Recorded only once, on May 13, 1938 along the Meridian road. 22. Circus hudsonius (Linnaeus). Marsh Hawk.—Seen commonly over old farms and open fields. Earliest record April 22, 1943. 23. Pandion haliaétus carolinensis (Gmelin). American Osprey. — Recorded twice in 1943, on April 29 at Corry Lake and again on May 7 at Young Creek. 24. Falco sparverius sparverius Linnaeus. Eastern Sparrow Hawk.—Seen on numerous occasions throughout the summer months. Earliest record April 29, 1943. 25. Canachites canadensis canace (Linnaeus). Canada Spruce Grouse.—Recorded only once, on August 3, 1942, in the Racehorse area. The bird was a male and was very tame, allowing three observers to approach to within three or four feet before taking to flight. 26. Bonasa umbellus togata (Linnaeus). Canada Ruffed Grouse. Very common, especially in 1939; breeds. On June 6, 1939 a female was flushed from a nest containing eleven eggs in Racehorse area. The nest was lined with dead leaves and red pine needles: By June 10 the eggs had hatched and the nest was deserted. On June 29, 1939, in Racehorse area, an adult was seen accompanied by three young and a nest containing eight eggs was also ob- served. On July 2, 1939, three adults were seen, one with six young, one with two young and one with several young. An adult 49 FIELD-NATURALIST THE CANADIAN March-April, 1947] 50 ‘isos and three young were seen in Highview area on July 3, 1939 and on July 7, 1939 one young bird was seen. 27. Rallus limicola lamicola Vieillot. Virginia Rail. — Recorded only once, on August 22, 1941. The bird was on the muddy shore-line at the east end of Corry Lake. 28. Oxyechus vociferus vociferus (Linnaeus). Killdeer.—A worker on the National Forestry Program reported hearing killdeer in late July 1939 near Forestry Headquarters. Re- corded on June 12, 1941 and at Hudson field on April 24, 1943. 29. Philohela minor (Gmelin). American Woodcock. — Uncommon; breeds. On May 5, 1943 the ‘flight song’ of the wood- cock was heard at Forestry Headquarters. On May 6 the writer was shown a nest with 4 eggs of this species in a field near Forestry Headquarters. 30. Capella delicata (Ord). Wilson’s Snipe. — Uncommon; breeds. T. Kearney told the writer about finding a nest of this species and observing an adult bird in July 1939. 31. Actitis macularia (Linnaeus). Spotted Sandpiper. — Common; breeds. 32. Tringa solitaria solitaria Wilson. Eastern Solitary Sandpiper. — Recorded only once, along the Petawawa River near Mont- gomery Lake, on September 17, 1941. 33. Zenaidura macroura carolinensis (Linnaeus). Eastern Mourning Dove. — Recorded only once, on May 31, 1939. 34. Coccyzus erythrophthalmus (Wilson). Black-billed Cuckoo. — Recorded from near Forestry Headquarters on June 30, 1938 and along the Meridian Road on July 6, 1939. Other birds, probably of this species, were heard during the summer of 1939. Seen on June 1, 1940. June 12, 1941 and May 20, 1942. 35. Otus asio naevius (Gmelin). Eastern Screech Owl. — Heard near Forestry Headquarters on August 11, 1939. A bird thought to be this species was heard three days previously, on August 8. Recorded again on July 8, 1940. 36. Bubo virginianus virginianus (Gmelin). Eastern Horned Owl. — Heard and seen only occasionally; breeds. On June 20, 1939 a young horned owl which still had many long downy feathers was seen in the Highview area. C. H. Zavitz picked up a dead adult on Highway 17 on August 17, 1939. This bird is now in the Brown collection. CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 37. Nyctea nyctea (Linnaeus). Snowy Owl. — Recorded only once, on Sep- tember 5, 1938, along the road between the Petawawa River and the Barron River. The bird circled overhead and then perched about sixty feet from the ground in a dead tree at the edge of the road. 38. Strix varia varia Barton. Northern Barred Owl. — Seen in a hybrid poplar plantation south of the junction of the Orange and Meridian roads on September 9, 1939. Single birds recorded from along the Barron River on September 11, 1940, Sep- tember 10, 1941, and August 4, 1942. 39. Cryptoglaux acadica acadica (Gmelin). Eastern Saw-whet Owl. — On April 10, 1943 a female of this species was found dead in a woodshed at Forestry Headquarters by Dr. C. EH. Atwood. The specimen in now in the Brown collection. 40. Antrostomus vociferus vociferus (Wilson). Kastern Whip-poor-will. — Heard commonly, especially at Forestry Headquarters. Early dates: May 8, 1938; May, 30, 1939; May 27, 1940; June 15, 1941; May 9, 1943. In 1939 the birds were silent after about July 1 and were heard again a few nights from mid- August to early September. 41. Chordeiles minor minor (Forster). Eastern Nighthawk.—Fairly common; breeds. Early records: May 27, 1938; May 31, 1939; May 27, 1940; May 25, 1942; May 22, 1943. On July 27, 1939 D. E. Gray and C. H. Zavitz saw an adult and a young bird in the Race- horse area. The adult was flushed from a nest on an old slash-bonfire site. The young bird was unable to fly. A piece of egg shell was found nearby. On July 31, 1939 a young bird was seen in the same area. A specimen in the Brown collection is dated July 16, 1939; this bird was killed by an automobile near Chalk River. 42. Chaetura pelagica (Linnaeus). Chimney Swift. — Common. Early records: May 31, 1939; May 27, 1940; June 12, 1941; May 15, 1942; May 20, 19438; and May 8, 1943. One adult was banded on each of the fol- lowing days: June 30, 1940, August 10, 1942 and August 13, 1942. These adults were captured by Dr. C. C. Heimburger in the staff house at Forestry Headquarters after they had descended the chimney of the open fireplace. 43. Archilochus colubris (Linnaeus). Ruby-throated Hummingbird.—Early records: May 7, 1938; May 28, 1939; May 23, 1942. March-April, 1947] Dr. C. C. Heimburger found a male bird dead in a seed bed in the nursery at Forestry Headquarters on May 29, 1942. This specimen is now in the Brown collection. 44. Megaceryle alcyon alcyon (Linnaeus). Eastern Belted Kingfisher.—Frequently seen along the Petawawa River and at a gravel pit near Forestry Headquarters. Nesting holes have been observed in this gravel pit. Early record, April 24, 1943. 45. Colaptes auratus luteus Bangs. Northern Flicker. — Very common; breeds; large flocks which included many young birds noted particularly at Thomas’ field every autumn. Early record, April 16, 1943. 46. Ceophloeus pileatus abieticola Bangs. Northern Pileated Woodpecker.—Uncommon. First records varied from May 13 to Sept. 5. 47. Sphyrapicus varius varius (Linnaeus). Eastern Yellow-bellied Sapsucker. — Com- mon; young birds have been seen but the dates were not recorded at the time. Earliest spring record, a male and a female, April 23, 1943. In 1939, sapsuckers drilled rows of holes around the trunks of a group of young aspen poplar trees which were about fifteen feet high. The holes were six to seven feet from the ground and the tops of practically all these trees were dead above the holes. 48. Dryobates villosus villosus (Linnaeus). Eastern Hairy Woodpecker.—Fairly common; breeds. On May 30, 1940 young birds were heard in a nest nine feet up in a telephone pole in Highview area. 49. Dryobates pubescens medianus (Swainson). Northern Downy Woodpecker. — Fairly com- mon. 50. Picoides arcticus (Swainson). Arctic Three-toed Woodpecker. — Uncommon. On September 15, 1938 an adult male was seen on a woodpile outside the kitchen at Forestry Headquarters. Two birds were Seen at close range on June 1, 1939 at the Petawawa River, Racehorse area. Two more birds were seen in this locality in July 1939. A male bird was seen at the Barron River on August 17, 1939. The species was again re- corded on May 28, 1940. 51. Tyrannus tyrannus (Linnaeus). Eastern Kingbird. — Common along roads and in fields; breeds. Recorded every year from 1938 to 1943 inclusive. On Angust 6, 1939 two adults and one almost full-grown young bird were seen at Forestry Head- THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 51 quarters. One of the adults caught a dragon- fly and fed it to the young bird. A skin of a male bird, dated August 10, 1939, is in the Brown collection. 502. Myiarchus crinitus boreus Bangs. Northern Crested Flycatcher.—Seen frequent- ly, especially in Highview area; breeds. Early records: May 13, 1938 and May 13, 1942. An adult and one young bird were seen in the Highview area on June 28, 1939. 53. Sayornis phoebe (Latham). Eastern Phoebe. — Seen or heard several times each year, 1939-1943; earliest record, April 18, 1943. 54. Empidonax trailli trailli (Audubon). Alder Flycatcher. — Uncommon. Recorded along the Meridian road on June 2, 1940. Seen also on May 31, 1940 and June 12, 1941. 59. Empidonax minimus (Baird and Baird). Least Flycatcher. — Very common, especially in mature jack pine stands where it is seen or heard almost every day; breeds. Recorded every year from 1938 to 1943 inclusive. On June 3, 1939, in the Highview area, a nest was seen partly constructed. The nest was not completed when visited on June 6 and 10. On June 12 an adult of this species was on the nest, when it contained two eggs. On June 14 a set of four eggs was collected from the nest. On June 24 the nest had blown down, probably during a recent wind storm; the nest was collected. A male speci- men in the Brown collection is dated June 14, 1940. 56. Myiochanes virens (Linnaeus). Eastern Wood Pewee. — Heard frequently. Early records: May 19, 1938; May 31, 1939; May 27, 1940; June 17, 1941 and May 22, 1942. 57. Nuttallornis mesoleucus (Lichtenstein). Glive-sided Flycatcher. — Generally dis- tributed over the Reserve but nowhere com- mon. Early records: May 31, 1939; May 27, 1940; May 25, 1942; and May 20, 1943. 58. Otocoris alpestris praticola Henshaw. Prairie Horned Lark. — Seen near Chalk River on June 6, 1942 and April 13, 1943. 59. Iridoprocne bicolor (Vieillot). Tree Swallow. — Uncommon; seen occasion- ally over lakes and rivers. 60. Riparia riparia riparia (Linnaeus). Bank Swallow. — Fairly common along lakes and rivers where suitable banks for nesting are present; breeds. Early record, May 10, 1942. Seven adults were banded, 1941-1942, 52 THE CANADIAN 61. Stelgidopteryx ruficollis serripennis (Audubon). Rough-winged Swallow.—Recorded only once, on June 17, 1941. 62. Hirundo erythrogaster Boddaert. Barn Swallow. — Fairly common; breeds. On June 25, 1939, five young birds were ob- served in a nest on a girder under a bridge near Chalk River. On June 9, 1940 a nest under the bridge noted above contained one egg. On June 25, this nest still contained one egg; another nest containing five eggs was also observed. On June 30, 1942 five young birds were banded near Chalk River. 63. Petrochelidon albifrons albifrons (Rafinesque). Northern Cliff Swallow. — On August 7, 1940 two males were collected from a large flock of this species. The birds were perched on telegraph wires along a railroad track near Chalk River. A flock of about 600 swallows was ex- amined through binoculars on August 3, 1941. This flock was perched on the same tele- graph wires noted above. No other species of swallows could be identified in the flock, which consisted of both adults and immature birds. A flock of swallows had been in this vicinity for over a week previous to August 3 but had not been examined carefully be- fore this date. The flock had formerly been two or three times as large as the estimated 600 on August 3. On the evening of July 29, 1942 about two dozen swallows of this species were seen flying above Otterson Lake, Wylie Township, just west of the Petawawa Military Reserve. 64. Perisoreus canadensis canadensis (Linnaeus). Eastern Canada Jay.—Uncommon, a few indi- viduals seen almost every year. 65. Cyanocitta cristata cristata (Linnaeus). Northern Blue Jay. — Common; breeds. An adult and two young birds observed on July 29, 1939. 66. Corvus brachyrhynchos brachyrhynchos Brehm. Eastern Crow. — Common; breeds. An adult and three young were seen on June 28, 1939. One of the young birds, a male, was collected. 67. Penthestes atricapillus atricapillus (Linnaeus). Black-capped Chickadee. — Common. 68. Sitta carolinensis carolinensis Latham. White-breasted Nuthatch. — Uncommon. Re- corded on May 31, 1939 and April 16, 1943. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 69. Sitta canadensis Linnaeus. Red-breasted Nuthatch. — Fairly common.- Earliest record, April 18, 1948. 70. Certhia familiaris americana Bonaparte. © Eastern Brown Creeper. — Uncommon. 71. Troglodytes aédon aédon Vieillot. Eastern House Wren. — Uncommon. Re- corded on May 31, 1939, May 27, 1940 and May 8, 1942. 72. Nannus hiemalis hiemalis (Vieillot). Eastern Winter Wren. — Recorded only once, at Young Creek on May 7, 1943.. 73. Cistothorus stellaris (Naumann). Short-billed Marsh Wren. — Uncommon. Seen along Young Creek at the Racehorse road on June 27, 1939 and heard in the same locality later in the summer; also heard where Young Creek crosses the Meridian road. Recorded on June 11, 1940 and June 19, 1941. 74. Dumetella carolinensis (Linnaeus). Cathird. — Uncommon, but recorded every year; breeds. Early records: June 19, 1938; June 14, 1939; May 8, 1942 and May 18, 1943. C. H. Zavitz reported seeing young birds, barely able to fly, on August 1, 1939. 75. Toxostoma rufum (Linnaeus). Brown Thrasher.—Uncommon. Early records: July 9, 1938; June 6, 1939; June 2, 1940; June 17, 1941 and May 8, 1942. , 76. Turdus migratorius migratorius Linnaeus. Eastern Robin. — Common; breeds. A juve- nile bird was banded at Forestry Head- quarters on July 6, 1942. A male specimen dated July 10, 1938 is in the Brown collection. 77. Hylocichla mustelina (Gmelin). Wood Thrush. — Uncommon, but recorded every year. Earliest record, May 14, 1942. 78. Hylocichla guttata faxont Bangs and Penard. Eastern Hermit Thrush. — Common; breeds. Three nests containing 4 eggs each were found June 1, 1939; June 2, 1939; May 29, 1940; one nest with 3 eggs on July 3, 1939. One nest was on the ground in a small depression. It was constructed of rootlets and lined with dead white pine needles; another was of woven grasses. 78. Hylocichla ustulata swainsoni (Tschudi). Eastern Olive-backed Thrush. — Uncommon. Recorded at Forestry Headquarters on June 15, 1942 and near Point Alexander, Rolph Township, on May 23, 1943. 79. Hylocichla fuscescens fuscescens (Stephens). March-April, 1947] Veery. — Common; breeds. Earliest record, May 5, 1943. D. E. Gray and the writer flushed an adult from a nest containing three young on August 5, 1939. The nest was on the ground in a sheltered place. On June 2, 1940 a nest containing four eggs was found nine inches from the ground in an alder clump. The nest was of woven grasses. The set of eggs was collected. 80. Sialia sialis sialis (Linnaeus). Eastern Bluebird. — Seen occasionally but not common. 81. Regulus satrapa satrapa Lichtenstein. Eastern Golden-crowned Kinglet. — Seen oc- casionally throughout the summer. 82. Corthylio calendula calendula (Linnaeus). Eastern Ruby-crowned Kinglet.— Uncommon. Seen at Hudson field on April 27, 1943 where it had been heard during the previous week. One bird was examined at close range at: Hudson field on April 29, 1943. Young Creek on May 7, 1943. 83. Bombycilla cedrorum Vieillot. Cedar Waxwing. — Common; breeds. young birds seen every year. 84. Sturnus vulgaris vulgaris Linnaeus. Starling. — Seen frequently in settled parts and along Highway 17; breeds. Young birds seen frequently during the summer. One bird was banded at Chalk River on June 9, 1942. 85. Vireo solitarius solitarius (Wilson). -Blue-headed Vireo. — Recorded only once, on May 17, 1948. 86. Vireo olivaceus (Linnaeus). Red-eyed Vireo. — Common; breeds. Earliest records: May 15, 1942; May 17, 1943. On June 24, 1939 a nest containing three young was found in a hard maple tree, seven feet from the ground. A male specimen in the Brown collection is dated August 8, 1939. 87. Vireo philadelphicus (Cassin). Philadelphia Vireo. — Recorded only once, on June 1, 1939 near Forestry Headquarters. 88. Vireo gilvus gilvus (Vieillot). Eastern Warbling Vireo. — Recorded only twice, on May 29 and May 31, 1939. 89. Mniotilta varia (Linnaeus). Black and White Warbler. — Fairly common. Earliest records: May 7, 1943 and May 8, 1942. 90. Vermivora peregrina (Wilson). Tennessee Warbler. — Uncommon. Earliest records: May 18, 1942 and May 29, 1943. 91. Vermivora celata celata (Say). Common Orange-crowned Warbler.—Recorded only once, on May 15, 1938 in the Racehorse area, Seen at Many THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 53 92. Vermivora ruficapilla ruficapilla (Walson))09)” Eastern Nashville Warbler. — Common; breeds. Early records: May 8, 1938; May 8, 1942; May 15, 1943. On June 9, 1940 a nest containing four eggs was found in the grass one foot from the base of an eight-foot white pine at Hudson field. The nest was con- structed of woven grasses and roots. The nest, eggs and the female adult are in the Brown collection. 93. Compsothlypis americana pusilla (Wilson). Northern Parula Warbler. — Recorded only once, on May 23, 1942 at Forestry Head- quarters. 94. Dendroica aestiva aestiva (Gmelin). Eastern Yellow Warbler. — Uncommon. Earliest record, May 21, 1938. 95. Dendroica magnolia (Wilson). Magnolia Warbler. — Seen regularly. Earliest records: May 13, 1938; May 17, 1942. 96. Dendroica tigrina (Gmelin). Cape May Warbler. — Recorded only once, on May 11, 1942, five miles west of eine Ontario. 97. Dendroica caerulescens caerulescens (Gmelin). Black-throated Blue Warbler. — Seen fre- quently. Earliest records: May 14, 1942 and May 17, 1948. 98. Dendroica coronata (Linnaeus). Myrtle Warbler. — Fairly common, especially during migration periods. Earliest records: May 4, 1943; May 15, 1942. 99. Dendroica virens virens (Gmelin). Black-throated Green Warbler. — Fairly com- mon. Earliest records: May 8, 1942 and May 15, 1943. Last seen, Aug. 29, 1939. 100. Dendroica fusca (Miller). Blackburnian Warbler. — Heard and ‘seen frequently, especially during spring and early summer. Early records: May 13, 1938; May 31, 1939; May 29, 1940; May 13, 1942 and May 20, 1943. 101. Dendroica pensylvanica (Linnaeus). Chestnut-sided Warbler. — Common, especial- ly in early summer. Earliest records: May 8, 1938; May 9, 1942; May 17, 1943. Several birds were observed on August 29, 1939 in a flock of migrating warblers and sparrows in a poplar plantation. 102. Dendroica castanea (Wilson). Bay-breasted Warbler. — Recorded only once, on August 11, 1942 in Racehorse area. 54 THE CANADIAN 103. Dendroica pinus pinus (Wilson). Northern Pine Warbler. — Uncommon. Re- corded yearly 1939-1943; earliest record, April 19, 1943. 104. Sezurus aurocapillus (Linnaeus). Oven-bird. — Common; breeds. Earliest re- cords: May 13, 1938; May 14, 1942; May 15, 1943. On June 21, 1939 an adult was flushed from a nest containing four young. The nest was in a jack pine stand at Montgomery Lake. 105. Seiurus noveboracensis noveboracensis (Gmelin). Northern Water Thrush. — Heard and seen occasionally; earliest record, May 10, 1942. 106. Oporornis agilis (Wilson). Connecticut Warbler. — Uncommon. Recorded in Racehorse area on June 29, 1939, in High- view area on June 16, 1941 and at Forestry Headquarters on May 26, 1942. 107. Oporornis philadelphia (Wilson). Mourning Warbler. — Uncommon; summer resident. Early records: May 23, 1942 and May 20, 1943. 108. Geothlypis trichas brachidactyla (Swainson). Northern Yellow-throat. — Common; breeds. Early records: May 13, 1942; May 18, 1943. An adult and one young bird were observed on August 19, 1939. 109. Wilsonia pusilla pusilla (Wilson). Wilson’s Warbler.—Uncommon. One bird was seen on August 29, 1939 in a flock of mi- grating warblers anad sparrows in a poplar plantation near the Orange and Meridian roads. Seen in Highview area on September 1, 1941. 110. Wilsonia canadensis (Linnaeus). Canada Warbler. — Fairly common summer resident. Early records: May 24, 1942; May 27, 1940. Two birds were seen on August 29, 1939 in a flock of migrating warblers and sparrows. 111. Setophaga ruticilla (Linnaeus). American Redstart.—Fairly common. Earliest records: May 18, 1942 and May 24, 1938. On August 29, 1939 a few were seen travelling with a group of Black-capped Chickadees. 112. Passer domesticus domesticus (Linnaeus). English Sparrow. — Observed many times at Chalk River and at Pembroke. 113. Sturnella magna magna (Linnaeus). Eastern Meadowlark. — Uncommon. Recorded on June 25, 1940, June 17, 1941 and April 29, 1943. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 114. Agelaius phoeniceus phoeniceus (Linnaeus). Eastern Red-wing. — Common summer resi- dent; breeds. Earliest record, April 18, 1943. © A nest containing four eggs was found on May 25, 1942. 115. Icterus galbula (Linnaeus). Baltimore Oriole. Uncommon; breeds. Earliest records: May 14, 1942; May 15, 1943; May 17, 1938. In 1938 a nest was seen. 116. Euphagus carolinus (Miiller). Rusty Blackbird. — Uncommon. Recorded on May 18, 1942. A flock was seen on April 24, 1943; on April 29, 1943 another flock was recorded at Hudson field. This latter flock had been in the same locality for over a week. 117. Quiscalus quiscula aeneus Ridgway. Bronzed Grackle. — Common. Earliest record, April 23, 1943. 118. Molothrus ater ater (Boddaert). Eastern Cowbird. — Fairly common; breeds. Earliest record, April 22, 1943. On June 1, 1939 one cowbird egg was found in a nest with four hermit thrush eggs. 119. Piranga erythromelas Vieillot. Scarlet Tanager. — Common summer resident. On May 27, 1938, a male and a female were seen along the Racehorse road. Recorded on May 31, 1939, May 27, 1940, June 12, 1941, May 13, 1942 and at Forestry Headquarters on May 25, 1943. 120. Hedymeles ludovicianus (Linnaeus). Rose-breasted Grosbeak. — Common; breeds. Earliest records: May 14, 1942; May 15, 1943; May 23, 1939; May 27, 1940. On June 20, 1939 a fragile nest, constructed of small twigs, was observed nine feet from the ground in a clump of small white birch trees. Both the male and female birds were seen on the nest at different times. The nest was empty when visited again on June 24. 121. Passerina cyanea (Linnaeus). Indigo Bunting. — Uncommon. Recorded on June 16, 1939, June 11, 1940, June 12, 1941 and at Forestry Headquarters on May 24, 1942. 122. Hesperiphona vespertina vespertina (Cooper). Eastern Evening Grosbeak. — Fairly common in mature jack pine stands. On June 21, 1939 - three birds were seen at Montgomery Lake. The species was observed again in the same locality and also in the Racehorse area in 1939. Recorded on June 3, 1940, heard in Highview area on July 3, 1941 and seen on March-April, 1947] May 17, 1942. The writer heard this species at Forestry Headquarters on April 20, 1943 and W. R. Woodley observed a male at close range on the same day. 123. Carpodacus purpureus purpureus (Gmelin). Eastern Purple Finch. — Fairly common; breeds. On June 24, 1939 an adult was ob- served feeding a young bird at Montgomery . Lake. The young bird was able to fly. A male specimen in the Brown collection is dated July 2, 1942. 124. Acanthis linaria linaria (Linnaeus). Common Redpoll. — Recorded only once, on April 18, 1943. 125. Spinus tristis tristis (Linnaeus). Eastern Goldfinch. — Fairly common. Earliest records: May 14, 1942 and May 27, 1940. 126. Pipilo erythrophthalmus erythrophthalmus (Linnaeus). Red-eyed Towhee.—Rare. A singing male was seen on July 6, 1939 in Highview area; also recorded on June 2, 1940. 127. Passerculus sandwichensis savanna (Wilson). Eastern Savannah Sparrow. — Uncommon. Recorded on June 27, 1939 and May 10, 1942. 128. Pooecetes gramineus gramineus (Gmelin). Eastern Vesper Sparrow. — Fairly common; breeds. On June 20, 1939 a nest containing one egg was found. The nest was empty when visited again on June 24. Another nest, constructed of woven grasses and con- taining four eggs, was found on July 8, 1942. 130. Junco hyemalis hyemalis (Linnaeus). Northern Slate-coloured Junco. — Common; breeds. Earliest record, April 13, 1943. On July 4, 1939 an adult and one young bird were observed. 131. Spizella arborea arborea (Wilson). Eastern Tree Sparrow. — Recorded only once. A flock of these birds was seen at Hudson field on April 24, 1943, 132. Spizella passerina passerina (Bechstein). Eastern Chipping Sparrow. — Very common; breeds. On August 14, 1939 a set of two eggs was collected in a red pine plantation; an adult and one young bird were seen in THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 55 Racehorse area on July 1, 1939. On June 11, 1940 a set of four eggs was taken from a nest three feet from the ground in a seven- foot white pine tree. The nest was constructed of rootlets and dead grass and was lined with fine white rootlets. In 1942 a nest was built and a brood raised in a small white spruce tree on the front lawn of the Entomological Laboratory at Forestry Headquarters. Nest and young were photographed on June 23. Skins of adult, dated August 15, 1938, and a juvenile bird, dated July 27, 1940, are in the Brown collection. 133. Spizella pusilla pusilla (Wilson). Eastern Field Sparrow. — Recorded only once, on June 19, 1941. 134. Zonotrichia leucophrys leucophrys (Forster). Eastern White-crowned Sparrow. — Uncom- mon. Recorded on June 19, 1939 and Sep- tember 19, 1941. 135. Zonotrichia albicollis (Gmelin). White-threated Sparrow. — Common; breeds. Earliest record, May 2, 1943. On August 29, 1939 large numbers were seen in flocks of migrating warblers and sparrows in a poplar plantation; at least half of these birds were from the current year’s broods. An adult ' and one young bird were seen on July 28, 1939 in Racehorse area. On July 4, 1939, a male, a female and one young bird were ob- served tegether. 136. Passerella iliaca iliaca (Merrem). Eastern Fox Sparrow. — Recorded only once, on April 24, 1943 at Hudson field. 137. Melospiza georgiana (Latham). Swamp Sparrow. — Fairly common. Earliest records, May 7, 1943 and May 9, 1942. 138. Melospiza melodia melodia (Wilson). Eastern Song Sparrow. — Common; breeds. A set of four eggs was taken on June 1, 1839 from a nest constructed of grasses. Ancther nest containing four eggs was found on July 7, 1940, one foot from the ground in a five-foot red pine tree. 139. Plectrophenax nivalis nivalis (Linnaeus). Eastern Snow Bunting.—Recorded only once. on April 14, 1943 at Forestry Headquarters. rs 56 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 FIRST DATES OF ANTHESIS FOR FOUR TREES AT OTTAWA, ONTARIO, FOR THE PERIOD OF 1936 TO 1945 +2 By Wm. Harotp MINSHALL Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa. INTRODUCTION HENOLOGY, the study of the relationship of climate to the periodicity of recurring natural phenomena, is a useful study as well as an extremely interesting one. Besides their contribution to life history studies, such data serve as a check of season against season, and of region against region. They may be used to determine critical dates in weed control or in planting crops. Lathrop and Dirks (4) charted life history records of certain insects on a calendar scale and a phenological scale. They concluded that the phenological scale may form a useful basis for the study of the effect of temperature and other climatic factors that influence the seasonal cycles of insects. Huberman (2, 3) recently reviewed the historical development of phenology. He discussed the value of phenological data in agriculture and forestry problems and outlined methods for securing such information. Some phenological data have been col- lected in Canada in past years. In 1890, the Botanical Club of the Royal Society of Canada secured data for all provinces on some 50 selected phenomena. These observations were continued for approximately 30 years and were published annually in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada. During this same period, phenological observations were made by the school children of Nova Scotia as a part of their prescribed Nature Study. Selected data were compiled by the Provincial Department of Education and published an- nually in the Transactions of the Nova Scotian Institute of Science as well as the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada. Criddle (1) published data covering a period of twenty years for 400 plant species as recorded at Aweme, Manitoba. Since 1936, phenological data on approximately 40 plants have been recorded at Winnipeg, Manitoba; Saskatoon, Saskatchewan; and Edmonton, A\I- 1) Contribution No. 869 from the Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, Science Service, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada. *) Received for publication May 2, 1946. berta, by members of the Division of Botany and Plant Pathology. This information is published in the Annual Reports of the Canadian Plant Disease Survey, Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, Science Service, Dominion Department of Agriculture, Otta- wa. Various divisions and departments of the Dominion Government have collected data for their own use, but there has been no attempt to collect and co-ordinate this in- formation. In 1939 and 1940, an inter- departmental committee drew up _ recom- mendations designed to co-ordinate all pheno- logical projects, but due to the exigencies of the war it was not possible to put them into effect. Since 1932, flowering and fruiting dates for plants of the Ottawa District have been col- lected in a systematic manner by the Division of Botany and Plant Pathology. The project was started to secure this type of pheno- logical data as a phase of life history in- formation for the weeds and native plants of this area. As the data accumulated, certain relationships in the dates of anthesis be- tween different species became evident and, in order to study these relationships from year to year, some basis of reference was required. For this purpose trees were Se- lected as specific marker plants and ob- servations made year after year on the same individual. The following four trees were chosen as representative of the advance of the spring season at Ottawa: silver maple (Acer saccharinum L.), American eim (Ulmus americana L.), sugar maple (Acer saccharum Marsh.), and Scotch pine (Pinus sylvestris L.). All four plants are large trees growing on high, level ground (elevation 250 feet) in the vicinity of the Dominion Arboretum and Bo- tanic Garden, Ottawa. The Pinus sylvestris is somewhat sheltered by nearby trees but the other three plants are well exposed. In general the soil is well drained Rideau clay intermixed with smal] areas of sand knolls. 57 FIELD-NATURALIST THE CANADIAN March-April, 1947] 96% £09 L’&S TLS L°c¢ T9P CLE 6 EE 0'9F I ce Cle 8'0¢ LTé G‘6T CréT br6T eré6t cr6l Tr6T eax 6'PS c9E 6'6T Or6T PPS a 68T 6E6T GPS Cer TG 8é6T £°9¢ 6 0F a 4 LE6T Lg 68E 0°62 9E6T 6S Tene eee ssseseeesessseres ARIA ZIP (Meee erweriseecerssrseens ILidy Pt Aa RE yore OSeIOAL yuo, Ieak-A4IT ‘ULIE,T [PJUIWILIGdXY [e1UeD ‘UOISIAIg Arpuegsny ple 343 Aq eMeyO Je pap10d01 Se aSeIZAe AVIA-AUJIJ OY PIM 19YJ990} BAISN[IUL GFGT 0} OEGT SivaA oy} Jo Avy pue {Lidy ‘yore Jo syyUOW oY} IOJ JLaqUIIYLeY SodISapP UI SoinjeIOdUIZ] ULI °Z a1qeL Le ACW) So AVIN|Z UNL | ET Ae) OZ API) Z OUNL|T oun) ge Ae | TE AeW| cz Ae LET PI Idy|9 Aew|6t Ae | 62 dv | 62 Idy | 0% APIN | LT SPN) 6 APIN| ITT API | 6 Aen 821 € idy|oe¢ sdy|_ Aew (se idvy|st ady|9 AewW |), Ae | Sz idy|o¢g adv |T Aew LIT GZ “Je | LT Idy|¢e¢ idy|¢ adv | Ol adv | 9¢ “1dy|92 adv) ct adv | 11 ady | et adv POT Ch6T PPGI Sh61 CP6I IP6E | OF6T 6861 SE6I LE6I 9€6T Teak oy} jo seq UOI}eAIOSqO JO Iva ‘OLIVJUQ ‘EME}O Je pops10deI Sv S}ULTd INOJ 1OJ SisayjuK JO JEP ISIIF OYL “T 1GeL bk ANBIRNE |] Cespereecowes SILIWSOATAS ShUIg roy ANIA | wemeecvere wnieyIoes 13eV Mee, Pasalysr oes: euRLIoMe snuyn Ae aWel\s7 |p caper wnulIeyooes Jeaoy a3eq quel d ‘POUL CPHET-GE6T ; asePIOAP IdA-UI, + es ee ee ee nee ee eee ea “OAISNIIUL SHEL 9} 9E6T JO polrod aAea4-u9} 9Y} OJ 4 , 58 THE CANADIAN . FIELD-NATURALISI The data herein reported are the first dates of anthesis for these four marker plants for the ten-year period of 1936 to 1945. Results of Observations In Table 1 the first date of anthesis for the marker plants as observed from 1936 to 1945 inclusive together with the average date of anthesis for this ten-year period are recorded. In Figure 1 a graphical representation is given of the first date of anthesis for 1940 (a late year), for 1941 and 1945 (both early years), and of the ten-year average. The average first date of anthesis for Acer saccharinum during this period was April 14. The earliest flowering was recorded on March 25, 1945, and the latest on April 26, 1939, giving a total variation, between the first and last recorded dates, of 32 days. The average first date of flowering for Ulmus americana was April 27. The earliest first date was recorded April 3, 1945, and the latest on May 7, 1939 and 1943, to give a total variation of 34 days. ° For Acer saccharum the average first date of anthesis was May 8. The earliest first date was noted April 14, 1945, and the latest on May 20, 1940, to give a total variation of 37 days. For Pinus sylvestris the average first date of flowering was May 27. The earliest first date recorded was May 18, 1942, and the latest on June 2, 1940, for a total variation of 16 days. From the data-in Table 1 it is found that of the ten years three (1941, 1942, and 1945) were inclined to be early, three (1939, 1940 and 1943) were inclined to be late, while the remaining four (1936, 1937, 1938, and 1944) approximated the ten-year average. Discussion No direct attempt has been made to corre- late these phenological data with all avail- able meteorological information. That a rela- tionship does exist, however, is suggested when the dates of anthesis are compared with the mean temperatures for the months of March, April, and May, as recorded by the [Vol. 61 Field Husbandry Division at the Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, and given in Table 2. For the three years, 1941, 1942, and 1945, that Acer saccharinum started flowering early, the mean temperatures for the month of April were considerably higher than average. For two of these three years, 1942 and 1945, the mean temperatures for March were likewise higher than average. For the three years that Acer saccharinum started flowering late, 1939, 1940, and 1943, the mean temperatures for the month of April were considerably lower than the average. When meteorological data are examined for those periods wherein elapsed time of flowering between marker plants is greater than average, such as the 43 days between flowering of Acer saccharum and Pinus sylvestris in 1945 or the 20 days between flowering of Acer saccharinwm and Ulmus americana in 1942, it is found that the weather was predominantly cool and cloudy with a lower mean temperature than average. This does not necessarily mean that temperature was the only factor operating in determining the date of anthesis. It suggests, however, that a relationship exists between the prevailing temperature and the flowering date of these four plants. A close examina- tion of all meteorological data relative to time of flowering is required before all inter- relationships are known. Summary The first dates of anthesis for four specific marker plants, as recorded at Ottawa, Ontario, and representing the advance of the spring season, are given for the ten-year period of 1936 to 1945. The relationship between the flowering of these plants and the recorded mean tempera- tures is discussed briefly. References 1. Criddle, N. A calendar of flowers. Field-Nat. 61: 48-55. 1927. Can. 2. Huberman, M. A. Why phenology ? Jour. Forest. 39: 1007-1013. 1941. 3. Huberman, M. A. Phenology in forestry. Chron. Bot. 7: 403-4. 1948. 4. Lathrop, F. H., and C. O. Dirks. and seasonal cycles of insects. Econ. Ent. 37: 199-204. 1944. Timing Jour. Ov Ve) THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST March-April, 1947] ‘OATSNOUL CHET ©} Q€6I IO} ebo1eaD ied-u9e} 9y} YAM Ieyjebo} ‘GPE PUD ‘TPET ‘OPEL JO S1DEA OY} 1OF ‘OLIDJUD ‘NMDYO 30 sjunjd ino} 10} stseyyUD Jo a}Op jsIy OY], *T “SIZ —2 Nae |<——______ pv —___>_ 3 |4¢ + ld v¥———_}| ¢-H duvn- YV3A BAHL 4O AVA o9! Os! Or! O€! Ocdl Oll OOl 06 os Q0vVYSAV YV3A-N3L ———® Vas es WANIEVH > Dvs Rao Sv6é| YvVaA —---—R / p - \y61 YVvaA —----X VA iS ¢ Ov6l Ywyvy3aA —:—O : “ os vuvoy Mean sAWan 7 ° Be ie _ WNYWHIWS Ya2 SIVLSIATAS SNNId 60 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 CHRISTMAS BIRD CENSUS — 1946? Port Hood, Cape Breton, N.S.—(vicinity of town of Port Hood; mixed woodland 65%, open pasture 15%, sea shore 20%). Decem- ber 27, 1946; 8 am. to 5 p.m. Overcast with light snow, temp. approx. 25° F. Two inches of snow, ponds frozen over, creeks partly open. Light westerly wind. One observer on foot. American Golden-eye, 3; White-winged Scoter, 11; Ruffed Grouse, 2; Herring Gull, 5; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy Wood- pecker, 3; Canada Jay, 2; Blue Jay, 2; Raven, 15; Crow, 50; Black-capped Chicka- dee, 26; Brown-headed Chickadee, 18; Gold- en-crowned Kinglet, 12; House Sparrow, 32; Starling, 26; Redpoll, 90; Pine Siskin, 20; White-winged Crossbill, 120. Total, 18 species, 438 individuals. — Austin W. Cameron. Port Mouton, Queen’s County, N.S. — Dec. 31, 1946; 10 am. to 2 p.m.; overcast; temp. 14° F.; light west wind; open ground bare, a few inches of crusted snow in woods; about three miles on foot. Red-throated Loon, 1; Black Duck, 25; American Golden-eye, 2; Scoters, 3; American Merganser, 3; Ruffed Grouse, 1; Great Black-backed Gull, 15; Herring Gull, 50; Hairy Woodpecker, 2; Downy Woodpecker, 2; Blue Jay, 1; Raven, 8; Crow, 12; Black-capped Chickadee, 2; Starling, 6; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 2; Snow Bunting, 14. Total, 17 species, 49 individuals. — H. F. Tufts. Halifax, N.S. (First Lake, Power Line, St. Margaret’s Bay, Geizer Hill, Northwest Arm). —Jan. 1, 1947; 9.30 am. to 2 p.m.; clear; temp. 7° F.; wind N.W. 15 to 20 m.p.h.; some snow on ground. Barrow’s Golden-eye, 3; Red-breasted Merganser, 2; Goshawk, 1; Bald Eagle, 1; Iceland Gull, 1; Great Black- backed Gull, 6; Herring Gull, 210; Ring- billed Gull, 20; Black Guillemot, 1; Dovekie, 1; Crow, 23; Blue Jay, 1; Black-capped Chickadee, 18; Brown-headed Chickadee, 1; Starling, 100; House Sparrow, 75; Gold- finch, 4; Song Sparrow, 9. Total, 18 species, 450 individuals. — D. C. Ferguson, R. G. S. Bidwell, G. M. C. Bidwell, R. E. G. Bidwell. Wolfville, N.S.— December 31, 1946; 10 a.m. to 4.15 p.m.; overcast; slight west wind; traces of crusted snow; temp. 10° F.; two observers; 92 miles by auto, about 6 on foot, within a radius of 10 miles of Wolfville. Black Duck, 20; American Golden-eye, 1; American Merganser, 1; Hungarian Part- 1) Received for publication February 25, 1947. ridge, 4; Pheasant, 10; Wilson’s Snipe, 1; Her- ring Gull, 11; Flicker, 1; Blue Jay, 35; Raven, 2; Crow, 939; Black-capped Chicka- dee, 11; Starling, 66; House Sparrow, 173; Pine Grosbeak, 46; Redpoll, 50; Goldfinch, 1; White-winged Crossbill, 18; Savanna Spar- row, 1; Slate-coloured Junco, 24; Tree Spar- row, 1; Song Sparrow, 6. Total, 22 species, 1422 individuals. — R. W. Tufts, John S. Erskine. Windsor, N.S.—Dec. 24, 1946. to 4.30 p.m.; overcast; slight wind; temp. 42° F.; .ground bare. 2 observers together, within two miles of town. Black Duck, 11; Herring Gull, 27; Hungarian Partridge, 14; Raven, 1; Crow, 40; Blue Jay, 15; Black- capped Chickadee, 13; Brown-headed Chicka- dee, 2; White-breasted Nuthatch, 2; Brown Creeper, 1; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 5; Star- ling, 65; House Sparrow, 92; Slate-coloured Junco, 8; Song Sparrow, 2; Snow Bunting, 14. Total, 17 species, 312 individuals. — Ja- mes C. Morrow, Robert S. Morrow. Saint John, N.B.—January 7, 1947. 9 a.m. to 10.30 a.m.;- clear; calm; temp. 31° F; about 10 inches of snow. Area within half mile of New Brunswick Museum. American Golden-eye, 63; Great Black-backed Gull, 50; Herring Gull, 1000 (est.); Rock Dove, 6; Raven, 2; Starling, 20; English Sparrow, 6. Total, 7 species, more than 1100 individuals. — W. A. Squires, New Brunswick Museum. 10.30 a.m. Quebec, Que. (same area as in 1945, except Levis not covered, town suburbs 17%, fields 11%, coniferous forests 14%, deciduous woods 6%, mixed woodlands 47%, shores, 5%). — Dec. 23, 1946. 7.35 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. Partly cloudy till noon, clear afterward; temp. 6° to 23° F.; wind W, 3-10 m.p.h.; 13-20 in. snow on ground; small rivers not completely frozen, moving ice on St. Law- rence River. Four observers in 4 parties. Total hours, 28 on foot; total miles, 30 on foot. Ruffed Grouse, 7; Hairy Woodpecker, 4; Downy Woodpecker, 1; Blue Jay, 5; Crow, 5; Black-capped Chickadee, 50; Brown- headed Chickadee, 1; Starling, 25; House Sparrow, 72; Pine Grosbeak, 33; Redpoll, 500; Snow Bunting, 277. Total, 12 species, about 980 individuals. (Seen in area Dec. 24: Evening Grosbeak, 12). — Mrs. G. Lan- gelier, Louis-A. Lord, Louis Lemieux, Ray- mond Cayouette. (La Société Zoologique de Québec.) : March-April, 1947] THE CANADIAN Montreal, Que. — (Mount Royal, Cote St. Luc Woods, La Salie Woods, King Edward Woods, Brosseau Woods, St. Lambert, Ver- dun, Heron Island, South Shore of the St. Lawrence River from Caughnawaga to St. Lambert, Cartierville and Back River) December 22, 1946. Cloudy and mild with scattered snowflurries; wind, W.S.W., 16-20 m.p.h.; 22.7 to 33.5° F.; snow, 9 inches. 21 observers in 9 parties; total miles on foot, 3742, on snowshoes, 7, by boat, 7, by auto- mobile, 50; total hours, 50%. Mallard, 1; Black Duck, 122; Scaup Duck, 3; American Golden-eye, 85; American Merganser, 8; Red- breasted ‘Merganser, 48; Rough-legged Hawk, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 2; Pheasant, 40; Great Black-backed Gull, 53; Herring Gull, 359; Great Horned Owl, 2; Snowy Owl, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 3; _ Downy Woodpecker, 7; Crow, 4; Black-capped Chickadee, 101; White- breasted Nuthatch, 2; Red-breasted Nut- hatch, 1; Brown Creeper, 1; Cedar Waxing, 55; Starling, 888; House Sparrow, 178; Cow- bird, 1; Purple Finch, 5; Pine Grosbeak, 9; Redpoll, 174 Snow Bunting, 110. Total species, 28; total individuals, 2264. Seen on December 19th, Song Sparrow; December 21st and 23rd, Duck Hawk, Catbird; Decem- ber 26th, Flicker. (Note: the Catbird and the Cowbird, unusual records, have been reg- ular visitors for several weeks at a feeding station in a private garden in St. Lambert.) — P. Bard, Miss M. E. Bower, J. A. Decarie, C. Frankton, J. D. Fry, J. B. Gollop, Miss. G. E. Hibbard, H. A. C. Jackson, A. R. Leping- well, Rev. Bro. Matthias, G. H. Montgomery, Jr., L. Philippe, W. H. Rawlings, J. A. Rol- land, D. Ryan, Miss M. Seath, E. Skinner, C.. H. Sullivan, L. M. Terrill, Mrs. L. M. Terrill, A. Wellwood. (The Province of Quebec So- ciety for the Protection of Birds.) Hudson Heights, P.Q. (Same area as in 1945; mixed evergreen and deciduous woods 25%, second-growth and brush 20%, open farmland 20%, golf course 10%, village and gardens 25%)—Dec. 29, 1946; 7.30 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. Dull light snow 10.30 a.m. to 2.00 p.m., then sleet and heavy snow; wind N.E. to E.N.E., 5 m.p.h. to 30 m.p.h., temp. 6°-10° F.; 15 to 20 in. snow with heavy drifts; water frozen except fast streams. Twenty- five observers in 9 parties. Total hours, 34 (27 on skis, 7 on foot); total miles, 39 (30 on skis, 9 on foot). Screech Owl, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 4; Blue Jay, 47; Black-capped Chickadee, 96; White-breasted Nuthatch, 7; Red-breasted “Nuthatch, 8; Starling, 35; House Sparrow, 70; Purple Finch, 25; Pine FIELD-NATURALIST 61 Grosbeak, 2; Redpoll, 49; Hoary Redpoll, 1; Tree Sparrow, 3. Total, 13 species, 348 indivi- duals. Seen in area during count period: Evening Grosbeak, 7, Robin, Goldfinch, Jun- co. — Audrey Bryan, Amy and Marg. Clarke, Eunice and Ed Croll, lan Fraser, Ryan Heeney, Lillian and Bruce Lancey, John Legate, Al- thea Macaulay, Bobby McCance, Violet and bunbar Mullen, Mary and John Mullen, Cecil Nelson, Kate and Geof. Ommanney, Betty Puxley, Joan Reynolds, Drucilla and George Riley, Orville Shaw, Mac. Yuile. Ottawa, Ont. (radially about city). — Dec. 22, 1946. Dawn to dusk; overcast; wind variable, N.W., 0 to 20 m.p.h.; temp. 21° to 29° F.; 5 inches snow on ground; open water in rapids areas; 22 observers in 10 parties; total hours, 41, total miles, 87 by car, 45 on foot. American Golden-eye, 91; American Merganser, 15; Sparrow Hawk, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 1; Pheasant, 8; Reck Dove, 220; Great Horned Owl, 1; Barred Owl, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 4; Downy Woodpecker, 4; Crow, 7; Black-capped Chickadee, 45; Brown-headed Chickadee, 4; White-breasted Nuthatch, 6; Brown Creeper, 3; Robin, 1; Cedar Waxwing, 12; Northern Shrike, 1; Starling, 2136; House Sparrow, 1324; Red- winged Blackbird, 1; Evening Grosbeak, 17; Pine Grosbeak, 16; Redpoll, 46; Pine Siskin, 46; -Slate-coloured Junco, 1; Tree Sparrow, 1; Snow Bunting, 101. Total, 28 species, 4114 individuals. Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club. — R. M. Anderson, A. W. F. & Mrs. Banfield, A. E. Bourguignon, August Brei- tung, Graham Cooch, B. A. Fauvel, J. W. & Mrs. Groves, R. W. Hawkins, O. H. Hewitt, C. E. Johnson, H. F. & Mrs. Lewis, Barnard Lewis, Betty Lewis, Hoyes Lloyd, A. L. Rand, Stanley Rand, D. B. O. Savile, V. E. F. & Mrs. Solman. Pakenham, Lanark County, Ont. — Dec. 23, 1946, 7.30 am. to 4 p.m.; mostly clear; no wind; temp. 30° to 34° F.; 6 inches snow; streams open. 4 observers in 2 parties in a.m., separated in p.m. 19 miles on foot. Ruffed Grouse, 8; Rock Dove, 34; Great Horned Owl, 1; Pileated Woodpecker, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Blue Jay, 7; Black- capped Chickadee, 40; White-breasted Nut- hatch, 7; Starling, 2; House Sparrow, 92; Evening Grosbeak, 39; Redpoll, 24; White- winged Crossbill, 11; Snow Bunting, 2. Total, 14 species, 269 individuals. — Edna G. Ross, Verna M. Ross, T. W. Ross, Bill McKenzie. Rutherglen, Ont. (24 miles east of North Bay to 10 miles west of Mattawa.) Total hours: 62 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 8; total miles, 21, partly by car and partly on foot. Open farmland 20%, coniferous farm woodlots 5%, second growth forest land of mixed coniferous and deciduous trees 65%, lakes and rivers 10%. Partly cloudy, 16° to 25° F.; wind 2 to 27 m.p.h. direction W; ground covered with 6 inches of snow; all fresh water except rapids frozen; snow squalls during the afternoon. Hairy Wood- pecker, 3; Blue Jay, 4; Black-capped Chicka- dee, 30; Pine Grosbeak, 1; Redpoll, 4. Total, 5 species, approx. 43 individuals. — Louise de Kiriline Lawrence. Peterborough, Ont. — Dec. 21, 1946. 9.30 a.m. to 4 p.m.; cloudy; wind N.E. 3 to 5 m.p.h.; temp. 24° F.; 4 inches of snow. 2 observers in one party; 16 miles by car, 712 on foot. American Golden-eye, 6; Downy Woodpecker, 2; Black-capped Chickadee, 28; White-breasted Nuthatch, 2; Starling, 25; House Sparrow, 44; Evening Grosbeak, 8; Redpoll, 300; Tree Sparrow, 10. Total, 9 species, 425 individuals. — J. L. McKeever, R. L. Hale. Barrie, Ont.—Dec. 26, 1946. 10 a.m. to 4 p.m.; snowing; temp. 5° F.; 8 miles on foot within town limits. Goshawk, 1; Rock Dove, 20; Hairy Woodpecker, 2; Downy Wood- pecker, 5; Blue Jay, 8; Black-capped Chicka- dee, 25; White-breasted Nuthatch, 3; Red- breasted Nuthatch, 8; Brown Creeper, 1; Robin, 3; Starling, 50; House Sparrow, 50; Evening Grosbeak, 100; Red Crossbill, 16; Tree Sparrow, 2; Song Sparrow, 2. Total, 16 species, 296 individuals: Noted on bay throughout winter, Crow, 2. — Mrs. O’Brien- Saint, George Coles, E. L. Brereton. Ripley, Ont. (from village to Olivet). — Jan. 1, 1947. 10 a.m. to 2.30 p.m.; temp. 12° F.; light N. wind; overcast; 10 miles on foot. Herring Gull, 1; Great Horned Owl, 2; Snowy Owl, 1; Downy Woodpecker, 1; Black- capped Chickadee, 5; Starling, 100; House Sparrow, 225; Pine Grosbeak, 6. Total, 8 species, 341 individuals. — Albert Wylds. Toronto, Ont. — December 22, 1946. 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Fair; mean temperature 32° F:; about 4 inches of snow; sixty-nine observers in twenty-four parties. Great Blue Heron, 1; Mallard, 302; Black Duck, 1460; Baldpate, 11; Pintail, 6; Scaup Duck, 1616; American Golden-eye, 337; Buffle-head, 43; Old-squaw, 1156; American Merganser, 44; Red-breasted Merganser, 1; Sharped-shinned Hawk, 2; Cooper’s Hawk, 4; Red-tailed Hawk, 20; Rough-legged Hawk, 2; Marsh Hawk, 1; Duck Hawk, 1; Sparrow Common Loon, 1;° [Vol. 61 Hawk, 29; Ruffed Grouse, 5; Pheasant, 183; Glaucous Gull, 1; Great Black-backed Gull, 21; Herring Gull, 1801; Ring-billed Gull, 8; Mourning Dove, 6; Screech Owl, 4; Great Horned Owl, 22; Snowy Owl, 3; Barred Owl, 6; Long-eared Owl, 5; Kingfisher, 1; Flicker, 2; Hairy Woodpecker, 19; Downy Wood- pecker, 76; Horned Lark, 11; Blue Jay, 42; Crow, 8; Black-capped Chickadee, 974; Brown- headed Chickadee, 1; White-breasted Nut- hatch, 47; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 20; Brown Creeper, 42; Winter Wren, 5; Robin, 3; Her- mit Thrush, 1; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 46; Cedar Waxwing, 43; Northern Shrike, 5; Starling, 3796; House Sparrow, 1224; Red- winged Blackbird, 3; Rusty Blackbird, 2; Bronzed Grackle, 1; Cardinal, 61; Evening Grosbeak, 14; Purple Finch, 2; Pine Gros- beak, 46; Redpoll, 844; Pine Siskin, 78; Goldfinch, 142; White-winged Crossbill, 4; Slate-coloured Junco, 641; Tree Sparrow, 620; White-throated Sparrow, 3; Swamp Spar- row, 2; Song Sparrow, 52; Lapland Long- spur, 5; Snow Bunting, 186. Total, 69 species, 16,174 individuals. — J. L. Baillie, J. Barnett, H. Barratt, D. Bates, D. Beacham, G. S. Bell, J. Bendell, O. D. Boggs, A. Bunker, W. Car- rick, C. H. D. Clarke; F. Cooke Ve Cnichieas Cringan, A. Dawe, M. Devitt, O. E. Devitt, Y. Edwards, F. H. Emery, B. Falls, N. Field, G. Giles, W. Giles, A. Gordon, W. W. H. Gunn, P. Harrington, C. E. Hope, M. Jackson, D. Jagger, R. James, G. Lambert, R. Lanning, A. Lawrie, R. V. Lindsay, J. MacArthur, J. W. MacArthur, R. MacArthur, D. MacDonald, T. F. Melllwraith, W. Mansell, N. Martin, W. Martin, D. Miller, M. Mitchell, D. Muir, T. Murray, A. A. Outram, R. Outram, L. T. Owens, R. Ritchie, G. Roberts, R. J. Rutter, R. M. Saunders, D. Scovell, J. Sherrin, T. M. Shortt, F. Smith, W. Smith, L. L. Snyder, H. H. Southam, D. Speakman, E. Stark, T. Swift, S. L. Thomson, R. Trowern, R. D. Ussher, J. Walty, D. West, D. Willcox. (The Brodie Club). Hamilton, Ont. (Dundas Valley west to Ancaster, Hamilton and Harbour, Stoney Creek, Burlington, Aldershot, Lake Medad).— Dec. 22, 1946. Dawn to dark; fair; temp. 30° to 35° F.; wind S.W. 15 m.p.h.; 2 inches of snow on ground; marshes frozen, harbour open. Forty-five observers in 22 parties and at 6 separate feeding stations. Total hours, 101; total miles, 211 on foot. Common Loon, 2: Holboell’s Grebe, 2; Horned Grebe, 1; Mallard, 8; Black Duck, 44; Greater Scaup Duck, 118; Lesser Scaup Duck, 31; American Golden-eye, 150; Buffle-head, 3; Old-squaw, March-April, 1947] THE CANADIAN 56; American Scoter, 1; Hooded Merganser, 3; American Merganser, 470; Red-breasted Merganser, 6; Goshawk, 1; Sharp-shinned Hawk, 3; Cooper’s Hawk, 3; Red-tailed Hawk, 9; Red-shouldered Hawk, 2; Bald Eagle, 1; Marsh Hawk, 3; Sparrow Hawk, 6; Ruffed Grouse, 9; Pheasant, 7; Coot, 1; Glaucous Gull, 1; Kumlien’s Gull, 1; Black- backed Gull, 45; Herring Gull, 5400; Ring- billed Gull, 10; Bonaparte’s Gull, 8; Mourn- ing Dove, 1; Screech Owl, 4; Great Horned Owi, 13; Snowy Owl, 1; Short-eared Owl, 1; Kingfisher, 3; Flicker, 8; Hairy Woodpecker, 21; Downy Woodpecker, 62; Horned Lark, 3; Blue Jay, 41; Crow, 4; Black-capped Chicka- dee, 440; White-breasted Nuthatch, 61; Brown Creeper, 14; Winter Wren, 3; Robin, 5; Hermit Thrush, 1; Golden-crowned King- let, 22; Northern Shrike, 1; Starling, 3420; English Sparrow, 1415; Red-winged Black- bird, 1; Cardinal, 54; Evening Grosbeak, 1; Purple Finch, 9; Pine Grosbeak, 4; Redpoll, 127; Pine Siskin, 3; Goldfinch, 147; Slate- coloured Junco, 760; Tree Sparrow, 610; White-throated Sparrow, 4; Swamp Sparrow, 3; Song Sparrow, 33; Snow Bunting, 320. Total, 67 species, approximately 14,025 indi- viduals. — E. W. Bastin, Don Neil, and Mr. and Mrs. R. D. F. Bourne, J. Butcher, W. Campbell, N. C. Clarke, K. J. Cox, J. Dowell, E. Elstone, R. O. Elstone, R. Finlayson, Mrs. G. Godfrey, Ian Halladay, A. B. Jackson, H. E. Kettle, Mr. and Mrs. L. Laking, M. Lamb, Mrs. F. E. MacLoghlin, G. MacPartlin, J. E. Martin, D. McCallum, G. O. McMillan, E. Mal- colm, R. Mills, J. Moule, G. Nelson, G. W. North, Mrs. H. C. Nunn, G. Preston, G. Sack- rider, R. Sargeant, E. O. Smith, G. Stewart, L. ‘Stewart, G. Uptegrove, W. Waldhof, W. Walker, M. Watson, Mr. & Mrs. M. R. Wat- ters, J. H. Williams, L. Williams, (members and friends of Hamilton Nature Club). Kitchener, Ont. — (Radially about city; river margin 50%, deciduous wood lots 25%, open fields 15%, swampy brush 7%, cat-tail marsh 2%, town limits, 1%. Dec. 22, 1946. Dawn to dusk. Cloudy, intermittent snow, clearing around 11 am., overcast again by 3 p.m.; westerly wind 15-20 m.p.h. de- creasing; 6 inches snow; ponds frozen; Grand River open in places. Temp. 24° to 32° F.; 15 observers in 7 parties. Total hours in field 34; Mallard, 14; Black Duck, 71; Golden-eye, 45; American Merganser, 8; Goshawk, 1; Cooper’s Hawk, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 5; Pheasant, 11; Glaucous Gull, 1; Herring Gull, 75; Ring-billed Gull, 2; Mourn- American total miles 51 on foot. FIELD-NATURALIST 63 ing Dove, 1; Screech Owl, 2; Great Horned Owl, 2; Pileated Woodpecker, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 5; Downy Woodpecker, 16; Blue Jay, 6; Crow, 1; Black-capped Chicka- dee, 285; White-breasted Nuthatch, 9; Brown Creeper, 14; Robin, 1; Golden-crowned King- let, 62; Cedar Waxwing, 1; Starling, 300; House Sparrow, 600; Bronzed Grackle, ile Cardinal, 19; Purple Finch, 22; Pine Gros- beak, 3; Redpoll, 187; Pine Siskin, 18; Gold- finch, 295; Slate-coloured Junco, 113; Tree Sparrow, 174; White-throated Sparrow, 1; Song Sparrow, 21; Snow Bunting, 3. Total, 39 species, 2484 individuals. Dec. 23, Wil- son’s Snipe, 1. — F. Bender, W. Bergey, R. Bowman, E. Carter, F. W. R. Dickson, J. Epp, G. W. Knechtel, H. Main, F. H. Montgo- mery, K. Moon, R. Pickering, J. Power, G. Schaefer, M. Schultz, R. Tilt. (The Kitchener- Waterloo Field Naturalists Club). Ridgeville, Pelham Township, Ont. — Dec. 27, 1946. 9.30 am. to 1 p.m.; cloudy; NE. wind; temp. 22° F.; about 2 inches snow. One observer, 5 miles in automobile, 2 on foot. Herring Gull, 3; Downy Woodpecker, 4; Crow, 1; Blue Jay, 7; Black-capped Chickadee, 10; White-breasted Nuthatch, 1; Brown Creeper, 1; Robin, 1; Starling, 51; House Sparrow, 28; Goldfinch, 1; Slate- coloured Junco, 35; Tree Sparrow, 45; Song Sparrow, 3; Snow Bunting, 150. Total, 14 species, 340 individuals. Noted on Dec. 26 — Myrtle Warbler, 1. — Mrs. James A. Selby. Port Colborne, Ont. (inside breakwater, along Lake Erie shore). — Dec. 25, 1946; between 12.30 and 1 p.m. Mallard, 12; Black Duck, 31; Redhead, 6; Scaup Duck, 250; American Golden-eye, 11; Bufflehead, 4; American Merganser, 6; Herring Gull, 10; Black-eapped Chickadee, 6; Starling, 2; Tree Sparrow, 2. Total, 11 species, 340 indivi- duals. — Dr. Peter F. Henderson. Jarvis, Ont. (10-mile radius from town). — Dec. 29, 1946. Overcast, with rain, sleet; wind W.; 9.30 a.m. to 5 p.m.; temp. 28° F.; Ruffed Grouse, 1; Great Horned Owl, 2; Downy Woodpecker, 3; Black-capped Chicka- dee, 11; Starling, 22; House Sparrow, 14; Pine Siskin, 4; Goldfinch, 6; Slate-coloured Junco, 7; Tree Sparrow, 6; Snow Bunting, 1. Total, 11 species, 77 individuals. — Dr. Peter F. Henderson. Midland, Ont. — Dec. 28, 1946. Afternoon only; temp. 4° F.; overcast, then clearing; no wind; 30 inches snow; 3 observers to- gether; 6 miles on foot. Herring Gull, 12; Hairy Woodpecker, 2; Downy Woodpecker, 64 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 1; Blue Jay, 2; Black-capped Chickadee, 64; Brown-headed Chickadee, 1; Starling, 30; House Sparrow, 25; Evening Grosbeak, 24; Pine Grosbeak, 2; Redpoll, 120; Pine Siskin, 3; Tree Sparrow, 4. Total, 13 species, 290 individuals. — Mrs. J. K. Reynolds, Keith Reynolds, Doug. Mulligan. Meaford, Ont. (Eastern half town, 3 feeding stations, shoreline 2 miles east, north in St. Vincent twp.) — Dec. 27, 1946. 10 a.m. to 3 p.m.; overcast; temp. 20° F.; S.E. wind. 2 parties. Scaup Duck, 1; American Golden- eye, 4; American Merganser, 25; Red- breasted Merganser, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 3; Hungarian Partridge, 6; Herring Gull, 225; Ring-billed Gull, 4; Rock Dove, 80; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy Woodpecker, 3; Blue Jay, 5; Black-capped Chickadee, 10; White-breasted Nuthatch, 4; Brown Creeper, 1; Cedar Waxwing, 2; Starling, 110; House Sparrow, 45; Cardinal, 4; Pine Grosbeak, 12; Redpoll, 10; Slate-coloured Junco, 16; Tree Sparrow, 1. Total, 23 species, 573 individuals. — L. Moore, G. Irving, G. Teeft, K. Brown, I. Brown, G. Brown, C. Beamer, P. Beamer, W. Thurston, Mrs. R. McIntosh, Mrs. L. H. Beamer, L. H. Beamer. London, Ont. (Valley of the Thames River from London to Deleware; spruce swamp (Redman’s); and three feeding stations in the same area). — Pasture 5%; deciduous woodland 20%; swamp 20%; mixed wooded river bank 55%. December 28, 1946; 8 a.m. to 4.30 p.m; overcast; visibility poor; wind 20 m.p.h. N.W.; ground covered with snow patches and ice after a night of rain; temp. 42° to 20° F.; river and small streams open; edges of ponds open; 28 observers in 12 parties. Total hours, 54; total miles, 30 by foot, 60 by car. Great Blue Heron, 1; Ameri- can Golden-eye, 38; American Merganser, 43; Cooper’s Hawk, 1; Red-tailed Hawk, 9; Red- shouldered Hawk, 2; Rough-legged Hawk, 1; Bald Eagle, 4; Pheasant, 7; Herring Gull, 35; Screech Owl, 1; Great Horned Owl, 1; Long- eared Owl, 2; Short-eared Owl, 1; Flicker, 1; Yellow-bellied Sapsucker, 1; Hairy Wood- pecker, 5; Downy Woodpecker, 28; Blue Jay, 27; Crow, 60; Black-capped Chickadee, 184; Tufted Titmouse, 1; White-breasted Nuthatch, 24; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 2; Brown Creeper, 7; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 27; Starling, 182; House Sparrow, 275; Cardinal, 88; Redpoll, 94; Goldfinch, 97; Slate-coloured Junco, 249; Tree Sparrow, 163; Song Sparrow, 6; Snow Bunting, 50. Total, 35 species, 1717 individuals. Observed [Vol. 61 in same area recently, — marsh hawk, robin, bronzed grackle, mourning dove, Carolina wren, winter wren. — Rae Brown, Jean Brown, Dr. R. G. Cummings, Mrs. Cummings, Johnny and Tommy Cummings, Harold Cal- vert, Don Coleman, Irene Chapman, Eli Davis, Kay Fetherston, Frank Girling, Mrs. W. G. Girling, Wm. Girling, Mary Harvey, John Harvey, George Harvey, Mrs. I. John- ston, John Kormos, Keith Horton, Alan Loughrey, James Leach, Bessie Marwood, Millar Stewart, Mrs. M. Stewart, Margaret Stevens, Ruth Westcott, Charles Whitelaw. (MclIlwraith Ornithological Club). Blenheim, Kent County, Ont. — (Fargo, Blenheim, Mull, Morpeth, Cedar Springs, Erie Beach, Erieau and Rondeau Provincial Park). December 28, 1946: 9.00 a.m. to 5 p.m. Over- cast; visibility fair; 387° to 30° F. Wind N.W. 22 m.p.h. decreasing; lake Erie~open, no ice along shore; marsh areas frozen. Six- teen observers in 5 parties. Total party hours, 37; total party miles, on foot, 27, by car, 69. 65% farm land, 20% water, 12% wood, 2% marshes and 1% town. Great Blue Heron, 1; American Golden-eye, 5; American Merganser, 9; Red-breasted Mer- ganser, 13; Sharp-shinned Hawk, 2; Red- tailed Hawk, 7; Rough-legged Hawk, 6; Bald Eagle, 6; Marsh Hawk, 5; Sparrow Hawk, 1; Pheasant, 3; Herring Gull, 120; Ring-billed Gull, 1; Bonaparte’s Gull, 20; Rock Dove, 2; Mourning Dove, 56; Screech Owl, 4; Great Horned Owl, 4; Long-eared Owl, 3; Hairy Woodpecker, 5; Downy Woodpecker, 24; Horned Lark, 2; Blue Jay, 10; Crow, 212; Black-capped Chickadee, 190; White-breasted Nuthatch, 9; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 2; Brown Creeper, 6; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 22; Starling, 650; House Sparrow, 300; Car- dinal, 35; Goldfinch, 12; Towhee, 2; Slate- coloured Junco, 137; Tree Sparrow, 37; Song Sparrow, 11. Total, 37 species, 1630 indivi- duals. — Seen in the neighbourhood recently, 1500 Black and Mallard Ducks, 4 Snow Bunt- ings, 1 Snowy Owl. — C. M. Anderson, D. A. Arnott, L. J. Bohn, Bob Berry, Dick Black- burn, Hugh Evans, Harold English, W. M. Gray, Geo. McGarvin, D. S. Marshall, Ed... H. Richards, Geo. M. Stirrett, H. B. Wressell, D. Harry Young, Harold Zavitz and Perry Zavitz (Members of the Kent Nature Club, Chatham, Ontario). Sarnia, Ont. (Sarnia Bay, Canatara Park, Lake shore, and farmland south of lake). — Dec. 27, 1946. 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Overcast turn- ing to rain; temp. 20° to 32° F.; two inches March-April, 1947] snow; S.W. wind. Black Duck, 3; Scaup Duck, 106; American Golden-eye, 139; Ame- rican Merganser, 282; Marsh Hawk, 2; Bob- white, 8; Pheasant, 5; Herring Gull, 132; Ring-billed Gull, 7; Downy Woodpecker, 3; Horned Lark, 125; Blue Jay, 3; Starling, 60; House Sparrow, 60; Cardinal, 2; Goldfinch, 2; Slate-coloured Junco, 18; Tree Sparrow, 6; Snow Bunting, 150. Total, 19 species, 1116 individuals. — O. Dennis, John Moore, Ar- thur Storey, B. Dennis, A. Mustard, Angus Buchanan. Kapuskasing, Ont. (area adjacent to Bou- rinot-Shanly Twp. line, 30 miles southwest of Kapuskasing). — Dec. 23, 1946. Frozen lakes, spruce-tamarack .muskeg and poplar ridges. 8.00 am. to 5.15 p.m.; clear with occasional heavy snowflurries; temp. 0° to 10° F.; 18 inches snow; 12 miles on foot. Spruce Grouse, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 1; Arctic Three-toed Woodpecker, 1; Hairy Wood- pecker, 1; Canada Jay, 7; Blue Jay, 2; Black-eapped Chickadee, 8; Brown-headed Chickadee, 12; Redpoll, 11. Total, 9 species, 44 individuals. — David W. Lambden. Port Arthur - Ft. William, Ont. (Silver Har- bour to Kakabeka Falls). — Dec. 29, 1946. 9.45 a.m. to 4.00 p.m.; clear; temp. —10° F.; wind N.N.E. 8 to 10 m.p.h.; 10 to 12 inches of drifted snow; 12 observers in 5 parties; 60 miles by car, 14 on foot. Rock Dove, 56; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Canada Jay, 3; Raven, 15; Crow, 18; Black-capped Chickadee, 17; Bohemian Waxwing, 100; Starling, 51; House Sparrow, 29; Evening Grosbeak, 24; Pine Grosbeak, 90; Redpoll, 101; Pine Siskin, 35; Snow Bunting, 1. Total, 14 species, 541 indivi- duals. Seen recently: Herring Gull, 200. — A. E. Allin, David Allin, C. H. & Mrs. Philpot, Dr. H. Quackenbush, W. J. Thompson, G. K. Eoll, J. S. Loweock, L. S. Dear, L. T. Slichter, Keith Denis, C.E. Garton. (Thunder Bay Field- Naturalists’ Club). Yorkton, Sask. (area 15 miles in diameter with Yorkton as- center). — Dec. 26, 1946. 9.30 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. Dull, stormy; biting S.E. wind at 20 m.p.h. or more; twelve inches of snow; temp. —8° to —12° F.; very poor visi- bility. 9 observers in 7 groups. Total party hours afield, 9 (5 by car and 4 on foot); total party miles, 38 (34 by car and 4 on foot). Goshawk, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 3; Downy Woodpecker, 2; Canada Jay, 1; Blue Jay, 1; Magpie, 1; Black-capped Chickadee, 7; White- breasted Nuthatch, 2; Bohemian Waxwing, 9; House Sparrow, 112; Pine Grosbeak, 5; Snow THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 65 Bunting, 66. Total, 12 species, approx. 210 individuals. Two starling noted on Dec. 24.— Jim Allen, Vernon S. Barnes, J. Neil Black, Jack Brownlee, W. A. Brownlee, J. R. Fore- man, C. Stuart Houston, F. Langstaff, Jim Smith. (Yorkton Natural History Society). Camrose, Alta. (Battle River, and along highway 13 for 12 miles). — Dec. 31, 1946. Stormy; wind N.; temp. 10° F.; 4 observers in 2 parties. Rough-legged Hawk, 1; Hunga- rian.Partridge, 10; Pheasant, 7; Great Horned Owl, 1; Snowy Owl, 2; Short-eared Owl, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 2; Downy Woodpecker, 2; Magpie, 37; Black-capped Chickadee, 7; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 5; Bohemian Wax- _ wing, 50; Evening Grosbeak, 4; Pine Gros- beak, 17; Redpoll, 100; White-winged Cross- bill, 17; Snow Bunting, 100. Total, 17 species, 363 individuals. — F. L. Farley, Calvin Wa- terston, Dan & Fred Gau. Edmonton, Alta. (Along Saskatchewan Ri- ver to Whitemud Creek). — Dec. 30, 1946. LOMAS tolls: Pl temp: O- ton tOl ke: 12 inches snow on ground; visibility poor; 3 observers in one group. Mallard, 20; Gos- hawk, 1; Hungarian Partridge, 11; Downy Woodpecker, 2; Blue Jay, 2; Magpie, 6; Black-capped Chickadee, 30; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 2; Brown Creeper, 3; Bohemian Waxwing, 6; Evening Grosbeak, 2; Pine Gros- beak, 20; Redpoll, 30; White-winged Cross- bill, 15; Snow Bunting, 4. Total, 15 species, 154 individuals. — Roy Anderson, David Pol- lock, Mack Pollock. Summerland, B.C. (South Okanagan Val- ley). — Dec. 29, 1946. 8 am. to 3.30 p.m.; clear; light N. wind; temp. 30° F.; 12 miles lakefront, 4 miles fruit benches, and back to pine-clad hills. Horned Grebe, 10; Pied-billed Grebe, 2; Great Blue Heron, 1; Mallard, 16; Gadwall, 5; Baldpate, 9; Green-winged Teal, 1; Redhead, 22; Canvasback, 4; American Golden-eye, 3; Buffle-head, 10; Hooded Mer- ganser, 3; American Merganser, 3; Sharp- shinned Hawk, 2; Bald Eagle, 1; Pigeon Hawk, 1; California Quail, 40; Pheasant, 90; Coot, 1000; Killdeer, 1; Herring Gull, 5; Kingfisher, 2; Flicker, 28; Pileated Wood- pecker, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy Woodpecker, 2; Steller’s Jay, 1; Magpie, 48; Raven, 1; Black-capped Chickadee, 6; White- breasted Nuthatch, 10; Pygmy Nuthatch, 16; Dipper, 1; Winter Wren, 3; Robin, 1; Western Bluebird, 11; Bohemian Waxwing, — 125; Shrike, 1; House Sparrow, 150;. Western 66 THE CANADIAN Meadowlark, 8; Evening Grosbeak, 8; Red- poll, 60; Goldfinch, 120; Red-backed Junco, 800; Song Sparrow, 47. Total, 45 species, 2684 individuals. — Eric M. Tait, Herbert M. Simpson, W. C. Fosberry; S. J. Darcus. New Westminster, B.C. (Adjacent to S.W. boundary of city). — Dec. 26, 1946. 11.30 a.m. to 4 p.m.; damp, light fog; poor visibility; temp. 40° F.; 2 observers together. Western Grebe, 3; Mallard, 14; Scaup Duck, 72; Sharp- shinned Hawk, 1; Wilson’s Snipe, 1; Glau- cous-winged Gull, 220; Herring Gull, 220; Short-billed Gull, 50; Red-shafted Flicker, 1; Downy Woodpecker, 3; Crow, 1; Black- capped Chickadee, 26; Bush-tit, 1; Robin, 1; Varied Thrush, 4; Spotted Towhee, 8; Red- backed Junco, 63; Song Sparrow, 43. Total, 18 species, 732 individuals. — Harry Middle- ton, W. S. Maguire. Crescent, B.C. (Fields, bush and coast be- tween Ocean Park and estuary of Serpentine River). — Dec. 27, 1946. 8.30 a.m. to 4 p.m.; clear; N. E. wind; temp. 26° to 30° F.; 3 ob- servers together. Common Loon, 13; Pacific Loon, 2; MHolboell’s Grebe, 3; Horned Grebe, 19; Western Grebe, 3; Double-crested Cormorant, 1; Pelagic Cormorant, 4; Great Blue Heron, 6; Black Brant, 500; Mallard, 17; Pintail, 30; Green-winged Teal, 62; Canvasback, 1; Scaup Duck, 1050; American Golden-eye, 38; Buffle-head, 13; Old-squaw, 5; Harlequin Duck, 6; White-winged Scoter, 27; Surf Scoter, 16; American Scoter, 2; American Merganser, 1; Red-breasted Mer- ganser, 8; Pheasant, 6; Killdeer, 9; Red- backed Sandpiper, 1200; Glaucous-winged Gull, 33; Short-billed Gull, 42; Red-shafted Flicker, 4; Black-capped Chickadee, 38; Winter Wren, 1; Varied Thrush, 5; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 9; House Sparrow, 20; Meadowlark, 2; Purple Finch, 22; Spotted Towhee, 16; Red-backed Junco, 71; White-crowned Spar- row, 3; Fox Sparrow, 1; Song Sparrow, 19. Total, 41 species, 3328 individuals. Seen on Dec. 28, Wilson’s Snipe, 1; Northern Shrike, 1; Brewer’s Blackbird, 50. — Frances Hol- dom, M. W. Holdom, E. E. Woodford. Sea Island, B. C. (mouth of Fraser River). — Dec. 25, 1946. 9.30 a.m. to 3.30 p.m.; fog, poor visibility; temp. 34° F.; ground frozen; tide water high; 6 miles on foot. Western Grebe, 3; Pelagic Cormorant, 5; Great Blue Heron, 2; Mallard, 4; Baldpate, 3; Pintail, 5; Green-winged Teal, 12; Scaup Duck, 29; Barrow’s Golden-eye, 8; American Mergan- ser, 2; Cooper’s Hawk, 1; Pheasant, 2; Kill- deer, 14; Wilson’s Snipe, 3; Spotted Sand- FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 piper, 4; Red-backed Sandpiper, 250; Glau- cous-winged Gull, 101; Herring Gull, 65; Short-eared Owl, 2; Red-shafted Flicker, 3; Crow, 1; Black-capped Chickadee, 5; Robin, 5; House Sparrow, 108; Western Meadow- lark, 2; Red-winged Blackbird, 17; Brewer’s Blackbird, 45; Evening Grosbeak, 1; Spotted Towhee, 5; White-crowned Sparrow, 8; Fox Sparrow, 2; Song Sparrow, 43. Total, 32 species, 760 individuals. — H. Middleton, Vancouver, B.C. Courtenay-Comox, Vancouver Island, B.C. (area same as in 1945). — Dec. 22, 1946. 9 a.m. to 4.30 p.m.; clear; light N.W. wind; temp. 32° to 42° F.; 2 observers together; ten miles on foot. Common Loon, 2; Red- throated Loon, 1; Horned Grebe, 13; Pied- billed Grebe, 2; Double-crested Cormorant, 1; Pelagic Cormorant, 8; Great Blue Heron, 2; Mallard, 180; Baldpate, 77; Green-winged Teal, 1; Scaup Duck, 26; American Golden- eye, 104; Barrow’s Golden-eye 4; Buffle- head, 10; White-winged Scoter, 1500; Surf Scoter, 10; American Scoter, 10; Hooded Merganser, 2; American Merganser, 15; Hawk (Accipiter), 1; Bald Eagle, 1; Coot, 20; Killdeer, 13; Black Turnstone, 3; Wil- son’s Snipe, 1; Glaucous-winged Gull, 1600; Herring Gull, 2; Short-billed Gull, 4; King- fisher, 4; Red-shafted Flicker, 10; Hairy Woodpecker, 3; Steller’s Jay, 7; Raven, 1; Crow, 925; Winter Wren, 3; Bewick’s Wren, 8; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 25; House Spar- row, 160; Brewer’s Blackbird, 43; Purple Finch, 2; Spotted Towhee, 10; Red-backed Junco, 240; Song Sparrow, 27. Total, 43 species, 5081 individuals. — A. R. Davidson, Theed Pearse. Massett, Queen Charlotte Islands, B.C. — (10 miles on beach north and return, on foot). — Dec. 24, 1946. Wind S.E.; temp. 41° F. Common Loon, 7; Red-throated Loon, 1; Western Grebe, 13; Holboell’s Grebe, 1; Pelagic Cormorant, 6; Great Blue Heron, 1; Canada Goose, 70; Mallard, 5; Pintail, 80; Baldpate, 22; Green-winged Teal, 83; Buffle- head, 31; Old-squaw, 5; White-winged Scoter, 33; Surf Scoter, 9; Goshawk, 1; Duck Hawk, 3; Red-backed Sandpiper, 9; Sanderling, 37; Glaucous Gull, 1; Glaucous-winged Gull, 16; Herring Gull, 9; California Murre, 2; King- fisher, 3; Flicker, 2; Raven, 11; Crow, 21; ) Winter Wren, 7; Robin, 3; Varied Thrush, — | 4; Pine Grosbeak, 10; Red-backed Junco, 26; — Fox Sparrow, 3: Total, 33 species, 471 indivi- | duals. — Ronald M. Stewart. ; March-April, 1947] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 67 NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS Hudsonian Chickadee and Golden-winged Warbler in southern Ontario. — On January 23, 1944, I observed two Hudsonian chicka- dees (Parus hudsonicus) in a spruce and tamarack bog five miles west of London. On March 19 I was again favored with seeing Hudsonian chickadees. On this occasion my brother, Howard, and I saw three in Ellis’s cedar swamp east of Chesley. On both occa- sions the Hudsonian chickadees were with a flock of black-capped chickadees. While my brother and I were making a canoe trip on May 24 on the Rankin River which drains Boat Lake into the Sauble River, we saw two golden-winged warblers (Vermivora chrysoptera) in a sparse growth of soft maple, ash and willows along the river. I believe this is the first record of the golden-winged warbler in Bruce County. — BRUCE A. KRUG, Chesley, Ontario. A Nesting Record of the Western Tanager, Piranga ludoviciana, in East Central Saskat- chewan. — While walking along the east bank of the Saskatchewan River at Nipawin, Sask., July 1st 1945, I had reached a point above a broad canyon that is heavily forested with a mixture of spruce, balsam fir, white poplar and birch, also undergrowth con- sisting chiefly of red willow and alder, ap- proximately one mile south of the town. Here I heard an unfamiliar bird-call, and after a few moments of search located the bird — a male western tanager, the first I had seen in this district. This bird was foraging at the time about the top of a clump of birch, but by its apparent nervous- ness and rather excited call, indicated that I was probably on its nesting territory. After following this bird for about 15 minutes, as it moved farther down in the canyon, the female suddenly appeared and together they constantly called and flew about amongst the trees around me. After a further 30 minute search I found the nest to be on a horizontal bough, about six feet from the trunk, of a tall leaning spruce, a little more than 20 feet above the ground and probably 30 feet from the base of the tree. The quite sub- Stantial and well-cupped nest, composed of twigs, bits of bark, and lined with a quantity of horse-hair contained four eggs. The tanagers successfully reared their brood of four and when I last saw the young they were crouching on the dense twigs and needles just outside of the nest, ap- parently ready to leave. Mr. Fred G. Bard, Curator, Provincial Museum, Regina, Sask., chanced to be in the Nipawin District a little later, but not in time to see either the adults or young. How- ever Mr. Bard collected the nest, still in almost perfect condition. This nesting of the western tanager is, I believe, the most easterly record to date. Other species nesting in the immediate vicinity at the time, included, among others, pileated woodpecker, yellow-bellied sap- sucker, eastern kingbird, slate-coloured junco, white*throated sparrow, ruby-crowned _ king- let and Canada warbler. — MAURICE G. STREET, Nipawin, Sask. Occurrence of the Wood Turtle on the Petawawa Reserve, Renfrew County, Ontario. — During the summer of 1940 five specimens of wood turtle, Clemmys insculpta (Le Conte) were found on the Petawawa Military Reserve. This locality is 125 miles north- west of Ottawa. C. H. Zavitz found the first turtle on June 1 on the shoulder of a gravel road. The road was lined on both sides by a swamp. This specimen was a female and was approxi- mately twenty-seven years old. On June 11, D. E. Gray picked up the remains of a female turtle near the Peta- wawa River. The animal had been run over by an automobile and the carapace was broken. D. E. Gray and I found another female turtie which had been killed by an auto- mobile on June 11, near the Ottawa River. The plastron had been badly damaged. While cleaning the shell, the remains of eleven eggs were found. On June 26 I found the fourth female turtle near the Petawawa River, on a hill about seventy-five feet above the river level. The ground in this locality is sandy. Carapace length of this specimen was 734 inches; age was approximately. twenty-six years. On July 6 I found another turtle, a male, near Young Creek. 68 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST The three living turtles and the two shells were sent to E.B.S. Logier, of the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, Toronto, who verified our identification of the specimens as wood turtle. This adds a new locality record to the known distribution of the species, the nearest localities previously recorded being Ottawa and Huron (County (Logier 1939). In a letter to C. H. Zavitz, Mr. Logier noted that the turtle found on June 1 was much larger and more brilliantly co- loured than the Huron County specimens which he had seen. It is also of interest to note that the occurrence of eleven eggs in the specimen found on June 11 is well above the number of four to seven noted by Logier as. given by Babcock (1938). All five specimens are now in the collection of the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology. The above records represent the only times this species of turtle was found during the five summers which I spent on the Peta- wawa Military Reserve from 1938 to 1942. Literature Cited Babcock, H. L. 1938. Field Guide to New England Turtles. New England Mus. Nat. Hist., Nat. Hist. Guides, No. 2. Logier, E. B. S., 1939. The Reptiles of Onta- rio, Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, Handbook No. 4. N. R. BROWN, Forest Insect Laboratory, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario. A Mouse-catching Crow. — While driving along a lumber company road near Black Sturgeon Lake, 100 miles north of Port Ar- thur, Ontario, on May 22, 1945, I saw an eastern crow (Corvus brachyrhynchos bra- chyrhynchos) rise in flight from the grass at the side of the road. The bird appeared to have difficulty in taking-off and I noticed that it was grasping some object in its feet. The object was a vole (I was unable to tell whether it was Microtus or Clethrionomys) which was alive and wriggling in an attempt to free itself. Several times the crow tipped its head down as if to see that the vole was securely held. While crows are known to eat mice, it seemed unusual to see a live mouse held in a crow’s claws while the bird was in flight. — N. R. BROWN, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario. The Brown Rat, Rattus norvegicus, in British Columbia.1 — When the present writer first arrived in British Columbia in 1) This note is published posthumously. | j | [Vol. 61. | May, 1887, the brown rat was common at — Vancouver, New Westminster and Victoria, but it had not reached Chilliwack, sixty miles up the Fraser River. My first recollection of its occurrence there was in 1894 but as late as 1905 it had not become abundant. It then swarmed at the three large seaports mentioned as well as along the log-littered sea coast though not plentiful in the latter localities. It has not, to my knowledge, as yet gained a foothold at any point in the interior be- tween the Cascade and Rocky Mountains, though common on the eastern slopes of the latter in Alberta (Calgary, Lethbridge, etc.). In 1944 two individuals were found in a boxcar at Vernon, British Columbia; it was promptly sealed up and the rats were gassed. Both the black rat, Rattus rattus and the roof rat, Rattus r. alexandrinus are common at both Vancouver and North Vancouver and have been for some years. My son, Allan C. Brooks, found the black rat to be the commonest species at North Vancouver in 1940-43, even in the woods a mile back from the port where he trapped many specimens. — ALLAN BROOKS. Snowy Owls in Peel Co., Ontario. — I am rather hesitant in submitting the following item since it is a second-hand observation but as it concerns one which must be rare it seems worth recording. It was told me by a man who is not an ornithologist but who is an accurate observer and whom I have found to be reliable in his reporting. Two snowy owls, Nyctea scandiaca, have been wintering near this man’s house in some fields well withdrawn from travelled roads where fortunately they have escaped the local nimrods. (Five others that I heard of were not so lucky). These two seemed to be male and female — one almost immaculate and one very dark. All winter they have had quite well defined territories about half a mile apart, but one evening toward the middle of March they were found together in the same field. It was getting dark but the sky was still clear and as my friend watched the two birds took wing and rose steadily in the air, “fighting”, that is coming together, grappling and tumbling, as they climbed. When they had reached a considerable height, though still distinctly visible in the clear sky, they set their course to the north and flying side by side disappeared in that direction. March-April, 1947] They. have not been seen in the locality since, so presumably this must have been a sort of courtship flight culminating in migra- tion. Seldom, I imagine, does an observer have the good fortune to witness such an occur- rence.—MARGARET H. MITCHELL, Streets- ville, Ont. A Nest of the Least Weasel. — When a least weasel finds its way into a locality that has a large number of mice in it, it selects for its home one of their nests that has been made in a well concealed place. This it im- . mediately starts to improve by lining it with hair plucked from its victims before eating them; and as long as sufficient numbers of mice remain in the district the weasel con- tinues adding their hair to the nest, so that the thickness of its walls give one a good idea of the length of time it has been in use. The nest is not only used for sleeping in, as most of the food is consumed in it. Frozen mice are taken in to be thawed out and the weasel carries those it has re- cently killed in to prevent them getting frozen, or perhaps to have them warm for its next meal. On January 27, 1946, my son Percy called my attention to a nest that he had just un- covered in a clover stack that we were using. This nest had originally been made by a Drummond’s vole, Microtus pennsylva- nicus drummondii, and taken from it by the least weasel, Mustela rixosa, the tracks of which had been noticed about the stack yard since the first snow in early November. The nest had evidently been in use for at least three months and the continual addi- tions made to its walls had been so great that they were nearly an inch thick of hair matted together so closely that it appeared to be felt. The hair alone weighed nearly 22 gm., so that with this for protection the weasel must have been warm and comfortable through the severest winter weather. In the nest were two red-backed mice, Clethrionomys gapperi, one of which had the base of its skull eaten out. No hair had been removed from either of them, but a Microtus lying in a side tunnel some feet away had the long hair plucked from its back and sides. In and close about the nest were found forty-three front parts of mice skulls which had evidently been discarded because of the sharp teeth in the maxillaries. THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 69: Seven full stomachs and eleven hind feet of adult Microtus with parts of leg bones were disclosed in, or under, the weasel’s bed and a few small bits of skin with hair attached were scattered among the plucked hair of the nest. This weasel seems to have been rather remiss in its sanitary habits as its pile of dung was almost, or quite, touching the nest and only just to the side of its entrance. It was composed of 117 voids all of which contained much hair and broken bone. Six other mouse nests found in the same stack, or others adjoining it, had been thinly lined with hair. One of these had two mice in it, a red-backed with its brain eaten out and a Microtus with some hair plucked from its neck. Another nest contained the front part of a skull with teeth and the hind feet and tail of a red-back. Besides the mice found in the nests seven others were dis- covered tucked away in side tunnels. One of these mice had most of the hair plucked from its back. Whether all these mice and nests belonged to the same weasel or not I am unable to say, but it is usual for them to have several nests in the area surrounding the one that is used as their headquarters or home. —STUART CRIDDLE, Aweme, Trees- bank, Manitoba. Longevity of Captive Snails. — Some in- formation on the possible age to which a snail may live was afforded by a specimen of Copaea nemoralis which I had in captivity from April 28, 1938, to the middle of Decem- ber, 1944. On the former date I obtained a number of specimens at Meaford, Ontario, where a colony of this European garden snail has been established for some time. They were kept in pint-size fruit sealers with the glass lids merely resting on the top. All were full grown when taken and must have been at least one year old at the time. Most of the snails died within the first year, but one continued to live until about the middle of December, 1944. The exact date it died was not determined. During most of the time this specimen was confined to the sealer, it was fed lettuce, but during the last year or so it was given carrot and egg- shell. It appeared to be especially partial to carrot. The sealer was cleaned every five or six days and fresh food supplied. — J. R. DYMOND, Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, Toronto, Ont. 70 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 BOOK REVIEWS Plant Life of the Pacific World. By Elmer D. Merrill, MacMillan Co., New York, 1945, pp. 295 with 256 figures. $4.50. This unusual book is another of the Pacific World Series prepared under the auspices of The American Committee for International Wild Life Protection. To anyone but Dr. Merrill, who for some 40 years has studied the plants of the Pacific and during his 22 years of residence in the Philippines visited all parts of that archipelago as well as the Dutch West Indies, Malaya and East and South China, the task of compressing, into a couple of hundred pages, a readable and in- formative account of the plant life of the vast Pacific region, would have proved formi- dable. But Dr. Merrill has done it, and apparently with ease; for good measure he has even managed to throw in three chapters on plant distribution, and one each on general principles of botanical classification, local plant names, botanical history and bibliogra- phy and a direction for the preparation of botanical specimens. The book is not written for the botanical botanist, but rather for the layman who at home, exploring, or stationed somewhere in the vast Pacific region, happens to be in want of practical botanical knowledge of the edible or poisonous plants or just curious about how to know the plants inhabiting tropical beaches or jungles. The book is not only full of information of all kinds but is actually good and entertaining reading from cover to cover. Of the 40,000 or more vas- cular plants known from the Pacific region 250-odd species are illustrated in excellent pen-and-ink drawings. There is a systemati- cally arranged index to the species discussed and illustrated, an alphabetical list, a glossary of botanical terms, as well as a reference list to special botanical publications on the floras of particular islands and regions. — A. E. PORSILD. Field Book of Eastern Birds. By Hausman, Leon Augustus with 6 plates containing nine- ty-four birds and bird heads in full color, and over four hundred drawings by James Bates Abbott. 659 pp., size 4% x 7 inches. S. P. Put- man’s Sons, New York. This book opens with a letter to the reader briefly touching on field observation; then follow sections in which the families of birds are grouped by a combination of the habitat they frequent and their appearance; within each group the families are briefly character- ized, with a line drawing of one or more characteristic species (the same family, of necessity, may appear in more than one section). Then follow keys to birds commonly seen, based on colour, size, shape, behaviour, and habitat. The volume from page 61 on is devoted to the systematic section, each family intro- duced by a key to its members. Each species usually has a page to itself, with a black and white line illustration at the top, then follow paragraphs on: other names; field marks; field descriptions; characteristic habits; notes; habitats and range. The colour plates are attractive, but one figure, that of the black duck’s head, appears unrecognizable. This field book is durably bound and is a handy size, as is the rest of the series. While not as useful for identification as are some of the other guides on the market, the inform- ation about each species is more extensive and handier for reference than in most such volumes. —A. L. RAND. AMERICAN SPECIES OF AMELANCHIER. By George Neville Jones. Illinois Biolo- gical Monographs. Vol. XX, No. 2, pp. 1-126, 14 maps, 23 plates, University of Illinois Press, Urbana, Ill. 1946. Paper- bound $1.50; Clothbound $2.00. This is a monograph of the American species of shrubs or trees belonging to genus Amelanchier, and commonly called shad bush, June berry, service berry or saskatoon. | The genus is generally considered a difficult one and in order to identify some species it is necessary to collect specimens at various stages of development. This paper should aid considerably in clarifying our knowledge of the species. Separate keys are presented for flowering and fruiting specimens. A total of 18 species is recognized of which 12 occur in Canada. Full descriptions are given for each species as well as detailed geographic ranges. Ex- cellent plates illustrate the leaves of all the species and also the type specimens of most species. Canadian botanists interested in the local flora should’ find it most instructive to make full collections of the Amelanchier species of their localities and then check them with the aid of this monograph. — HAROLD A. SENN. i ; Honorary ee WNES; ‘Social Eat) ie Vi sadn: sh ‘(OSER; Vice-Pre- ii iene evening, except on- a Septem: ‘ eC. JACKSON, [ATED SOCIETIES VAN COUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY EXECUTIVE OFFICERS — 1946-1947 Hon. President : : DR. NORMAN A. M. MacKENZIE, M.M. B.A., L.L.M., L.L.B., L.L.D., Past President: IAN McTAG- _GERT COWAN, B.A. Ph. D.; President: A. H. BAIN: Vice-President : He an be PLOMMER; Corr. Secretary: A. R. _WOOTON; Rec. Secretary: MISS STELLA BOYSE; Asst. Secretary: F. TIMMIS; H. Treasurer: F. J. SANDFORD; Librarian: MRS. F. MORGAN; Chairmen of sections: Botany - J. DAVIDSON, F.LS., F.B.S.E.: Geology - _M. Y. WILLIAMS, B.Sc., Ph.D., F.G.S.A.: Entomology - Weta. “WOOTTON : Omithology - J. HOLMAN: Photo- _ graphy P. T. TIMMS : Mammalogy - Ian McT. COWAN, Z D.: | Marine Biology - R. W. PILLSBURY, M.A: tion - MISS M. L. BLLIOTT; Additional ‘Members of Becunye - MISS E. SUTHERLAND, Cc. GOUGH, K. RACEY, G. R. WOOD. Auditors Die: Oe _ SELWOO ‘W. B. WOODS. ti AM meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science- y ‘Building, vU - wise anno nced. miversity of British Columbia, unless other- “Mewnam ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB ty LONDON, ONT. Ale . ia OFFICERS FOR 1946 ont: = ‘DR. RG. CUMMINGS, 429 Oxford St. @ Vice-President - = Tek) So 912 Dufferin | Ave. Corr. Sec. & Treas. - Mrs, W. G. G G, 530 English St. Rec. Sec. - MR. ALAN LAUGHREY, 786, Wellington St Migratory Bird Recorder - - MR. W. G. GIRLING, 530 English St. | Programme Convenor - - MRS, E. M. DALE, 297 Hyman St. Meetings are held ae 7.30 p.m. in the Public Library - building on the second Monday > of each month now _ October to April. Field trips, are held pence the spring and a special oe in Bok aannee _ PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE eee OF BIRDS INC. : OFFICERS: FOR 1946 - 47 Wpresident: : MRS. L. Mcl. ‘TERRILL ; Rice Prewidental es - P. ANGLIN and G. HARPER HALL; Treasurer: J. D. _ FRY; Secretary: MISS R. S. ABBOTT; Committee: W. R. _B. BERTRAM, J. A. DECARIE, DR. C. FRANKTON, W. ‘S. HART, MRS. (oh L. HENDERSON, MISS G.-HIBBARD, _R. LEPINGWELL, G. H. MONT- ag GOMERY, Jr., MISS ¢ MURPHY, G. G. OMMANNEY, W. H. RAWLINGS, MISS M. ROBINSON, J. A ‘MISS M. _SEATH, De Mcl, TERRILL, V. ac! ROLLAND, WYNNE- oe held ie second Mondeyic of the month except during summer. : Headquarters of the Society are; Hy _ REDPATH MUSEUM BIRD ROOM : _McGILL UNIVERSITY, _ MONTREAL, P.Q. : "BRITISH. COLUMBIA BIRD AND | President : _ KENNETH ‘RACEY : Vice-President: H. - _LAING ; Secretary : : IAN McT. COWAN, Dept. Zoology, Ce of British Columbia, Vancouver, Be BIRDS and MAMMALS of the OTTAWA DISTRICT THE BIRDS OF OTTAWA, 1944. By Hoyes Lloyd. MAMMALS OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. By A. L. Rand. and LESSER KNOWN OTTAWA MAMMALS. By A. L. Rand with illustrations by C. E. Johnson. " OO ng Os a aN GO I ly LO I AY NY eG GN ey IO Ay Oy ey at aN Co a cag EO A PE OS OTT ee a Copies of either of these valuable check-lists may be obtained from Dr. C. Frankton, Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Division of Botany, Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa. Price 55 cents each. “Le Droit’ Printing, Ottawa, Canada. Quen En kus? nN 4 cal Zoology ea MAY-JUNE, 1947 Bab 1947 No. 3 MUL 7 1947" LiBRARY ane CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST Vol. 61 Contents Catalogue of the vascular plants of central eastern Saskatchewan. PANE UPTIME TUUTIN Sgr eos: EMG Pvics cr en Rm Si A Us ua cdazgbele ath weaepes 71 Members of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club and subscribers to the Manadian bueld=Natiimnalist: Mays VOAT. 2 i ear ei hcp acest eeceaeeeenceessnerl 101 Notes on the birds of Emma Lake, Saskatchewan. By F. M. Mowat...................... 105 Notes and Observations: — Mimver wolt den.and pups. By Stuart) Criddle ii... 0.0... .ies ce egtlen eee PS An early breeding record of the starling in Ontario. By Wm. L. Putman...... 115 Microtus minor and the prairie lily. By Stuart Criddle.......0.000000. 116 Pallas’s murre in British Columbia. By Kenneth Racey...............0.0.::: eee 116 Chickadees and bush-tit in the lower Fraser Valley, B.C., Esa Ae vai ER OT GHOIAR EE UG e Be Lule Jeo) icuat Han ilsinasskguestansaesecute seu 116 Some recent observations on the birds of Banff National Park, Alberta. ENG Dy 1 ie AL eI AL RR I) SD Ae a neha Oh 117 A long-tailed jaeger at Ottawa, Ontario. By A. E. Bourguignon.................... 17 Reviews:— Peromyscus maniculatus macrorhinus and the problem of insularity. AES ay Ne MONORAIL COE VeaWltea Nate SCI TN Ny ME rtd ie MEL at Sa Sede. Loodeokse 118 Fruit key to northeastern trees. By Harold A. Senm.........00.000000. cc eee 118 The vegetation of the Annapolis Valley. By Harold A. Senmn........................ 118 e Published by the OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB Entered at the Post Office at Ottawa, Ont., as second class matter. ——Patrons- President: W. H. LANCELEY 1st Vice- President : A. L. RAND Ht 2nd Vice-President : Treasurer : CLARENCE F RANKTON, Secretar Division of Botany, i or Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa. — Additional Members of Council : F. J. ALcock, R. M. ANDERSON, I E. Banim, A. E. Bourcuicnon, I. L. CONNERS, Eo Gat CR eee FRitu, dab ae J. Ww. GROVES, D. LEECHMAN, Jal, ‘*F. Megs yy it Editor — Dr. H. A. SENN, pe ‘Division of Botany | it Central h Bavaro al F; arm, Ottawa Associate Editors D. JENNESS .................... Anthropology ai | Cae Ti: Patcu J. ADAMS ....... LESSER ASMA ENN OU Botany WALD Sa IK ANDERSON Ae LU AROCORE (25022) Lo Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN . ARTHUR GIBSON ..... .. Entomology = —— A. L. Ranp . Bi}. ) ALCOCK eee Ae NAG Geology hs, i ONT AS ‘BELL . a ij R. Dynonp .. Shea ee 1 issued since 1879. The first were The Pets om a os ee Club, 1879,1886, two volumes; the next, The Ottawa N aturalist, 1886-191) volumes: and these have been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturali The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued bi- monthly. Its scope is the publ. results of crema an tian in a ce ae Natural pel e Canadian Field-Naturalist OTTAWA, CANADA, MAY-JUNE, 1947 No. 3 CATALOGUE OF THE VASCULAR PLANTS OF CENTRAL EASTERN SASKATCHEWAN. * By Aucust J. BREITUNG Ottawa, Ontario. Introduction “aes AREA covered by the present annot- ated list is in the settled central eastern part of Saskatchewan. Roughly speaking, this territory is encompassed by a line running west from Porcupine Mountain to Dahlton, thence north along the C.P.R. to Nipawin on the Saskatchewan River, and from there in a easterly direction to Pasquia Hills and south again through Hudson Bay Junction to the starting point. This area, which is approximately 16,000 square miles in extent, is drained by the Saskatchewan, the Carrot and the Red Deer Rivers. The Porcupine Mountains and the Pasquia Hills along the eastern border are morainic and form a series of ridges extending west from the Manitoba escarpment. The general elevation of the area varies from 1100 to 1800 feet, the highest points are in the Pasquia Hills and Porcupine Mountains where eleva- tions of 2500 feet above sea level are found (++). Generally speaking the surface deposits everywhere are heavy glacial tills but lesser areas of alluvial soils are found in the river valleys (7). Originally most of the area was covered by virgin forest, interspersed by bogs, marshes, lakes and river fiats. In the southwestern part occurred limited areas of natural prairie. The climate may be characterized as conti- nental and dry with short summers and cold and long winters (1+). At Rosthern the aver- age frost-free period (27 years) is 108 days; at Melfort the mean temperature for July (32 years) is 63.1° F. and for the year 32.8° F.; the mean annual precipitation at Melfort is 15.2 inches. * Received for publication February 27, 1946. Nipawin is the largest town in the area with a population of 2,197, and Tisdale second with 1,756 (figures from the Dominion Bureau of Statistics, 1946). The principal agricultural sections are in the western and southern por- tion centreing around Tisdale. Agriculture, chiefly wheat and dairy farming, is the prin- cipal industry in the west half with lumbering, pulpwood and trapping in the east half (* *). The catalogue is based almost entirely on collections of plants made by the writer dur- ing the years 1933 to 1943 when he lived at McKague or at Tisdale. A complete set of the plants is in the writer’s private herbarium, but an almost complete duplicate set has been deposited in the herbarium of the University of Saskatchewan, now known as the “Fraser Herbarium”. Representative sets of duplicates are in the herbarium of the National Museum of Canada, Ottawa; the Department of Agri- culture, Division of Botany and Plant Patho- logy, Ottawa; the herbaria of the Arnold Arbo- retum of Harvard, University, and of the University of California, Berkeley. As far as the writer is aware, no previous extensive collections of plants were ever made in this area. Noteworthy contributions, how- ever, were made by the late John Laycock of Bjorkdale, Saskatchewan, whose collection is now in the herbarium of the Department of Agriculture, Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, Ottawa. The writer wishes to acknowledge the gen- erous help and encouragement given to him over a number of years by the late W. P. Fraser of the University of Saskatchewan. He is further indebted to A. E. Porsild, Curator of the National Herbarium at Ottawa, who first suggested the preparation of this catalogue and later, in many ways encouraged and assisted in its preparation; and to H. A. Senn, Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, Science Service, Department of Agriculture, Vol. 61, March-April, 1947, was issued May 13, 1947. eT ee 72 THE CANADIAN Ottawa; the writer is grateful also to Hugh M. Raup, Arnold Arboretum, Harvard Uni- versity, Jamaica Plain, Mass.; and C. R. Ball, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C., who kindly checked or named species of Salix. Since so little is known of the flora of the region, the writer has endeavoured to list below the vascular plants characteristic of some of the more important and well recog- nized plant habitats. In these lists the species are given in the approximate order of impor- tance (9 10, 11). (PICEA MARIANA) Black Spruce, (LARIX LARICINA) ‘Tamarack, Sphagnum Bogs Characteristic of Poorly Drained Boulder Clay Picea mariana, Larix laricina, Ledum groenlandicum, Betula glandulosa, Salix planifolia, Salix candida, Carex aquatzlis, Carex diandra, Vaccinium Vitis-Idaea, Equisetum arvense, Calamagrostis neglecta, Salix myrtillifolio, Salix serissima, Smila- cina trifolia, Scirpus caespitosus var. callo- sus, Potentilla palustris, Carex lasiocarpa, Sarracenia purpurea, Menyanthes trifoliata, Carex livida, Carex limosa, Eriophorum viridicarinatum, Drosera intermedia, Salix pedicellaris var. hypoglauca, Carex prairea, Tofieldia glutinosa, Andromeda _polifolia, Rubus acaulis, Muhlenbergia racemosa, Lobelia Kalmii, Deschampsia _ caespitosa, Petasites sagittatus, Habenaria dilatata, Viola nephrophylla. White Spruce Forest or Alluvial Soils of River Valleys F Picea glauca, Cornus stolonifera, Shepher- dia canadensis, Cornus canadensis, Linnaea borealis var. americana, Carex concinna, C. giunocrates, Salix myrtillifolia, Equisetum arvense, Equisetum scirpoides. (PINUS BANKSIANA) Jack Pine Forest on Sand Ridges and Stabilized Dunes Pinus Banksiana, Salix Bebbiana, Vacci- nium canadense, Rosa acicularis, Hieracium scabriusculum, Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, Agropyron trachycaulum, Amelanchier alnifolia, Rosa Woodsii, Solidago nemoralis var. decemflora, Pulsatilla ludoviciana, Achillea lanulosa, Vaccinium caespitosum, Hierochloe odorata, Oruzopsis asperifolia, Lycopodium complanatum, Equisetum prealtum. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Rich Deciduous Forests on Alluvial Soils Populus tremuloides, P. balsamifera, Betula papyrifera, Cornus _ stolonifera, Viburnum .pauciflorum, V. Opulus_ var. americanum, Corylus cornuta, Rubus strigo- sus, Aralia nudicaulis, Alnus rugosa, Rubus pubescens, Ribes floridum, Amelanchier alnifolia, Sumphoricarpos pauciflorus, Lathy- rus ochroleucus, Lathurus venosus, Salix Bebbiana, Petasites palmatus, Agropyron trachycaulum var. novae-angliae, Equisetum arvense. True Prairie Bromus Pumpellianus, Solidago missourien- sis, S. nemoralis var. longipetiolata, Anemone multifida, Agropyron trachycaulum var. typicum, A. trachycaulum var. unilaterale, Achillea lanulosa, Danthonia intermedia, Stipa comata, Avena MHookeri, Hieracium scabriusculum, Pulsatilla ludoviciana, Koele- ria cristata, Monarda mollis var. menthae- folia, Agastache foeniculum, Aster laevis, Solidago decumbens, Potentilla gracilis ssp. Nuttallii, Oxytropis gracilis, Carex heliophila, Rosa arkansana, Geum triflorum. Semi-open Prairie Salix Bebbiana, Rosa Woodsii, R. acicularis, Amelanchier alnifolia, Agropyron trachycau- lum var. typicum, A. trachycaulum var. unila- terale, Calamagrostis canadensis, Achillea lanulosa, Elymus innovatus, Symphoricarpos occidentalis, Galium boreale, Poa interior, Vicia americana, Potentilla fruticosa, Lathy- rus ochroleucus, Bromus Pumpellianus, Ane- mone canadensis, Artemisia gnaphalodes, Sanicula marilandica, Poa wratensis, Aster Lindleyanus, Hedysarum alpinum var. ameri- canum, Hieracium scabriusculum, Oryzopsis asperifolia, Erigeron glabellus, Thalictrum species, Solidago hispida var. lanata, Coman- dra pallida, Rubus strigosus, Salix discolor, Bromus ciliatus, Castilleja rhexifolia, Ane- mone culindrica, Smilacina stellata, Arcto- — staphylos Uva-ursi, Viola rugulosa, Zizia aptera, Erigeron glabellus, Schizachne pur- purascens, Festuca scabrella, Carex abbre- viata. Marshland and Flood-Plain, Meadow and Shore-Line Habitats on Alluvial Soils Carex aauatilis, C. inflata, Salix petiolaris, Scirpus validus, Typha latifolia, Poa palustris, Carex trichocarna var. aristata, Juncus balti- cus var. montanus, Salix planifolia, Aster t May-June, 1947] SCALE OF MILES & THE CANADIAN 16 FIELD-NATURALIST 73 if — Goose veé 4 (cel) Ris a Ps Zi ae fe, bsinawin Cantyreo : i | i = Codetted|— — _ zl 3 KALANIANAOLE HIGHWAY TO HONOLULU ——»> PAG ie Diagrammatic representation of Wailupe Fish Pond. Numbers inside the pond outline indicate collecting stations; numbers outside the pond refer to inlets. The location of Punakou Pond is also shown. July-August, 1947] THE CANADIAN Annotated List of Species Order Decapoda Tribe Carides (shrimps) - Family Palaemonidae Palaemon debilis Dana This species was collected at Station 1, Nov. 1, 1941; at Station 8, May 1, 1942 (6 females with eggs and 26 males); Punakou pond, Dec. 6, 1941. The largest male collected was 5.03 em. in length and the largest female had a length of 4.56 cm. Bithynis grandimanus (Randall) One specimen, 4.98 cm. in length, was col- lected on the shore of Punakou pond on Dec. 6, 1941. Family Crangonidae (snapping shrimps) Crangon pacificus Dana One specimen was collected from Inlet No. 4 on Nov. 21, 1941. Crangon species Collections of this species were made as follows: one specimen from Station 3, Dec. 6, 1941; one from Station 7, Dec. 6, 1941, and one from Station 8, May 1, 1942. The species has not been determined. Tribe Anomura Family Paguridae (hermit crabs) libinarius zebra Dana One hermit crab of this species was collected at Station 5, near the sea wall, on Nov. 11, 1941. . Calcinus latens -(Milne-Edwards) Two small specimens were collected in Inlet No. 4 on Nov. 21, 1941. Dardanus asper (De Haan) One claw, identified as belonging to this species, was found on the shore of Punakou pond. Tribe Brachyura (true crabs) Family Portunidae (swimming crabs) Portunus (Xiphonectes) longispinosus (Dana) Two crabs of this species were collected at Station 5 on November 11, 1941. One was a female 2.40 cm. wide with a mass of yellow eggs and the other was a male 2.66 cm. wide. Portunus sanguinolentus (Herbst) One crab, 5.88 cm. in width, and the claw of a much larger individual were collected at Station 8 on May 1, 1942. Thalamita integra Dana This species -was collected at Stations 5 and FIELD-NATURALIST 135 6 on Nov. 11 and Nov. 21, 1941, and at Station 8 on May 1, 1942. Scylla serrata (Forskal) Scylla serrata is an introduced form known locally as the “Samoan crab”. The claw of one large specimen was recovered from ‘the edge of Wailupe pond. Family Xanthidae Panopeus pacificus Edmondson The “mud crab” was originally described from Pearl Harbor. It is much the most abundant species of crab in Wailupe pond, having been collected in considerable num- bers at almost all stations. Sizes of the 75 specimens examined ranged from 0.30 to 1.03 cm. with the majority between 0.50 and 0.70 cm. Ten of the 75 were eggs-bearing females for which the carapace width ranged from 0.49 to 0.65 cm. so that at least some of the females had become sexually mature by the time they had reached a carapace width of 0.49 cm. A female with a carapace 0.58 cm. long and 0.70 em. wide was found by actual count to be carrying 861 eggs. Family Grapsidae Cyclograpsus henshawi Rathbun One specimen, 1.31 cm. in carapace width, was collected at Station 5 on Nov. 21, 1941. Metapograpsus messor (Forskal) This .species was collected at Station 1 on Nov. 21, 1941, and at Station 8, May 1, 1942. The largest specimen collected was a female with a maximum carapace width of 2.27 em. The native name for the species is Thukuhar (Rathbun, 1906). Grapsus grapsus tenuicrustatus (Herbst) On Nov. 21, 1941, this species was collected in Inlet No. 3. Discussion A biological survey of Wailupe fish pond has revealed the presence of 15: species of decapod crustaceans of which 4 belong to the tribe Carides (shrimps), 3 to the Pagu- ridae (hermit crabs), and 8 to the Brachyura (true crabs). Not all of these species, how- ever, were found to be abundant and some are undoubtedly more important biologically ‘han others. The members of each of the three tribes will be considered separately. By far the most important species of shrimp in the pond is Palaemon debilis which is sold commercially by the operators of the 136 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Plate 1. Top: PALZZMON DEBILIS Dana. Middle: BITHYNIS GRANDIMANUS (Randall). Bottom : CRANGON species. Scale: The animals are photographed on a background of 2 cm. squares. July-August, 1947] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 137 y Y YU y £ g ; & Plate 2. Top: THALAMITA INTEGRA Dana. Middle: PANOPEUS PACIFICUS Edmondson. Bottom: CYCLOGRAPSUS HENSHAWI Rathbun. Scale: The animals were photographed on a background of 2 cm. squares, 138 fish pond. ‘The other three species collected were of rare occurrence and are probably of no economic value and of little ecological importance in this pond. The presence of one specimen of Crangon pacificus in Inlet No. 4 may well have been accidental since it was not found in any of the collections which were made in the pond proper. Bithynis grandimanus is a fresh water species that has been reported from several places on the islands of Oahu, Hawaii, and Kauai. It is occasionally sold on the Honolulu fish market. The hermit crabs were notable for their extreme scarcity. Wailupe pond is not a suitable environment for hermit crabs and their scareity ‘is therefore not surprising. All of the living specimens collected were found on the sea wall or in Inlet No. 4. In other words, they were living close to their normal environment and not under typical pond conditions. The Brachyura or true crabs were found to be better represented in the pond than were the shrimps and hermit crabs. Pano- peus pacificus, sometimes called the “mud crab”, was much the most abundant species and appeared to be everywhere on the muddy bottom of the pond, but particularly in empty molluse shells. The muddy bottom and other environmental features seem to be ideal for this species which, however, is very small and of no direct economic value. Grapsus' grapsus tenuicrustatus was collected near the sea wali and is probably not present in the pond itself. Few swimming crabs (Portunidae) were collected but the fact that the visibility was extremely low and the crabs exceedingly active may account, at least in part, for the smallness of the catch. Portunus sanguinolentus, represented by a single individual, is one of the two commercially most important crabs of the Hawaiian Islands (Edmondson and Wilson, 1940). It is the largest Hawaiian species of Portunid and is often sold on the Honolulu fish market. Were it sufficiently abundant in the pond a market for it would be assured. Another crab of importance in the islands is the “Samoan crab”, Scylla serrata, of which only a claw was found. The environmental conditions, however, would seem to be alto- gether unsuitable for this species. Large numbers of crab larvae were found in the plankton collections made in the pond. It has been pointed out elsewhere (MacKay, THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 1942) that crab larvae form an important part in the diet of fishes and it is probable that a quantitative study of the food of the commercial fishes of Wailupe pond would show that the larvae of the various decapod crustaceans considered in this paper contri- bute greatly to the food resources available to the fishes of the pond. The assistance of Mr. Edmund Low in making the accompanying photographs is hereby acknowledged with thanks. Bibliography Alcock, A. 1905 Catalogue of the Indian Decapod Crustacea in the Collection of the Indian Museum. Part II, Anomura. Caleutta. Dana, J. A. 1852 United States Exploring Expedi- tion. Vol. XIII. Crustacea. Part I. Philadelphia. 1855 United States Exploring Expedi- tion. Atlas of Crustacea. Phila- delphia. Edmondson, C. H., W. K. Fisher, H. L. Clark, A. L. Treadwell, and J. A. Cushman. 1925 Marine Zoology of the Tropical Pacific. Tanager Expedition. Publication No. 1. Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bull. 27. Edmondson, C. H. 1931 New Crustacea from Kauai, Oahu, and Maui. Bernice P. Bishop Occasional Papers. Vol. IX, No. 17. Reef and Shore Fauna of Hawaii. Bernice P. Bishop Museum. Spe- cial Publication No. 22. Edmondson, C. H., and I. H. Wilson. 1940 The Shellfish Resources of Hawaii. Proc. Sixth Sci. Congress of the Pac. Sci. Assoc. Vol. III, pp. 241- 243. Univ. of Calif. Press, Berkeley. Herbst, J. F. W. 1782 Versuch KEiner Naturgeschichte der Krabben und Krebse. Zurich. MacKay, D. C. G. : 1942 The Pacific Edible Crab, Cancer magister. Bull. LXII of the Fish. Research Brd. of Canada. Ottawa. Rathbun, Mary J. 1903 Description of New Species of Hawaiian Crabs. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. Vol. XXVI. No. 1309. July-August, 1947] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 139 Plate 3. Top: PORTUNUS SANGUINILENTUS (Herbst). Middle: METAPOGRAPSUS MESSOR (Fors- kal). Bottom: GRAPSUS GRAPSUS TENUICRUSTATUS (Herbst). Scale: The animals are photo- graphed on a background of 2 cm. squares. 140 THE CANADIAN Rathbun, Mary J. 1906 The Brachyura and Macrura of the | Hawaiian Islands. Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. Vol. XXIII, Part 3. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Streets, T. H. 1877 Contributions to the Natural His- tory of the Hawaiian and Fanning Islands and Lower California. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. a OTTAWA BIRD NOTES By Ez V- Ottawa, ECENT ARTICLES on Ottawa bird life have prompted me to put the following observations on record as they contain addi- tional information on a few species, some of which are rare in this area, and one species which is new to the Ottawa list. Spatula clypeata. SHOVELLER. — On November 10, 1945 a female was seen on the west side of Dow Lake and on the 11th a male in eclipse plumage was noted among the tame ducks on the pool inside the sanctuary enclosure there. Falco rusticolus. GYRFALCON. — On January 1, 1944, I saw what I took to be a white gyrfalcon on the east side of the Rideau River, half a mile north of Hogs Back. It was seen twice at close range through 8X binoculars and was definitely a white falcon. It had the narrow pointed wings and the flight manner of a duck hawk only it was white in colouration with flecks of black on the upper surfaces, giving a plumage somewhat resembling that of a snowy owl. The undersurfaces of the wings and body were almost pure white while the upper surfaces were a few shades grayer. It was a very swift flyer and was seen worrying another hawk, likely the goshawk seen earlier in the afternoon. The writer is familiar with the duck hawk, and would say that this bird was a white edition of it apart from size. Bonasa umbellus. RUFFED GROUSE. — C. H. D. Clarke (Can. Field-Nat. 53: 122-3, Nov., 1939) has recorded a case of nest parasitism of this species by the common pheasant. A further instance may be of interest. On May 3, 1942, I found a nest of the ruffed grouse on the south slope of a little knoll south of the White !) Received for publication June 21, 1946. GOooDWILL Ontario. Bridge on the Rideau River. It contained ten grouse eggs plus one of the pheasant. On May 10, the grouse complement was found increased to twelve but the pheasant contribution remained the same. An adult grouse was flushed from the nest on both visits. The nest was located in a slight hollow formed by two roots close to the east side of the trunk of a large elm tree. It was in a very exposed position with very little tree cover or even underbrush. Larus .leucopterus. ICELAND GULL. —.On November 24 and 25, 1945, I identified an immature Iceland gull along the Rideau River at the White Bridge — a bird never before recorded at Ottawa. It was associating with adult and immature herring gulls which afforded many fine close up comparisons. In addition a sub- adult glaucous gull was also present on both days. This bird was slightly smaller than the herring gulls and a more buoyant flyer. Its bill was black lightening a little towards the base. The upper surface of the wings was uniformly gray, much lighter than on the immature herring gulls, and seemed to darken just perceptibly towards the tips. There was a similar slightly darker band about one and a half inches wide across the tail. The under body was washed with brownish which extended part way out along the undersurface of the wings. Another quite noticeable feature was some fine dark barring on either side of the vent below the base of the tail. On November 28, I exam- ined the skins in the National Museum col- lection. My bird compared favourably with immature specimens of both L.l. leucopterus and L.l. kumlieni. It appeared to be closer to kumlieni as the barring on either side of the vent showed on many specimens labelled kumlieni as did also a suggestion of a tail band such as I had noted in the field. . July-August, 1947] Larus marinus. GREAT BLACK-BACKED GULL. — On November 10, 1945, I saw an immature at the rapids in the Rideau River near the White Bridge. This is only the third sight record for the Ottawa area. Surnia ulula. HAWK OWL. — One was seen by the writer on November 24 and 25, December 8, 15 and 21, 1945, at the fields around the garbage dump south of Dow Lake. It also appeared on the-annual Christmas census taken on December 23. Lanius ludovicianus. COMMON SHRIKE. — In 1941 a nest of this species was found in a small thorn bush in a fence line between Dow swamp and the Rideau River. On April 20, one bird was noted and on April 26, two were seen to fly to the bush where the nest was found on May 4. It was about four feet off the ground and contained one egg in a bed of feathers and horsehair. On May 10 and 11, the nest contained four eggs. On the former day both adults kept close to the nest but on the latter it was some time before one bird showed up. My work took me away from THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 141 the city so I could not follow them further. It was not until 1946 that they were again seen in the same area and again nesting occurred. On April 13 a pair were seen building in another small thorn bush about two hundred yards south of the former site. On the 28th the nest was complete but full of snow. On May 4 the nest had a soft lining but no eggs. On May 11 and 12 the nest contained three eggs and on May 19 four eggs were found but incubation had not yet commenced. Agelaius phoeniceus. RED-WINGED BLACKBIRD. — On Decem- ber 31, 1943, I watched an immature male in Dow Swamp and on the neighbouring garbage dump with starlings. This is the first winter record for Ottawa. Two males were seen in the same_ general area on November 10, 1945, for a late fall record. Molethrus ater. COWBIRD. — On January 8, 1944, I saw a fine male but with an injured left leg on the garbage dump south of Dow Lake. This was likely the same bird seen at P. A. Taverner’s feeding station as recorded by Hoyes Lloyd (Can. Field-Nat., 58: 171. 1944). NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS Hackberry in and adjacent to the Province of Quebec. 1 — In a review of the occurrence of Celtis occidentalis L. in the Ottawa Dis- trict (Groh, Herbert. Can. Field-Nat. 56: 130. 1942), citations were made of material in the National Herbarium and the Herbarium of the Division of Botany and Plant Pathology from both sides of the Ottawa River. Refer- ence was also made to the occurrence of the species around Montreal (Macoun, John. Cat. Can. Pl. III. 1886), this being the east- ernmost record found. One of the trees previously reported from Ottawa West has recently been lost through the encroachment of building activity, but another, a shrub of twelve feet, has been found a half mile to the east. In 1945, Dr. H. A. Senn observed a grove of several trees 1) Contribution No. 882 from the Division of Botany and Plant. Pathology, Science Service, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada. along the river at Smith’s Falls, just outside the Ottawa District. There is every indica- tion that these trees are native and that several smaller trees are seedlings from an older tree. These may here be cited, along with another from Quebec. ONTARIO: Ottawa, N.E. of Beach Foun- dry, August 8, 1943, Zinck 1264; Smith’s Falls, by river at Hydro Park, August 22, 1945, Soper, Senn & Barnsley 2888. QUEBEC: Berthier, 3 miles N.E., one tree two feet in diameter, June 5, 1946, McCallum (all in the Division herbarium). The latter specimen was secured by Mr. A. W. McCallum in company with officers of the Quebec Forestry Service. In a letter to Mr. McCallum on June 17,-1946, Dr. René Pomerleau, Director, Division of Forest Pathology, Quebec, gives some _ interesting particulars, which are quoted with his permission: 142 THE CANADIAN “Concerning the finding of the hackberry near Berthier, this tree was found by Mr. Brule. Since my return to Quebec I dis- cussed this matter with Mr. Deschamps, who was formerly, as you know, Director of the Berthierville Nursery. He told me that this tree is fairly common on the Sorel Islands and known there under the French name of “Bois inconnu” or “Arbre a bois inconnu” or even “Orme Batard”. For several years after I left Berthierville, in 1938, Mr. Des- champs collected the seeds to propagate this tree in the Nursery but without success. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 In short this species was not long ago fairly common here and there in this part of the country, in the vicinity of the River but did not seem to reproduce easily under these conditions.” This extension of range of roughly fifty miles from St. Helen’s Island, Montreal, Longueuil, etc., where it has been frequently reported, to the present stations, should not longer go unrecorded. It. illustrates once more the curious interrupted distribution of this species. — HERBERT GROH, Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, Science Service, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa. J + -— Trout with abnormally long fins. — The figure shown below is a photograph of a brook trout Salvelinus fontinalis with abnor- mally long fins. This trout was caught by Bonavista, Newfoundland, on June 7, 1946. The fish was photographed after it was brought to the Newfoundland Government Laboratory and placed in formalin. The Mr. Bertram Dunn at Ocean Pond near _ bending of the body also occurred in formalin Fig. 1. Trout with abnormally long fins. Long-finned Normal brook-trout brook-trout cm. cm. Standard length to end of seales eet Nes a 13.5 13.5 Greatest. totalwlensthy ern cries oe eae ces 20.3 15.4 Greatest) lensth; ‘pectoral fim.” 2...c ct igsccon- neste nes nectehe 6.8 2.4 Greatest length, .pelvic.fiml (ik AE ee eee eee 5.5 1.9 Greatest length idorsal? fim) oi OM. tik eects aso aeeee 6.3 1.8 Greatest length, ‘anal! fiiy tecccac eee eres 6.5 1.9 Greatest ‘leneth.)catidal fin. js. erates ee: 6.8 1.9 and the splitting of the fins apparently The adipose fin was elongated also. — occurred after capture. The fin lengths of this trout were com- pared with those of a normal brook trout both preserved in formalin. WILFRED TEMPLEMAN, Newfoundland Government Laboratory, St. John’s, New- foundland. VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY EXECUTIVE OFFICERS — 1946-1947 ‘Hon. President: DR. NORMAN A. M. MacKENZIE, M.M. ‘B.A., L.L.M., L.L.B., L.L.D., Past President: IAN McTAG- ' ‘GERT COWAN, B.A. Ph.D.; President: A. H. BAIN; Vice-President: J. J. PLOMMER; Corr. Secretary: A. R. -WOOTON; Hec. Secretary: MISS STELLA BOYSE; Asst. Secretary: F. TIMMIS; H. Treasurer: F. J, SANDFORD; Librarian: MRS. F. MORGAN; Chairmen of sections: Botany - J. DAVIDSON, F.LS., F.B.S.E.: Geology - _M. Y. WILLIAMS, B.Sc., Ph.D., F.GS.A.: Entomology - A. R. WOOTTON: Omithology - J. HOLMAN: Photo- graphy EeDoncs ‘TIMMS : Mammalogy - Ian McT. COWAN, _B.A., Ph.D.: Marine Biology - R. W. PILLSBURY, M.A.: Junior Section - MISS M. L. ELLIOTT; Additional Members of Executive - MISS E. SUTHERLAND, c: GOUGH, ae Ga. R. ‘WOOD. Auditors - H. G. Ger el at & saath seen 100, Applied Science- h ] ing, ‘University of British Columbia, unless other- wise | qnnounced, - Pee Mt ILWRAITH | ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB C LONDON, ONT. ie "OFFICERS FOR 1946 “president - _ DR. URE G. CUMMINGS, 429 ‘Oxford St. 3 Vice-President - MR. 50K. REYNOLDS, 912 Dufferin Ave. Corr. Sec. & ‘Treas. - Mrs. W. G. GIRLING, 530 English St. Rec. sen) - MR. ALAN LAUGHREY, 786 Wellington St. BEES Bird Recorder - MR. W. G. GIRLING, | 530 English St. "Programme Convenor - MBS. E. M. DALE, 297 Hyman St. Pie Meetings: are held” at 7.30 p.m. in the Public Library A building on) the second Monday of pened month from October to April. Field trips are held ait ine spring onal a ERE SS p SeenON in ar ‘PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE PHO TES On) OF BIRDS: INC. NATURALISTS’ — 4) ry f OFFICERS FOR 1947-1948 *Dresient: G. HARPER HALL; Vice-Presidents: Tien: FRY, MRS. L. Mcl. TERRILL; inca ener A. R. LEPING- Lait MTEL ‘Secretary: MISS R. S. ABBOTT, 166 Senneville _ Road, Senneville, LEO) ‘Coinmitoe: 8 P. ane “BARD, i “KC. TACKSON, H. ON, MISS G. H 7s ‘MISS L. MURPHY, G. G. snes W. H. RAW- LINGS, MISS M. ROBINSON, J. A. ROLLAND, MISS M. SEATH, L. Mcl. TERRILL, * y Meetings held the eeand Monday of the month except ut during summer. h Headquarters of the Suciery) are: REDPATH MUSEUM BIRD ROOM } McGILL UNIVERSITY, sis NE ONTRERT | ee tis BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND ‘MAMMAL SOCIETY oe : KENNETH ‘RACEY: Vice. Betas : HM. _LAING; Secretary: IAN McT. COWAN, Dept. of $ Zoology, University of British Columbia, Vancouver. B.C. We WANTED In order to meet the demand for back numbers of the publications of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, the following are urgently needed: Transactions, Ott. Field-Nat. Club, No. 1, 1880. Ottawa Naturalist Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. 4, U ile Lilie 1], 12, 12, 12, 12, 15, 15, 15, Vip 18, 19, 20, No. Sept., Dec., Jan., Feb., Mar., Apr., July, Oct.-Nov., Dec., June, July, Nov., Mar., July, Jan., July, Canadian Field-Naturalist Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. 34, 36, 37, 39, 44, 45, | 56, No. No. Nov., May, Mar., May, Dec., May, Sept., 1890 1893 1898 1898 1898 1898 1898 1898 1898 1901 1901 1901 1904 (This was marked Vol. 18, No. 12) 1904 1906 1906 1920 1922 1923 1925 1930 1931 1942 Members and subscribers who are able to spare any of these numbers would greatly assist the Club by forwarding them to: Dr. C. Frankton, Division of Botany, Central Experimental Farm, OTTAWA, Ontario. “Le Droit’’ Printing, Ottawa, Canada. Pr Ati yong Vol. 61 SEPTEMBER-OCTOBER, 1947 OCT -7 a whe CANADIAN meELD-NATURALIST Ba io Wa Ps of COS. ig Zoolemy b \ \ \ OCT 7 1947 / lle Rea tl Je Ae Contents Observations on mammals and birds in the Rocky Mountains of Alberta. By J. Dewey Soper 143 Notes and Observations: ivcena maxima in, Canada. by iW Ge Dore ks ade G, o 174 Cougar seen near Medicine Hat, Alberta. By A. W. A. Brown.................. 174 e Published by the OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB Entered at the Post Office at Ottawa, Ont., as second class matter. Che Ottawa Field-Qaturalists’ Club Patrons—— Their Excellencies the Governor-General and the Lady Alexander President: W. H. LANCELEY 1st Vice-President : A. L. RAND 2nd Vice-President : PAULINE SNURE Treasurer : CLARENCE FRANKTON, Secretary : O. H. Hewitt, Division of Botany, National Parks Bureau, Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa. Norlite Bldg., Ottawa. Additional Members of Council : F. J. ALcock, R. M. ANpERsoN, E. G. ANDERSON, REV. F. E. Banim, A. E. Bourcuicnon, I. L. Conners, H. G. CrAwrorp, R. E. DerLury, Rowley Frito, H. Grou, J. W. Groves, D. LEEcHMAN, H. F. Lewis, Hoves Lioyp, Witmot Lioyp, W. H. Minswattz, A. E. Porsitp, D. B. O. Savitz, H. A. SENN, V. E. F. Sorman, E. F. G. Wuite, M. E. WItson. Auditors : I. L. CONNERS and Harrison F. LEwis Editor Dr. H. A. SENN, Division of Botany Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa Associate Editors re JENINESS | ci. Muuaiian Anthropology CrypeE, Lb: PATCH) ee Herpetology DANISH Uc) COM NoMa aL un CMa Botany R. M. ANDERSON ............ Mammalogy A. SERROCOUE 18 Ur suo Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN ........ Marine Biology ARTHUR GIBSON ................ Entomology AL Ee RAND (NOt ne ieee Ornithology Be ALCOCK Wi Mi haNhin Geology W. AOBEr Di lear Palaeontology Jo RUDYMOND; Oun Oe ao kay Ichthyology The official publications of THE Ottawa Freitp-NATuRALIsTS’ CLuB have been issued since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879,1886, two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. ' The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued bi-monthly. Its scope is the publication of the results of original research in all departments of Natural History. Price of this volume (6 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 40c each. Subscription ($2.00 per year) should be forwarded to ........ Dr. C. FRANKTON Div. of Botany, Central Experimental Farm, OTTAWA, CANADA aks ihe Canadian Field-Naturalist OTTAWA, CANADA, SEPTEMBER-OCTOBER, 1947 No. 5 OBSERVATIONS ON MAMMALS AND BIRDS IN THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS OF ALBERTA. * ih of Coan foolegy +3 OCT 7 1947 Ligrak* INTRODUCTION HE FOLLOWING NOTES on the mam- mals and birds of the southern Canadian Rockies have been culled from personal field record books and specimen catalogues dating back to the year 1913. In the autumn of that year I made my first trip to the mountains, working in an area‘ immediately northward of Entrance, Alberta. On numerous occasions, since that time, faunal information was gath- ered in the eastern ranges and foothills of the Rockies. My last journey into the mountains was made from Wembley, Alberta, in the summer of 1944. Thus, sporadic investiga- tions were carried out in various Rocky Moun- tain localities over an elapsed period of 31 years. Camps and observational areas were scattered through this region from the Inter- national Boundary north to the Mt. Torrens sector (Lat. 54°20’ N), or through an airline distance of about 480 miles. With the exception of some findings which I published in connection with the 1913 jour- ney, nothing has been done in the way of placing my mountain data on record. The results referred to above appeared in, “Bird Life in the Alberta Wilds”, Ottawa Natu- ralist, Feb., 1919, pp. 147-149, and some information on mammals was contained in the two articles, “Notes on Canadian Wea- sels”, Canadian Field-Naturalist, Sept., 1919, pp. 43-48, and “Notes on the Snowshoe Rabbit”, Journal of Mammalogy, May, 192), pp. 101-108. I have now come to the,conclusion that it is desirable to consolidate and publish, in a single paper, all the more important data personally gathered on mammals and birds in the region under discussion from 1913 to 1944. With this object in view the following 1) Originally received for publication March 4, 1946, revised March 1947. By J. DEWEY SOPER Winnipeg, Man. annotated lists have been prepared. This seems all the more desirable in view of the fact that comparatively little scientific data has been published on the fauna of the Cana- dian Rockies, especially outside of the national parks. Needless to say, a great deal of work remains to be done. The mountains present complex conditions which require much study and the amount of collecting that has been accomplished up to the present time, at various places and levels, is still quite inade- quate for an accurate, detailed and highly comprehensive knowledge of the vertebrate fauna. In fact, numerous tracts have not been explored by any naturalist to this day. In the present instance, substantially only my own notes are presented. The lists could have been made more complete by incorpor- ating certain pertinent information published by a number of observers, but this would have rendered the paper undesirably long. With few exceptions my various trips into the mountains were relatively brief, because of lack of time for more extended research. Nevertheless, the eleven separate excursions, therein, aggregated about five months and the number of trap-nights, in relation to small mammals, about 3,500. In the majority of cases my entrance into the mountain country (with reference to the song period, migration, etc.,) was too late in the season for the best results on birds. Physiography It is not considered necessary, in this place, to enter into a lengthy discussion respecting the physical properties of the mountain envi- ronment. In a broad way, this is fairly well understood by the rank and file of zoologists. However, it may be briefly stated that the Dominion Forest Service places most of the territory, under review, in the East Slope Rockies Section of the Subalpine Forest Vol 61, July-August, 1947, was issued September 10, 1947. =e oe 144 THE CANADIAN Region. The forest over the eastern slope of the Rockies is characteristically coniferous, especially from about the 4,000-foot elevation up to the limit of trees. Engelmann spruce is the subalpine dominant and constitutes the greater part of the cover, while the subclimax lodgepole pine is widespread and mixed with this species following fires; it also occurs in pure stands over somewhat extensive areas. Alpine fir is a typical species near the tree- line, together with white-bark pine. In the south, alpine larch forms part of the cover at the higher elevations. Also in the south, but at lower levels, some intrusion of Douglas fir takes place from the Montane Forest Region. Along the eastern fringe of the subalpine forest, from about Calgary, south, aspen poplar is a conspicuous member of the flora, where the woods approach the Grasslands Formation. To the north, the cover adjacent to the subalpine forest belongs to the Boreal Forest Region and includes aspen and balsam poplar, white birch, black and white spruce and balsam fir. The faunal areas, recognized by naturalists, range from dilute Transition, at lower elevations (in some southern locali- ties), through Canadian and Hudsonian suc- cessively upward to the Arctic-Alpine Life Zone above the treeline. The topography, of course, is very moun- tainous throughout. Elevations in the valleys and passes vary from about 3,200 to 6,700 feet above sea-level, up to 11,000 feet, or more, for some of the magnificent peaks of the Jasper National Park area. However, the average of the loftier terrain of the Arctic-Alpine sec- tions is apparently about 8,000 feet a.s.l. The uplifted, tilted and folded underlying rock structures are mainly Mesozoic shales and sandstones of the Triassic, Jurassic and Cretaceous periods, with some local Cambrian limestones. The soils are mostly colluvial, derived from glacial and residual materials. In certain areas, permanent ice-fields consti- tute some of the more striking features of the landscape. Trips and Working Localities In order to provide the reader with a more intelligent grasp of the circumstances under which the faunal investigations were con- ducted, the working localities, with periods of observation, collecting, etc., are listed in the subsections below; brief reference is also made to the general character of the various geographical areas involved. FIeLp-NATURALiST [Vol. 61 1. 1913. October 7 to December 21; Entrance to upper Wildhay River: On a private expedition, observations were carried out from the Canadian National Railway northward to, and somewhat beyond, Wildhay River. In part, the route of travel followed the foothills depression containing Blue, Cache, Graveyard and Gregg Lakes. Head- quarters were established in a log cabin con- structed on Wildhay River between a point north of Gregg Lake and Moberly Creek. Most of the observations were made in the Foothills Section of the Boreal Forest Region (Canadian Life Zone), but a limited amount of work was also conducted to the west in the subalpine forest of the Hudsonian Zone. The bulk of the data was gathered at eleva- tions ranging from about 3,300 to 6,000 feet a.s.l. 2. 1922. September 17 to October 3; Rocky Pass, Rocky Mountain Forest Reserve: This locality is approximately four or five airline miles southwest of Mountain Park station in the vicinity of Mt. Lindsay. General observations and collecting were carried out here on a private trip, chiefly in Cardinal River Valley and vicinity, and in Rocky Pass, as far west as the eastern boundary of Jasper National Park. Local elevations vary from about 6,000 feet to well over 8,000 feet, a.s.l. Timberline occurs at about 6,700 to 7,000 feet. The entire district at the lower levels is refer- able to the Canadian Zone, but the higher tracts lie in Hudsonian and Arctic-Alpine Zones. The forest is predominently coni- ferous with a few deciduous trees in evidence. Rocky Pass, proper, lies partly in the upper limits of the Hudsonian and the remainder in the Arctic-Alpine above timberline. 3. 1927. June 13 to 17; Crowsnest Pass, west of Coleman, Alberta: Investigations were conducted in this locality for the National Museum of Canada, chiefly in the general vicinity of Crowsnest Lake at altitudes rang- ing from about 4,400 to 5,500 feet. Certain areas are fairly well wooded with poplar, spruce and pine, but in general, the mountain © slopes iare rocky and sparsely wooded, or devoid of trees, owing to forest fires. East ‘ of Crowsnest Lake open, grassy benchlands occur — western out-riders of the Grassland Formation. Where the field work was carried out, conditions are chiefly those of the Cana- dian Zone. 4, 1927. June 17 to 21; Bellevue to Burmis, Crowsnest River: Under similar cir- Sept.-Oct., 1947] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST . 145 120 Grande Prairje -0 ~O 1 BO Vi EDMONTON» 41! : ao” : 2 oe Mountain Park 2.89 Medecing.. 0? al => Q Lake 9: Ds a Maliqne: — i 4%) Lake *, & N @ oNordegg t Rocky Mtn. vs 9 q® House ef KLVER ioe aRED DEER ¢ iv » (a) y BRITISH COLUMBIA ALGARY AIVER eHigh River ‘ Crowsnest ji Scale in Statute Miles. ASS a 30 40 50 60 7 680 30 100 WATERTON NPE-TE, LAKES i | PARK bet INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY i ( Fig. 1. Sketch map of the Rocky Mountain Region in Alberta. 146 THE CANADIAN cumstances to the preceding period, investiga- tions were made in this locality at elevations from about 4,000 to 5,200 feet. At the lower levels along Crowsnest River the flats and adjacent slopes are heavily forested with poplar, lodgepole pine and spruce. From approximately 4,400 feet to timberline, coni- ferous forest is predominant. Modified Tran- sition Zone conditions prevail at lower levels. 5. 1938. August 7 to 11; Jasper National Park: In this period faunal work was carried out for the National Parks Bureau. Most of the time was spent in the vicinity of Atha- baska Glacier, Wilcox Peak and Sunwapta Pass. Observations were made on foot from about the 6,600-foot level to over 8,000 feet on the southeast slope of Wilcox Mountain (mostly Hudsonian and Arctic-Alpine Zone conditions). Observations were also carried out at Mount Edith Cavell; about the town of Jasper; at Medicine Lake; and other points. No collecting was done during this period. 6. 1938. August 17 to 20; Crowsnest Pass, to vicinity of Mt. Tecumseh: On this occasion most of the work was accomplished in moun- tain valleys a few miles due north of the west end of Crowsnest Lake at altitudes ranging from about 4,800 to 6,000 feet. This varied the results as compared with those obtained near here in June, 1927. Some sections are densely forested (chiefly coniferous, of Cana- dian and Hudsonian Zones), while others are semi-open, or nearly barren. Owing to limited time, few observations were made above timberline. 7. 1940. August 25 to 27; Crowsnest Lake and Creek: A short period was again devoted to faunal investigations in this district with camp at the west end of Crowsnest Lake. Nearly all notes and specimens were secured in the valley of Crowsnest Creek between the altitudes of about 4,400 and 5,200 feet. 8. 1941. August 21 to 24; Windy Point, Saskatchewan River, Bighorn Mountains: This point of operations is approximately 22 air- line miles southwest of Nordegg and 24 miles east of the Banff National Park boundary. All activities were confined to the lower levels of the Saskatchewan River Valley (apparently around 4,800 feet a.s.l.) and upward for about 800 feet — that is, in Canadian and Hud- sonian Zones. Much poplar occurs along the river, but above this the cover is almost exclusively coniferous of the subalpine forest type. A few observations were also made at Saunders Creek and Nordegg. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 9. 1941. September 3 to 6; Canmore, Bow River: This point is 58 miles west of Calgary and 11 miles southeast of Banff, or 3.5 miles east of the Banff National Park boundary. Investigations were carried out from 4,300 to about 5,200 feet as.l. Broadly speaking, the forest cover, topography and general ecologi- cal conditions are very similar to those pre- vailing at Windy Point, Saskatchewan River. 10. 1943. August 17 to 21; Jasper and Banff National Parks: Attention was devoted to general wildlife from Folding Mountain, through Jasper and Banff National Parks, via the inter-park highway over Sunwapta and Bow Passes. Most of the detailed work was done in the Folding Mountain-Roche a Perdrix locality, near the eastern entrance to Jasper Park, at elevations from about 3,300 to 5,000 feet. For the most part, the habitat-biotic complex is that of the Boreal and Subalpine Forest Regions and referable to the Canadian and Hudsonian Life Zones, respectively. 11. 1944. July 16 to 28; region southwest of Wembley, Grande Prairie: This period was given over to wildlife investigations, by pack and saddle horses, from Pipestone Creek, Wapiti River, southwest for 100 miles through the foothills and eastern spurs of the Rockies to Torrens River and the vicinity of Mt. Tor- rens. The lowest latitude reached at this time from the northeast was approximately 54°10’N. Within the mountains proper, conditions are still very similar to those existing in Jasper National Park, though the treeline occurs at a somewhat lower altitude. The Alberta ter- ritory immediately westward from “Two: Lakes” and Hat Mountain is distinctly of the subalpine forest type where the cover is almost purely coniferous; a very few aspen poplars occur along Torrens River. In this district, elevations range from about 3,700 feet, at the lowest points, to 7,000 to 8,000 feet on the local mountain peaks. Field work was conducted here from the upper limits of the Canadian, through the Hudsonian, to the lower margin of the Arctic-Alpine Life Zone. Acknowledgements I am greatly indebted to Dr. R. M. Anderson, Chief of the Biological Division, National Museum of Canada, Ottawa, for the subspe- cific determination of the small mammals collected on the various expeditions to the Rocky Mountains. He has also very kindly checked the mammal portion of the manu- script and Dr. Austin Rand rendered a similar service in respect to the section on birds. Sept.-Oct., 1947] THE CANADIAN All the specimens personally taken at Rocky and Crowsnest Passes, in 1922 and 1927, respectively, are in the National Museum col- lection. In the matter of nomenclature, the mammal list follows Dr. Anderson’s new work, “Catalogue of Canadian Recent Mammals”, 1946. THE MAMMALS Cinereous Shrew. Sorex cinereus cinereus. — A few examples were killed in our cabin at Wildhay River, during October and November, 1913, and their diminutive trails were seen in the snow at several points in the district. The species appears to be very scarce in the region, as it was not detected at any other mountain loca- lity on subsequent occasions. However, most of the territory .under review is known to come within its geographical range. Dusky Mountain Shrew. Sorex obscurus obscurus. — A single example (9, Length-110; tail-48; hindfoot-13 mm.) was taken in a hummocky meadow in spruce woods well above the Cardinal River (at about 6,500’ a.s.l.) on September 19, 1922. The species was evidently scarce, as with persistent trap- ping over a period of two weeks no other example was secured. One was collected at Burmis (¢, 112, 42, 13) on June 19, 1927, in moist, mixed woods at about 4,000 feet alti- tude; one at Crowsnest Lake (9? ?, 105, 47, 12) in dense spruce woods at about 4,800 feet, August 19, 1938; and finally, another (9, 101, 44, 12) in spruce-poplar woods beside Crows- nest Creek at 4,420 feet, August 26, 1940. Mountain Water Shrew. Sorex palustris navigator. — A female (152, 70, 19 mm.) was collected near Burmis, June 20, 1927, beside a cold, mountain brook at about 4,000 feet. On July 21, 1944, a male (140, 17, 19 mm; weight - 13.0 grams) was trapped near a sulphur springs brook, at Torrens River, due west of Hat Mountain, in dense coniferous forest at approximately 3,800 feet. The species is unquestionably of local occurrence throughout the length of the . Alberta.. Rockies, but appears to be sparsely distributed. ; Northwestern Long-legged Bat. Myotis volans longicrus. — A small bat was seen at Windy Point, Saskatchewan River, on — the evening ef August 22, 1941, which might be referable to this species. It is very rare / FIELD-NATURALIST 147 in Alberta, but is known to range this far to the east, since I took a specimen at Dried Meat Lake, near Camrose, on August 14, 1937. There is also a record of occurrence at Henry House, Jasper Park, where the type specimen was taken and originally described as Myotis altifrons. The individual referred to above is the only bat ever personally observed in the Rocky Mountains. Rocky Mountain Black Bear. Euarctos americanus cinnamomum. — Gen- erally distributed throughout the territory. It is not uncommon in Waterton, Banff and Jas- per National Parks. In 1913 it was reported common in the Wildhay River district ad- jacent to the northeast extremity of Jasper Park, where, during October, one animal was sighted and many signs were observed. The species was also fairly common in the Cardi- nal River country south of Mountain Park, in 1922. According to my observations, the animals were nowhere as plentiful as in the section south of Wapiti River. Many indi- viduals and numerous signs were noted all along the route of travel in July, 1944, from near Pipestone Creek via Nose and Hat Mountains to Torrens River. The Indians asserted that the species was common in practically the entire territory. Grizzly Bear. Ursus horribilis ssp. — According to the forest rangers, a few grizzly bears ranged throughout the Rocky Pass district in 1922. None was actually sighted, but a few signs attributed to this animal were seen above timberline, at Rocky Pass, near the Jasper Park Boundary. The species-is rare in Water- ton National Park and the Crowsnest Pass territory, but fairly common in certain areas of Banff and Jasper Parks. Based on in- formation obtained in the summer of 1944, it has a similar status in the Torrens River district and about the headwaters of Smoky, Kakwa and Wapiti Rivers. -Marten. Martes americanus ssp. — During the fall and early winter of 1913, many marten signs were seen in heavy spruce forest, along Wild- hay River, in the neighbourhood of Moberly Creek and farther upstream. An Indian hunter encountered in this area, in late No- vember, had a dozen pelts in his possession stated to have been taken near the source of ‘the river — presumably around Rock Lake. Nothing was seen of the species in more 148 southern localities, but it is understood to be fairly numerous in suitable areas within Banff and Jasper Parks. In 1944, it was learned that numbers still exist in the Rockies and foothills southwest of Grande Prairie. Indians asserted that the animals were not uncommon in some tracts around the headwaters of Kakwa, Sheep and Smoky Rivers and on both sides of Torrens River. It is very certain, however, that the species has been greatly reduced in numbers as compared with those prevailing in primitive times. In many extensive areas it has been exterminated. Throughout this more northern territory the subspecies represented is appar- ently M. a. actuosa, and farther south, M. a. abietinoides. British Columbia Fisher. Martes pennanti columbiana. — Never per- sonally encountered in any of the Rocky Mountain localities visited. It is undoubtedly true that it is almost, if not quite, extermi- nated in most districts. In the summer of 1944, Indians and whites made rather vague reference to rare and sporadic occurrences of fisher in primitive areas far south of Wapiti River, but it is evident from the character of these remarks that the animals are now nearly, if not completely, wiped out over most of the region. It is highly probable that a few still exist here and there in the wilder and more inaccessible parts of the mountains. Little Rocky Mountain Weasel. Mustela erminea invicta. — During the year 1913, short-tailed weasels were common in the mountain and foothill area north of Entrance and west of Jasper Park. In November and December my friend and I secured about 80 individuals. . In relation to the area trapped, the population was apparently in the neigh- bourhood of about 10 animals to the square mile. Unfortunately, none of the examples was kept for scientific purposes, but they are assumed to have been referable to the present subspecies. On subsequent investigations into more southern mountain localities (where the race represented is evidently M. e. invicta), no specimens were secured, nor any signs of the animals observed. Richardson Weasel. Mustela erminea richardsonii. — It was ascer- tained in the summer of 1944 that richard sonit was generally distributed throughout THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 the foothills and mountains south of Wapiti River, to Torrens River, and more southern points. Mountain Crees informed me that large numbers were ordinarily trapped during the winter, but that the animals were defi- nitely less numerous in the winter of 1943-44 than for several years. It was not personally collected in this region, but tracks were noted on several occasions in dusty areas and along river margins, and one was sighted at “Two Lakes”, near Hat Mountain. The species undergoes periodic fluctuations in relative abundance, as is the case with many other fur-bearers. ; Least Weasel. Mustela rixosa rixosa. —Tracks of this dimi- nutive carnivore were seen on several occa- sions along the upper Wildhay River in the early winter of 1913. It was never personal- ly captured in the Alberta Rockies, but doubtless occurs, however sparingly, more or less throughout this territory. Wapiti River Indians informed me, in the summer of 1944, that the species is thinly distributed in the Rockies from Narraway River south to the Smoky and that examples were trapped from time to time in trap-sets made for the larger weasels. Mink. Mustela vison ssp. — Several examples were taken on tributary streams to Wildhay River during the early winter of 1913. Signs were also seen at other points above and below Gregg Creek and at Moberly Creek. Not detected in more southern mountain localities, but the species is understood to occur, at least sparingly, in Banff and Jasper Parks and adjoining territory. Indians stated, in July, 1944, that a few frequent creeks and rivers south of Wapiti River to the Rockies, but it was not ascertained with certainty that they occupy the higher subalpine forest ter- rain well within the mountains. However, the animals do occur along Nose Creek, near Nose Mountain; along parts of Narraway River; and the upper tributaries of Wapiti River. They are more numerous in lower country to the east, but undoubtedly the species has been much reduced in numbers everywhere as compared with former times. Wolverine. Gulo luscus. — Nat personally encountered in this region. However, a few are known to occur in Banff and Jasper Parks and terri- Sept.-Oct., 1947] THE CANADIAN tory to the north. Southwest of Grande Prai- rie, the Mountain Crees informed me that while the species was exterminated over wide areas of this country, an occasional, sporadic individual occured in the mountain fastnesses south and west of Torrens River. Mackenzie Otter. Lutra canadensis preblei. — Evidently very rare. In early November, 1913, I shot an adult along the margin of Wildhay River a few miles downstream from Moberly Creek. Standing on the edge of the shore ice, it was feeding on a belated duck which it had evidently killed in the fast running current of mid-stream. On October 2, 1922, an otter trail was observed in the snow along a creek at the headwaters of McLeod River, south- . west of the town of Mountain Park. Its pre- sence was not personally detected in any other western Alberta locality. However, Wapiti River Indians assured me, in the summer of 1944, that a few of these animals still exist along mountain streams southwest of Grande Prairie. Northern Plains Skunk. Mephitis mephitis hudsonica. — I encoun- tered this animal nowhere in the southern Rockies, but it undoubtedly occurs very sparingly in some localities. In 1944, south of Wapiti River, it was traced over terrain of successively higher elevation to about Nose Mountain, but no definite information was secured with respect to occurrence in the higher mountain country to the south- west. Over most of the Canadian Zone terri- tory at elevations below 3,500 to 4,000 feet, the species is fairly common in foothill dis- tricts immediately east of the Rockies. British Columbia Red Fox. Vulpes fulva abietorum. — In the fall and early winter of 1913, these animals were plentifully distributed in the district north- ward from Entrance to Wildhay River. On succeeding trips to the Rockies they, or their signs, were noted on many occasions from Crowsnest Pass northward to localities in Banff and Jasper Parks and neighbouring | country to the east. During July, 1944, several were observed between Wapiti River and Mt. Torrens. Particularly to the east of Torrens River and northwards from Hat Mountain, the species was notably common, as shown by the high frequency of tracks on dusty game and packhorse trails and the sandy shores of streams. FIELD-NATURALIST 149 Coyote. Canis latrans ssp. — Coyotes are distributed in varying degrees of abundance throughout the mountain territory under review. It is evidently scarce in Waterton Park and the Crowsnest Pass district, but is more numerous in Banff and Jasper Parks and adjoining ter- rain to the east. Individuals, or their signs, were seen in the majority of working localities and animals howling by day, or night, often provided further evidence of their presence. They are fully as numerous in the mountain country southwest of Wapiti River, as in more southern localities. Several individuals and numerous spoors were seen in the Nose and Hat Mountains section, with apparent diminu- tion of numbers over the higher terrain in, and bordering, the Torrens River Valley. On the whole, they appeared to be more plentiful in this territory than in any other south of Athabaska River. The coyotes of these high latitudes, approaching Peace River, may show some evidence of intergradation with the race C. l. incolatus, and in the southern Rockies are evidently referable to the subspecies lestes. Timber Wolf. Canis lupus ssp. — Very few data were secured with respect to distribution and numerical status. In 1913, a few signs of wolves were seen in the Wildhay River coun- try; it is certain that they were uncommon. In later years they were nowhere personally noted in mountain localities south of Atha- baska River. According to report, wolves have been virtually exterminated in all the territory south of the latter point, east of the national parks. In consequence, only a few stragglers exist in Waterton and Banff Parks and the southern portion of Jasper Park. In the northern part of the latter area the species is more numerous. The same apparently holds true for most of the country to the north and northwest. In the summer of 1944 I found the animals fairly well represented in the foothills and mountains southwest of Grande Prairie. It was said that they had -been increasing in abundance throughout that region for several years. From northern Jasper Park, north, the race represented is evidently C. l. occidentalis, while southwards over the eastern slope of the Rockies speci- mens have been assigned to C. l. irremotus. Immediately to the west, intergradation takes place with C. l. columbianus. 150 THE CANADIAN Rocky Mountain Cougar. Felis concolor missoulensis. — Not personally observed, but numbers are known to occur in Banff and Jasper Parks, in adjoining terri- tory, and points northward. In 1944, I was informed by Indians residing southwest of Grande Prairie that an occasional cougar is found in the Rocky Mountains from “Two Lakes” (Hat Mountain) west to, and beyond, Torrens and Narraway Rivers. Native hunters were said to have also taken a number of individuals at the headwaters of Kakwa and Smoky Rivers. Canada Lynx. Lynx canadensis canadensis. — Fairly com- mon in the Wildhay River district, in 1913, where several examples were secured and many snow trails were observed. In early October, 1922, one trail was noted at Rocky Pass. During subsequent summer trips into the mountains farther south, very little evidence was gathered as to the occurrence of lynx, but undoubtedly they are well dis- tributed in Banff and Jasper Parks. In wilderness areas west of Grande Prairie and south of Wapiti River, the species was re- ported scarce during the winter of 1943-44; this was following decline in the numbers of snowshoe hares which commenced in 1942. Indians asserted that previous to the latter year the lynx population was at a fairly high level, when scores were trapped, from Pinto Creek southwest to Nose Creek and Narra- way and Torrens Rivers. While travelling in that region during July, 1944, numerous old trap cubbies for lynx were noted along the trail in both Canadian and Hudsonian Zones. Rocky Mountain Hoary Marmot. Marmota caligata oxytona. — Because of the lateness of the season, the species was not observed at Rocky Pass, in the late fall of 1922, but residents stated that it was not un- common in the high alplands of the district. A forest ranger informed me that he saw one southwest of Mountain Park on Sep- tember 29. On various trips into the Rockies, marmots, or their burrows, were noted in many widespread localities in Jasper Park. Their presence was particularly notable about Louise, Moraine and Consolation Lakes and in Vermilion Pass. One was _ heard whistling at Sunwapta Pass in August, 1943, and between altitudes of 7,000 and 8,000 feet, burrows were noted on the slopes of Wilcox Peak and above treeline southeast of Atha- FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 baska Glacier. -It is said to be generally dis- tributed throughout Jasper Park in suitable habitats at the higher elevations. It was not personally observed in the mountains southwest of Grande Prairie in July, 1944, though considerable time was spent at, and above, timberline on both sides of Torrens River. Mountain Crees assured me, however, that the animal occurs in fair numbers on the mountain ranges of this dis- trict and in some tracts is actually common west of Torrens River and around the head- waters of Kakwa River. Mr. A. L. Osborne, outfitter at Pipestone Creek, supported these statements and showed me the skin of an immature marmot that had been shot in the vicinity of Mt. Torrens. Montana Hoary Marmot. Marmota caligata nivaria. — This form occurs in the southern Canadian Rockies and south into Montana and Idaho. It intergrades with the preceding subspecies in Banff National Park, where numbers were personally noted, as well as in a few localities farther south. Hollister Mantled Ground Squirrel. Citellus lateralis tescorum. — Specimens referable to this race were taken in various localities from Crowsnest Pass to Rocky Pass — that is, near Crowsnest Lake (at about 5,500’); Burnis and Bellevue (4,700- 5,200’); Windy Point, Saskatchewan River (4,800-5,400’); and Rocky Pass (6,000-7,000’). For the most part it appears to be rather sparingly and locally distributed in Canadian and Hudsonian Zones, but in some sections it is common. In Banff Park it was found especially well represented at Moraine, Consolation and Louise Lakes, and it was also met with at Vermilion Pass and between Bow Pass and the northern boundary. Typical habitat is rocky, forested, or semi-wooded, territory in valleys and on mountain slopes — in some localities practically to timberline. At Jasper Park, August 7-11, 1938, a few were noted among rocks bordering Medicine Lake in close association with thick forest of spruce, pine, Douglas fir, etc. The species was also sparingly observed in the following localities: Timber and rock environment northeast of Athabaska Glacier at about . 7,400 feet; among rocks at the upper limit of stunted spruce woods near Angel Glacier, Mt. Edith Cavell, approximate elevation, 6,000 feet; among boulders in spruce woods near Miette Hot Springs, at about 4,800 feet; Sept.-Oct., 1947] and in dense, coniferous forest among moss- grown rocks, above Sunwapta River (west slope of Tangle Mountain), around 6,700 feet: Average measurements of 10 specimens col- lected are: 270.5, 85.6, 48.1 (Extremes, 233, 66, 41 — 305, 95, 46) mm. The latest autumn record, in my notes, is for one taken at Rocky Pass on September 27, 1922. The species was not personally observed in the mountains southwest of Grande Prairie, but Mr. A. L. Osborne and Indians of the region informed me that in some places it is not uncommon. They said that numbers had been seen by them in the ranges west of Torrens River; about Torrens Pass; and around the headwaters of Kakwa and Smoky Rivers. It evidently does not occupy the heavily timbered mountain valleys here, but occurs in more sparsely wooded, semi-open areas at higher altitudes in association with rocky debris on the mountain slopes. Columbian Ground Squirrel. Citellus columbianus columbianus. — In suit- able situations, occurs throughout the Alberta Rockies, varying numerically from small, scattered groups, in some localities, to large colonies in others. On the whole it is more conspicuous, encountered more frequently, and occurs in greater abundance than the preceding species. In addition to meeting with columbianus in many parts of Banff and Jasper Parks, and at Rocky Pass, it was col- lected north of Crowsnest Lake; near Cole- man and Burmis; and at Torrens River. Average size of 11 adults: 310.7, 89.9, 49.1 (302, 99, 49, — 360, 105, 52) mm. Two adult females from Torrens River weighed 568 and 681.1 grams, respectively. An immature female taken in the same locality on July 22, 1944, measured 246, 74, 47 mm., and weighed 182.8 grams. In this area (Lat. 54° 15’N,) the animals occurred in small colonies in subalpine meadows (surrounded by dense coniferous forest) at Torrens River, altitude 3,800 feet, up to local timberline at about 5,000 feet. The easternmost point at which they were seen in this district was at “Two Lakes”, near Hat Mountain. The species is distributed in Canadian and Hudsonian Zones and within the lower limits of the Arctic-Alpine. In the localities mentioned above, it has been seen at a wide variety of elevations from about 3,800 to over 7,000 feet as.l. In the Crowsnest Pass region it inhabits prairie-like flats and benches, glades of wooded valleys, and open rocky THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 151 subalpine or semi-wooded slopes ranging from about 4,300 to 6,000 feet. At no other point were these ground squirrels seen so numerous as in the general vicinity of Mt. Athabaska and Athabaska Glacier and south- east in the open, alpine valley of Sunwapta River, Jasper Park. In this locality they were found occupying several kinds of habitats, as follows: Open, alpine grasslands below timberline (6,600-6,800’); benchlands above treeline southeast of Wilcox Peak and Pass’ (7,000-7,600’); and among scattered stands of spruce in the valley between Atha- baska Glacier and Sunwapta Pass up to the limit of trees at an approximate elevation of 6,800 feet. Unlike C.l. tescorum, this species is seldom or never found scattered in dense stands of timber at any altitude, though it does occupy wide, open meadows at the lower elevations 1,000 feet, or more, below the treeline, such as at “Two Lakes” and Torrens River, south- west of Grande Prairie. I do not know the average date of hibernation of this species, but at Rocky Pass it was exceedingly scarce in mid-September, 1922, and the last was seen on the 19th of that month well above timberline at about 7,500 feet. It evidently retires for the winter at an earlier date than the preceding species. Rufous-tailed Chipmunk. Eutamias ruficaudus ruficaudus. — The geographic distribution of this race is imper- fectly known, but its occurrence has been established in Canada by the taking of sev- eral specimens by the National Museum of Canada in Waterton Lakes National Park. Howell refers to these specimens in North American Fauna No. 52, 1929, p. 97. On August 21, 1938, Dr. R. M. Anderson and I collected four specimens of this race at Akamina Pass, near Cameron Lake. The mountains here are heavily forested with poplar, pine, spruce and fir and a heavy . undergrowth. The specimens were ccllected at about 6,000 feet as... Considering the number that was jtaken in a short time, it would appear that ruficaudus is fairly plenti- - ful in this district. The two examples in my collection measure, respectively: ¢, 236, 103, 34, and 9, 231, 102, 34 mm. Bufi-bellied Chipmunk. Eutamias amoenus luteiventris. — This chip- munk was collected in mid-June, 1927, in the Crowsnest Pass and Burmis localities. It was found in comparative abundance both 152 THE CANADIAN in higher pine and spruce forest of Canadian Zone aspect and in deciduous woods of the valleys (at much lower altitudes) of dilute Transition Zone character. At Burmis it was taken between 4,700 and 5,200 feet where Citellus lt. tescorum occurred in greatest numbers. Luteiventris was also quite com- mon in thin coniferous forest northwest of Crowsnest Lake (Aug. 17-20, 1938), at eleva- tions around 5,400 to 6,100 feet. The species seems to prefer rather open woodlands and here reached maximum abundance in areas where the trees are somewhat scattered, with down timber and a welter of rocks. Several were seen running about over a talus slide (which was inhabited by pikas) at about 6,000 feet, flanked by pine, spruce and Douglas fir. Two out of seven examples examined here had running sores, or closed cysts on the chest, which rendered them unfit for study skins. A total of 13 adult specimens of both sexes was preserved in this region; average measurements of these are: 214.5, 94, 31.4 (205, 90, 28 — 225, 103, 32) mm. Little Northern Chipmunk. Eutamias minimus borealis. — A few were noted in the Wildhay River district, during early October, 19138, before the animals began to hibernate. In late September and -early October, 1922, they were common in the Cardinal River — Rocky Pass locality; here they ocurred in various types of habitat from heavy forest in the valleys, up to the limits of the Hudsonian Zone, where only dwarf trees, prostrate shrubs, mosses, etc., exist. Several individuals were seen actively run- ning about on October 2, after a four-inch fall of snow of the previous day. The alti- tudinal range of the species in this district is at least 1,000 feet. Despite the comparative abundance of borealis in many localities immediately east of the mountain parks, it is rather surprising that I never detected it with certainty in either Banff or Jasper Parks. Undoubtedly it occurs in both. In August, 1941, I found it in moderate numbers at Windy Point, Saskatchewan River, both on the bottomlands and over the rocky slopes above. At Can- more, in early September of the same year, it occurred in about the same relative abundance, up to at least 800 feet above Bow River. Oddly enough, it could not be found in the Folding Mountain locality near the eastern entrance to Jasper Park. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Southwest of Grande Prairie the species was commonly distributed to about Nose Mountain, but was rarely seen from there to Hat Mountain and Torrens River. Only two were noted in the latter locality in three days. On July 21, 1944, a subadult was col- lected at timberline on a mountain east of the river at approximately 5,000 feet; size, 185, 87, 30.15 mm., Wet. 39.3 grams. Average measurements of seven adults collected in various mountain localities are: 196.7, 74.3, 30.7 (190, 80, 29 — 202, 90, 32) mm. Mackenzie Red Squirrel. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus vpreblei. — The southern limits of this form in the Rockies are not precisely known, but it would appear to intergrade with T. h. columbiensis at a comparatively short distance north of Atha- baska River. In 1913, red squirrels were commonly distributed in the Wildhay River district, both in spruce and lodgepole pine areas. During the summer of 1944, the animals were common, to abundant, through- out the territory southwest of Grande Prai- rie from about Pinto Creek to Torrens Mountain. They were notably plentiful in the pure evergreen forest from around “Two Lakes” to the latter locality. Two typical female specimens were collected here in late July; these measured and weighed as follows: 305, 122, 48 mm., Wet., 180.4 gms.; 306, 125, 45 mm., Wgt., 260 gms. The latter individual was a notably heavy one, with fully developed milk glands; it was obviously nursing young at this period. Columbian Red Squirrel. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus columbiensis. — This is the race which inhabits the mountain territory from at least Athabasca River south to a point between Banff and Crowsnest Pass. At both extremes it is, of course, subtypical, showing intergradation with preblei on the one hand and richardsonii on the other. During the late fall of 1922 the animals were common at Cardinal River and Rocky Pass. They were likewise locally numerous at Windy Point, Saskatchewan River, August, . 1938, and at Canmore, September, 1941. In the Folding Mountain-Roche a Perdrix lo- cality, August, 1943, they were so scarce that difficulty was experienced in obtaining a single specimen. Perhaps to some extent, fortuitously, very few individuals were noted on the several visits to Banff and Jasper Parks. However, Sept.-Oct., 1947] - THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 153 Fig. 2. Bow Lake, Banff National Park, as seen looking to the south-southwest; Mt. Thomp- son on the right and Crowfoot Glacier in the distance. August 21, 1943. Fig. 3. The North Saskatchewan River Valley as seen from Windy Point, Bighorn Mountains, looking westward in the direction of Mt. Coleman. August. 23, 1941. 154 scattered examples were seen north of Bow Pass; at Mountain Creek, above Punch Bowl Falls; Miette and Maligne Rivers; and in isolated stands of spruces near treeline south- east of Athabaska Glacier, bordering on 7,000 feet. Thus it is seen that the altitudinal distribution of red squirrels, in this region, embraces all levels from the lowest valleys (approx. 3,300’) to timberline. Nine adults taken in the above-described territory have the following average measurements: 311.4, 122, 47.1 (295, 117, 47 — 335, 132, 50) mm. An adult female collected near Folding Mountain weighed 201.5 gms. Richardson Red Squirrel. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus richardsoni. — It would appear from available material, at present, that this is the race which occupies the mountains of extreme southwestern Al- berta from the Waterton Lakes locality to Crowsnest River. Midden piles and other signs were seen in several places between Coleman and Crowsnest Pass, June, 1927, but the animals were so extremely scarce and retiring that they completely eluded observa- tion. Though taken near Burmis, they were patently uncommon. In August, 1938, on the contrary, squirrels were fairly abundant in coniferous forest between 4,500 and 5,300 feet elevation, a few miles northwest of Crows- nest Lake. A few were noted up to about 6,000 feet. Two years later, a few were sighted in the deep mountain valley of Crows- nest Creek southwest of the latter lake. Aver- age size of six Crowsnest Pass specimens is: 323, 130.5, 51.1 (300, 116, 50 — 342, 187, 52) mm. Richardson Flying Squirrel. Glaucomys sabrinus alpinus. — Not per- sonally observed, nor collected, within the Rockies. This does not necessarily signify that the species is rare, but it is ordinarily difficult to capture it during the summer months. In the winter, trappers frequently catch them accidentally in sets for the valua- ble fur-bearers (particularly marten); in November-December, 1913, two were thus taken by me in the Wildhay River country, but unfortunately were not saved for scientific purposes. General information shows that one race, or another, occurs at least sparingly throughout the territory under review. The subspecific identity of southwestern Alberta specimens is still somewhat obscure, but Dr. R. M. Anderson informs me that he considers THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Jasper Park specimens, in the National Museum of Canada, referable to G. s. alpinus. It is this form which occurs northward to the limit of the Rocky Mountains in Alberta and beyond into British Columbia. In the summer of 1944, Indians south of Wapiti River, below Beaverlodge, told me that a few were acci- dentally caught in trap-sets every winter in the foothills and mountains of that region. Brown Pocket Gopher. Thomomys talpoides fuscus. — Within the Rocky Mountains, proper, I have found pocket gophers only in the Crowsnest River defile, or drainage, from Burmis west to mountain slopes immediately northward of Crowsnest Lake. In the latter locality the animals were relatively common in a couple of restricted areas at an altitude of about 5,000 to 5,200 feet. They inhabited thinly wooded slopes where the soil was poor and stony, and often immediately underlain by quantities of gravel. Near Burmis and Coleman they occurred very sparingly on loamy bottomlands along Crowsnest River. Average measurements of five specimens are: 209.7, 52.8, 28 (196, 54, 24 — 224, 65, 30) mm. The subspecific identity of the animals in this region has not yet been satisfactorily determined, but there is every indication that they are referable to the present form. Canada Beaver. Castor canadensis canadensis. — The beaver was never personally met with at any point in mountain terrain east of the national parks, where it appears to have been virtually ex- terminated, as in many other parts of the West and North. The animals occupy some areas in Waterton Lakes Park. They are common in Banff Park on. Bow River and tributaries in the general vicinity of Banff, also on Cascade River, below Jasper and are steadily spreading in other suitable localities where proper food is available. In 1944, while traversing the country from Wapiti River to Torrens River, not a single sign of these animals was seen; Indians and whites asserted that only a few scattered families are left in the entire region. Boreal White-footed Mouse. Peromyscus maniculatus borealis. — This race of the “white-foot” has a very wide geographical distribution including nearly the whole of the mountain territory under review. Here the southern limit of its range lies in the area somewhere between Banff Sept.-Oct., 1947] THE Park and Crowsnest River, the country to the south being occupied by P.m. artemisiae. In nearly every occupied locality from Wildhay River to Canmore (1913 to 1943) the species was found common, to abundant. The “take” varied from a ratio of 50 or 60 individuals, in 200 trap-nights, up to as many as 100 in the same number of sets. The highest re- lative abundance (on the basis of personal investigations) appeared to exist at Bighorn Mountains, west of Nordegg, in August, 1941. As a rule, not only is the species locally plentiful, but it is also practically ubiquitous. With wide experience in trapping, it was discovered that few -situations embracing vegetative cover exist in which it is ap- parently lacking. I have taken them in vary- ing numbers from the densest forests of the lowest mountain valleys up to timberline, through a vertical range of more than 3,000 feet (Canadian and Hudsonian Zones). One of the few places in which it appeared to be very rare was in the Torrens River Valley (Lat. 54°15’N.), where in late July, 1944, only two examples were secured in 150 trap- nights. In 1938, Dr. R. M. Anderson found these animals only moderately common in Banff Park, but more numerous in Jasper Park (Miette, Medicine Lake and Tonquin Valley). A total of 21 specimens was pre- served from Canmore; Bighorn Mountains; ‘Rocky Pass; Folding Mountain; and Torrens River: average measurements of these are: 164.3, 74.1, 20.4 (148, 64, 20 — 184, 87, 22) mm. Average weight of six individuals taken in the two latter localities was, 19.6 (16.4 — 27.5) grams. Sagebrush White-footed Mouse. Peromyscus maniculatus artemisiae. — These mice were fairly common in the Burmis - Crowsnest Pass section in June, 1927, and August, 1938. They inhabited mixed woods of spruce, pine and poplar (in places, with dense underbrush) from 4,000 feet, at Burmis, to about 5,800 feet on the mountain northwest of Crowsnest Lake. In the latter locality, many inhabited sparsely wooded, rocky slopes with a sprinkling of low shrubs. Here, 14 examples were collected in 135 trap-nights; in 1927, the animals were more plentiful in the Coleman-Burmis localities where alti- tudes are lower by more than 1,000 feet. Artemisiae is normally an inhabitant of Transition and Canadian Zones, but northward from Crowsnest Lake it reaches the apparent lower limits of the Hudsonian. It occurs CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 155 south through Waterton Lakes Park and into the United States. Eighteen specimens col- lected in this region have the following aver- age measurements: 163.7, 72.6, 19.8 (124, 55, 19 —= 177, 83; 21). mm: Gray Bushy-tailed Wood Rat. Neotoma cinerea cinerea. — It is presumably this race which occurs in Waterton Lakes Park and north to probably Crowsnest River, or somewhat beyond, to meet the range of N. c. drummondiz. In August, 1940, signs of wood rats were seen in crevices of the limestone walls of Crowsnest River between Burmis and Lundbreck. I failed to detect the presence of the animals at any other point in this region. No specimens were secured. Drummond Bushy-tailed Wood Rat. Neotoma cinerea drummondii. — The present form occupies the whole of the mountain territory and adjacent, higher foothills in Alberta, north of the range of the preceding subspecies. In the autumn of 1913, it was detected at several points along Wildhay River, west of Gregg Creek, and one was killed in an old log cabin near Moberly Creek. On September 21, 1922, a male (320, 140, 44 mm.) was collected in the Rocky Pass forestry cabin at Cardinal River. Scat- tered signs were noted at Bighorn Mountains, Saskatchewan River; one was caught in a trap, but twisted its leg off and escaped. During mid-summer, 1944, its presence was _ noted here and there all the way from Pipe- stone Creek, Wapiti River, via Pinto Creek and Nose Mountain to Torrens River. Signs were usually in the form of nests among the roots of large spruces, but there is probably not an abandoned dwelling in the entire region without a wood rat population. At “Two Lakes”, Hat Mountain, a dilapidated trapper’s cabin was found infested with the animals. On the night of July 26, an adult female and ‘three immatures were taken in- side this cabin at bulky nests of twigs, sticks and green and dry leaves. Details of these are: Adult. — 373, 138, 45. mm., Wet. 345.6 grams.; immatures. — 305, 130, 44 mm., Wst. 172.1 gms.; 294, 125, 42 mm., Wet. 158.4 gms.; and 305, 138, 43 mm., Wgt. 165.1 gms. Chapman Lemming Mouse. Synaptomys borealis chapmani. — Based on scattered records, apparently occurs nearly, if not wholly, throughout the geographical area under review. However, it is also evident 156 THE CANADIAN that it is fickle in local occurrence, widely scattered, and comparatively rare. I suc- ceeded in finding the species only at Rocky Pass, in 1922, though much time was spent at many other points in an effort to secure specimens and add to the distributional records. In the latter locality two were trapped in a moss — and grass-grown sub- alpine meadow. several hundred feet above Cardinal River; there are: ¢, 122, 17, 18 and 9, 114, 20, 17.5 mm. Though not found in the mountains southwest of Grande Prairie, it may be mentioned, incidentally, that one was captured not very far north in a spruce swamp, at Ray Lake, July 4, 1944 (¢, 115, 22, 18 mm., West. 22.9 gms.). Alberta Phenacomys. Phenacomys intermedius levis. — On June 16, 1927, a single example was taken at Crowsnest Lake (4, 138, 35, 17 mm.). It is unquestionably a rather rare mammal, with spotty, local distribution, though its Rocky Mountain range is extensive — that is, from Montana north to at least Jasper Park and vicinity. The only other locality in which I succeeded in capturing levis was near Folding Mountain, a few miles east of Brule Lake; two females were trapped in well- drained spruce woods, well above Drystone Creek, at an elevation of about 3,600 feet: These measured and weighed, respectively, 130, 31, 17 mm., Wet. 23.9 gms., and 128, 32, 17 mm., Wet. 24.2 gms. Athabaska Red-backed Vole. Clethrionomys gapperi athabascae. — This race occupies the east slope, Rocky Mountain section of Alberta from perhaps the latitude of the upper Red Deer River, north to the limits of the provincial cordillera and into British Columbia. In this territory, at least, it is an inhabitant of both Canadian and Hudsonian Zones. Like Peromyscus, it resorts to a wide variety of habitats from dense, coniferous forest, at the lowest levels, up to the stunted woods and boulder-strewn terrain near the upper limits of the subalpine environment. Local, vertical distribution is as much as 2,500 to 3,500 feet. In most collecting lovalities the animals were found fairly common (sometimes abun- dant), but occasionally it was notably scarce, as at Bighorn Mountains, 1941, and Folding Mountain, 1943. Limited investigations indi- cated widespread occurrence and highly varia- ble numerical status in Banff and Jasper FIELD-NATURALIST ‘low level. [Vol.-61 Parks. In western park localities, many, or most examples may be intergrades with C. g. saturatus. During the summer of 1944, in the region southwest of Grande Prairie, these voles were clearly more numerous at the lower altitudes of the foothills, and eastwards, than in the mountains. At Torrens River, only six were captured in 150 trap-nights. measurements of 12 specimens taken at Saun- ders Creek, Rocky Pass, Folding Mountain, and Torrens River, respectively, are: 132.1, 35.8, 19.2 (112, 31, 18 — 153, 43, 19.5) mm. Mean weight of five examples was 20.1 (16.7 — 22.7) gms. Gale Red-backed Vole. Clethrionomys gapperi galei. — This is the subspecies that occupies the mountains in extreme southwestern Alberta, north to at least Crowsnest Pass and River. Numbers were so low that only one specimen was secured in 1927 near Crowsnest Lake, at an elevation of about 4,450 feet (4, 128, 37, 18 mm.). In the locality investigated a few miles northwest of this lake in August, 1938, the population was still, or again, at an apparent Approximately 135 trap-nights yielded only three examples: These measured, respectively, 9, 145, 40, 18; ¢, 137, 37, 18 and 6, 110, 12, 18 mm. They were captured in dense, spruce-pine woods in a rocky ravine at an altitude of about 5,300 feet; the forest floor was littered with old, rotting, mossy logs and scattered moss-grown boulders, all of which was overrun with a tangle of shrubbery; growth was so thick that the summer’s sun rarely penetrated to ground level. Galei was. not secured elsewhere in the region. Drummond Meadow Vole. Microtus pennsylvanicus drummondii. — This is the common and, perhaps the only Microtus, that is widely and more or less consistently distributed in the Alberta Rockies at the lower elevations. It was collected in various localities from Crowsnest River north to the limits of the mountains in the province at Torrens River, near longitude 120° W. Local, vertical distribution may be as much: as 2,000 to 2,500 feet, in Canadian and Hud- sonian Zones. At most collecting points the animals were by no means numerous and chiefly resorting to habitats within the altitu- dinal band between the lowest situations (3,300- 4,000’) and about 5,000 feet. They were occasionally found at higher elevations, such as at Rocky Pass, where specimens were Average Sept.-Oct., 1947] taken in a subalpine meadow a short distance below timberline, at approximately 6,400 feet. On this occasion (Sept.-Oct., 1922) the spe- cies was notably common, to abundant, parti- cularly in grasslands along Cardinal River. It also resorts to heavy forest, muskeg-like depressions in valleys and on mountain benches, and in subalpine tracts of lowly shrubs, stunted conifers and scattered rocks. Twenty specimens, collectively, were pre- served in the following localities: Crowsnest Lake; Burmis; Rocky Pass; Folding Moun- tain; and Torrens River; average size of these is, 137.7, 39.3, 18.1 (112, 29, 16 — 160, 44, 19) mm. A specimen from each of the two latter points weighed 13.9 and 27.5 grams, respec- tively. Long-tailed Mountain Vole. Microtus longicaudus vellerosus. — A high ranging alpine species that is distributed throughout the Alberta Rockies in Waterton, Banff and Jasper Parks, and vicinity, and far to the northward. Perhaps owing to the fact that I have had comparatively little oppor- tunity for trapping small mammals at, or above timberline, this species was taken only at Rocky Pass, September, 1922. It is normally an inhabitant of Hudsonian and Arctic-Alpine Zones, but is sometimes found at considerably lower elevations. The Rocky Pass specimens ‘were taken in moist, subalpine meadows from about 6,200 to 6,600 feet, where the conifers were dwarfed and thinly scattered. In some localities they are common in alpine grass- lands well above 7,000 feet. In August, 1938, plentiful vole feeding signs (presumably those of vellerosus) were noted in the tangled grass of an alpine meadow near Sunwapta Pass, Jasper Park, at an altitude of about 7,200 feet. Details of the three Rocky Pass specimens are: 6, 180, 62, 19; 9 ? 155, 48, 19; and 9, 145, 48, 20 mm. Richardson Vole. Microtus richardsoni richardsoni. — Not per- sonally secured on any of the mountain trips, but listed here because it is known to range in the Alberta Rockies from Waterton Park to at least the region of Jasper Park. It is the largest vole of the genus; appears to be widely scattered and comparatively rare (though it has been found locally common); and ranges from Canadian Zone situations to habitats above timberline. Muskrat. Ondatra zibethica ssp. — Very little informa- tion was gathered relating to the occurrence THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 157 of muskrats. Personal observations indicate that well within the mountains the animal is comparatively scarce. However, it does resort in small numbers to some of the-ponds, lakes and streams, at the lower altitudes, more or less throughout the region under review. With a falling off in elevation immediately east of the outermost ranges, and in the foothills, the species increases in numbers. In the fall of 1913, it was comparatively common in lakes northwards from Entrance and adjacent to Wildhay River between Gregg and Moberly Creeks. Many examples were © handled, but none of the skins was retained for scientific purposes. The animals were sparingly distributed in ponds and lakes south of Wapiti River to, and into, the Rocky Mountains. Several were noted at “Two Lakes” (Hat Mountain) and another in a tarn near Torrens River at about 4,000 feet. Those from Jasper Park and north are undoubtedly referable to O. z. spatulata, and to the south, ostensibly intergrade with osoyoosensis. Rocky Mountain Jumping Mouse. Zapus princeps princeps. — The cordilleran distribution of this attractive creature em- braces the whole Rocky Mountain section in Alberta. While usually appearing to be sparsely distributed, in some favourable habi- tats they may be common. These mice exhibit a distinct penchant for grassy and shrubby situations near lakes and streams at the lower altitudes. However, they may also be found locally upward to timberline habitats and, rarely, even higher points in the alplands. Specimens were collected at Crowsnest Lake; Windy Point (Bighorn Mts.), Saskatchewan River; and at Torrens River. Individuals were flushed from vegetation at several points in the mountains where specimens were not obtained. More diurnal activity of the animals was seen in late July, 1944, at “Two Lakes” (near Hat Mountain), than at any other point in the region. Average measurements of eight specimens from the above-mentioned locali- ties are: 226.5, 138, 30.4 (222, 130, 30 — 233, 143, 31) mm. Weights of three females taken at Torrens River were, 23.1, 19.6, and 19.6 grams, respectively. Dusky Porcupine. Erethizon dorsatum nigrescens. — Occurs at least sparingly in most of the Alberta Rockies; in some localities they are not uncommon. I have seen examples at Moraine, Consolation 158 THE CANADIAN and Louise Lakes and between Bow and Sun- wapta Passes, Banff Park; central Jasper Park; Folding Mountain; Wildhay River; and in the mountain country southwest of Wembley. In the latter territory, two adults and one juvenile were encountered between Nose Mountain and Torrens River. The Mountain - Crees of this region assured me that porcu- pines are fairly common in some areas around the headwaters of Kakwa, Sheep and Smoky Rivers. Rocky Mountain Pika. Ochotona princeps princeps. — The range of princeps typicus, in Alberta, appears to be in that portion of the Rockies from at least the headwaters of Smoky River south though Jasper National Park to Banff Park, where it intergrades with O. p. lutescens. Some specimens taken at Rocky Pass are typical of princeps, but one is paler and if not merely individual variation, suggests some approach to the more southern form lutescens. In southern Jasper Park, pikas were rather commonly observed in rock slides at several points above timberline along the south side of the valley between the Columbian Icefield and Sunwapta Pass. Individuals were seen and heard calling on the northern spurs of Mt. Athabaska. Several were also observed in massive debris forming the lateral moraine near the southeastern extremity of Athabaska Glacier. All the above observations were made at elevations of about 6,600 to 7,200 feet. It was reported to me that the animals were fairly common in talus slides at Maligne and Medicine Lakes. One was heard calling in a rock slide near Mt. Edith Cavell. The only specimens which I have of this subspecies were collected near Rocky Pass, north of Mt. Lindsay in late September, 1922; these measure: o L. 170, (no visible tail) H.F. 30; 4, 168, 30; 9170, 28 mm. The pika occurs throughout the mountains southwest of Grande Prairie, where favour- able habitat conditions exist in the way of rock slides, etc. It was not personally encoun- tered in two subalpine talus tracts visited east of Torrens Mountain and time lacked tc explore other higher and more distant areas where the animals doubtless existed. The Indians stated that they are generally and widely distributed on the high ranges of this region, including Mt. Torrens, and others at the headwaters of Narraway, Torrens and Kakwa Rivers, and Sheep Creek. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Alberta Pika. Ochotona princeps lutescens. — Occupies the mountains south of the preceding form. Pikas reside in various parts of Banff Park, but were personally observed only in the Moraine - Consolation Lakes locality. I have collected the present race only in the Crows- nest Pass sector, where in late August, 1938, two small colonies were discovered northwest of Crowsnest Lake. Extract from my note- book at that time reads as follows: “After three days in this locality, pikas were even- tually found in only one area — twin talus slides on the west slope of a mountain, near Mt. Tecumseh, at an elevation of about 5,900 feet. Individuals were seen in both slides. These talus areas are located in the last, thin stands of pine and fir practically at timber- line. Three specimens were taken there having the following measurements: 9, 190, 12, 33; @, 185, 12, 32; and ¢, 180, 12, 32 mm. The present form intergrades with O. p. levis in a restricted section of Waterton Lakes National Park; the writer failed to meet with the latter subspecies in life. British Columbia Snowshoe Hare. Lepus americanus columbiensis. — These hares were extraordinarily abundant, in the autumn and winter of 1913, in the foothill and mountain district north of Entrance to Wild- hay River. It is very vividly recalled that the country was so overrun with them that it was difficult to keep a trapline properly functioning for the capture of the valuable fur-bearers. I gave an account of the species at this time in the Journal of Mammalogy, May, 1921. At no other time have I seen hares even remotely approaching such abun- dance anywhere in, or adjacent to, the Alberta Rockies. During more than two weeks at Rocky Pass, in 1922, they were so scarce that only one was actually sighted. The same was true in respect to the apparent depletion of these animals during the investigations in Jasper Park, August, 1938, and at Bighorn Mountains, Saskatchewan River, August, 1941. Compara- tively wide coverage of the Folding Mountain- Roche a Perdrix locality in August, 1943, failed to disclose a single hare. Somewhere northward from Athabaska River, this form intergrades with macfarlani, and ostensibly between Banff and Waterton Lakes National Parks, with bairdii. Intergradation of colum- biensis and americanus takes place in the. eastern foothills of the Rocky Mountains. > Sept.-Oct., 1947] THE CANADIAN Mackenzie Snowshoe Hare. Lepus americanus macfarlani. -— In July, 1944, these animals were exceedingly scarce in the Grande Prairie territory, but were slightly more numerous in the country from Iroquois Creek southwest to Torrens River. In the latter area only one was sighted in three days. At “Two Lakes”, however, they were locally common, where an adult was collected on July 24 (9, 490, 38, 142 mm., Wet. 5 lbs).) Three days later a juvenile was secured at Pinto Creek (205, 18, 56, mm., West. 174.2 gms.). The above adult was referred by Dr. R. M. Anderson to L. a. mac- farlani, or nearer to that race than either americanus (with more eastern distribution), or columbiensis, which occupies the moun- tain territory farther south. The lines of demarkation of these races, in or near the mountains, is not yet clearly defined. Rocky Mountain Wapiti. Cervus canadensis nelsoni. — Numbers fre- quent Waterton Lakes Park, especially along the eastern side near the Belly River. In Banff Park they are generally distributed in southern localities, east of Kootenay Park, being comparatively infrequent, or rare, over the higher terrain of the park to the north. The species is apparently less numerous in Jasper Park, though more or less commonly distributed in the low country of north-central portions, especially along Athabaska River and affluents. There are also liberal numbers in the mountain valleys and foothills east of the three national parks. For many years they have been notably plentiful in the terri- tory north and west of North Saskatchewan River, drained by Nordegg, Brazeau and Pembina Rivers. : I have no very definite information as to the continued existence of wapiti for a sub- stantial distance north of Athabaska River, east and northward of Jasper Park. It would appear, however, that they are depleted almost to the point of extermination in that section. As the appellation signifies, the animals were formerly quite common along Wapiti River, as they were, also, in adjacent country, in- cluding Grande Prairie and lands along the Peace. On the 100-mile traverse, in July, 1944, from Pipestone Creek southwest to Torrens River, I saw no evidence of them, except a few old antlers suspended in trees. I was informed, however, that small remnant bands still exist around the confluence of FIELD-NATURALIST 159 Narraway and Wapiti Rivers and the head- waters of the latter stream in adjacent, moun- tainous tracts of British Columbia. Therefore, available evidence seems to indicate that very few of these magnificent animals exist in Alberta today north of about latitude 53°30’ N. White-tailed Deer. Odocoileus virginianus ssp. — Though a close watch has been kept in respect to the occur- rence and distribution of the “white-tail” in the southern Alberta Rockies and foothills, I have seen only a couple of individuals in the section between Waterton Lakes Park and Canmore. With these observations as a basis, one seems justified in coming to the conclusion that the species is rare, or compa- ratively rare, in this section of the mountains, as it is known to be in Jasper Park. I have never personally recorded it north or west of the Canmore locality within the Rockies. However, fair numbers regularly frequent the southern portion of Banff Park. Incidentally, Munro and Cowan (Can. Field-Nat., 58, 2, p. 50) report it as one of the most abundant and characteristic big game animals of the Kootenay and Vermilion Valleys in adjacent Kootenay National Park. Owing to lack of specimens, it is impossible to state whether these animals are referable to dacotensis or ochrourus. Recky Mountain Mule Deer. Odocoileus hemionus hemionus. —This deer is distributed over all, or most, of the region under discussion. It is essentially an animal of Transition-Canadian Zone environments, but in summer, according to report, it ranges occasionally in the Hudsonian Zone. On sev- eral occasions I have seen individuals in sub- alpine woods just below timberline. Periodi- cally, they may well traverse stretches of Arctic-Alpine terrain through high passes from one side of a divide to another. During the winter they commonly retreat from the deeper snow of the higher and colder moun- tain slopes, to the valleys, where they then are more in evidence and appear in greater abundance. In the autumn and early winter of 1913, mule deer were rather frequently seen in the Wildhay River district adjacent to Jasper Park. However, they were said to be much less numerous than in earlier days. About six, or seven, were sighted during the two weeks spent in the Cardinal River - Rocky Pass locality in September and October, 1922. 160 THE CANADIAN The animals appeared to be well represented in the country between. Nordegg and Cline River, late August, 1941. The species is well distributed in Waterton Lakes, Banff and Jasper Parks, especially at the lower eleva- tions. According to personal observations and reliable report, they are unquestionably more abundant in the parks than in the territory to the east, though it is generally conceded that the foothills population is replenished by an overflow from the protected park areas. For the region, as a whole, the numerical status has undoubtedly improved to a marked extent in recent years, as reported increases have come from many localities. Of all the mountain big game mammals, the mule deer is the most widely and generally dispersed in relation to the many environmental niches represented. In the summer of 1941 it was found com- mon, to abundant, over most of the country south of Wapiti River to and into the Rocky Mountains. Many individuals were sighted; also, spoors were commonly and regularly noted in dusty trails and along creeks and river wherever soil and sand would take an imprint. In the upper Torrens River Valley, where the journey was terminated prior to the return to Wembley, the species continued more or less common. The Indians told me that these deer were well distributed over most of the region, including territory to the south around the sources of Kakwa, Sheep and Smoky Rivers. It is clear that many thousands of the animals inhabit western Alberta from the International Boundary to the Wapiti River drainage, and even much farther north (though in lesser numbers) to points well beyond Peace River. American Moose. Alces americana americana. — Generally distributed in mountains and foothills, alike, from at least the southern parts of Banff Park north through Jasper Park and beyond. In 1913, the species was fairly common in the Wildhay River territory, as was also the case in the Cardinal River- Rocky Pass sector in 1922. In succeeding years, the animals, or their signs, were seen in numerous localities in Banff and Jasper Parks, and in the North Saskatchewan River Valley, between Nordegg and Cline River, adjacent to Bighorn Moun- tains. The species has been reported plenti- ful, or fairly common, in some localities around the upper parts of Pembina, Brazeau, Nordegg and Clearwater Rivers. Much of FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 the high, mountain terrain to the west is not characteristic moose country and, conse- quently, the animals are normally scarce, or wanting. In some localities, however, I have seen plentiful moose sign in scattered woods ~ almost to timberline, such as in the Sunwapta Pass and Rocky Pass areas, and on the eastern slope of Mt. Torrens. Moose are widely dispersed in the region southwest of Grande Prairie. While traversing the country from Wapiti River to Torrens Mountain, in July, 1944, fresh and old spoors and other signs of their presence were ob- served on countless occasions, and at least a half dozen individuals were sighted. The amount of sign noted leaves no doubt as to the relative abundance of the animals throughout the remoter tracts of this terri- tory. Even in the higher, timbered terrain bordering Torrens River, the species appeared to be almost as common as in the lower coun- try of lesser mountains, and foothills, to the north and east. One was seen in the dense spruce woods of a mountain bench east of Torrens River, at approximately 4,500 feet, and another close to 6,000 feet on the south- east flank of Mt. Torrens. A geological party met here, travelling from the south, stated that the species was a more or less common inhabitant of the lower and medium altitude forests all the way north of Jasper Park. Rocky Mountain Caribou. Rangifer arcticus fortidens. — I have never secured any precise data regarding this spe- cies, nor have I any definite knowledge of its distributional limits in the Alberta Rockies. In former times, at least, it appears to have been common in that geographical area now embraced by the northern extremity of Jasper Park and in adjoining territory to the north and west (Hollister, Can. Alpine Jour., Sp. No. 1912, pp. 38-39). It is assumed to still exist in that section, particularly within the protected area of Jasper Park. No recent sign of caribou was seen anywhere in the mountain region southwest of Grande Prairie in July, 1944. However, during the winter, small bands are said to come down from the moun- tains into the foothills immediately to the east. The Indians assured me that the animals are still of fairly common occurrence in some sections of the high alplands and mountain passes of extreme west-central Alberta and neighbouring parts of British Columbia. A survey party met with at “Two Lakes”, stated Sept.-Oct., 1947] THE that in June, 1944, about 100 caribou were sighted in high, mountainous country near Cecilia Lake, to the northwest (just over the Alberta boundary in B. C.), while other, smaller bands were seen in Alberta to the southward. cast-off caribou antlers were personally noted between Pinto Creek and “Nose Creek Meadows”, and at “Two Lakes”, within the Rockies. The identity of these mountain caribou is not known to me, but are assumed to be fortidens. Whether, or not, the Western Woodland Caribou (Rangifer caribou sylvestris) occurs in this precise district is uncertain, though it is widely dis- ‘tributed on the forested lowlands to the north, and east to Birch and Caribou Moun- tains. Plains Bison. Bison bison bison. Wood Bison. Bison bison athabascae. — In a wild state, long ago extinct in the Rocky Mountain region. The plains bison formerly ranged into the foothills and eastern skirts of the mountains within, or flanking, the territory now em- braced by Waterton Lakes and Banff Parks. _ Farther north, bison are known from skeletal remains to have penetrated as far west in the Rockies as the vicinity of Henry House, on Athabaska River. Hollister (Can. Alpine Jour., 1912, p. 39) refers to these under B. b. athabascae. A hundred years ago the wood bison was abundant on the Peace River, Spirit River, Pouce Coupé and Grande Prairie plains; it also wandered into the forest for a considerable distance from the latter area to the west and southwest. In 1944, I secured an interesting old record of occurrence while travelling from Pipestone Creek to the Rocky Mountains. ) I am indebted to Dr. C. Heimburger of Toronto for translating Juzepczuk’s general discussion from the Russian. 3) Juzepezuk (1928) translated from Latm; synonyms cand distribution, in square brackets by the author. Tse CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST There is little. [Vol. 61 2. Dr. tomentosa Farr in Ottawa Nat. XX (1906) p. 110. [Dr. Drummondii var. tomentosa (Farr) Williams in Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 23 (1936) p. 452. An ecological variant of same range as the species.] 3. Dr. grandis Juz. in Journ. de la Soc. Bot. de Russie t. 4 (1919) p. 18. [E. Siberia.] SECT. II. Eudryas Juz. Leaves mostly rounded, truncate or subcordate at the base. Petals and sepals spreading during flores- cence. Receptacle convex. § 1. Chamaedrifoliae Juz. Leaves crenate or dentate in their entire length, the upper surface deeply impressed over the secondary veins, wrinkled or al- most smooth, without punctiform glands. Species: 4. Dr. octopetala L. Sp. Pl. (1753) p. 501 pro maxima parte ((excl. pl. ex “Alpibus Sibiricis” (cfr. p. 502) = ‘Dr. chamaedrifolia (Crantz Stirp. Austr.ed.I fase. II (1763) p. 7 sub.Geo.)) S. F. Gray Nat.arrang.brit.pl. II (1821) p. 578. [Iceland, arctic- alpine Europe and across arc- tic Asia: Alaska and Yukon east to Mackenzie Delta]. 5. Dr. incisa Juz. ad int. [ Dr. octopetala v. minor Hook. Trans.Linn.Soc.14 (1824) p. 387. Novaya Zemlya, islands and arctic coast of Siberia. In © F1LU.R.S.S.10 (1941) p. 269 by Juzepezuk placed under Dr. octopetaia]. 6. Dr. oxyodonta Juz. [Mts. of Central Siberia: Altai, Alatau, Sajan, Baical, Transbaical and N. Mongolia]. 7. Dr. dasypetala Juz. [Alp. Ala- tau, Soongoria]. 8. Dr. caucasica Juz. [Alp. Cau- casus]. 9. Dr. ajanensis Juz.+) [Shores of Ochotsk Sea]. 10. Dr. Tschonoskit Juz. #) Japan and Sakhalin]. 11. Dr. nervosa Juz. +) [Mts. of N. Korea]. § 2. Punctatae Juz. Leaves incised-cre- nate in their entire length, the upper [Alp. 4) By Kitagawa (1839) ag ey to Dr. octopetala v asiatica Nakai, in Rep. Veg. Kamik. p. 21 (1928). + ae cretin earl ry Nov.-Dec. 1947] surface deeply impressed over the secondary veins, wrinkled, with punctiform glands. Species: 12. Dr. punctata Juz. [Dr. octopet- ala B longifolia Regel & Ti- ling, Florula Ajan. Nouv.Mém. Soc.Imp.Nat.Mosc.II (1859) p. 82 ex parte. N. E. Greenland. arctic Russia and Siberia to mts. of central Alaska. south to N. Mongolia]. 13. Dr. kamtschatica Juz. [Kamt- chatka]. 14. Dr. viscosa Juz. [E. Siberia, on limestone cliffs]. 15. Dr. Hookeriana Juz. [Dr. octo- petala Am.auctt.— Rocky Mts. and Cascade Mts. from 40°- 53° N. lat.]. § 3. Tenellae Juz. Leaves entire or dentate in the basal part only, or minutely erenulate in their entire length, the upper surface scarcely or hardly at all impressed over the secondary veins, smooth or but slightly wrinkled, without punctiform glands. Species: 16. Dr. integrijolia M. Vahl in Skrivit._Naturh Selsk Kjoeb.iv. 2 (1798) p. 171 ((Syn.: Dr. tenel- la Pursh Fl AmSepi.I (1814) p. 350)).. [Arctic-alpme N. Am. from Alaska to N.E. Greenland: south to Jasper Park. Rocky Mis. and to White Mts. of N.H.]. 17. Dr. Chamissonis Spreng ex Juz. [Both shores of Bering Sea, Alaska Penn. and Kodiak TIsl.]. 18. Dr. crenulata Juz. [N.E. Sibe- ria, Alaska and Yukon east to Mackenzie Delta]. Owing to lack of adequate North American Material Juzepezuk wes compelled to base his conclusions almost entirely on the evi- dence provided by Eurasian material Re ferring to such difficulties he remarks (p. 307) — “it has not been possible for me thus far to obtain from certain regions sufficient material adequately representing a whole series of forms that are still not quite clear. In particular this applies to the Yakutsk Region, several countries of the far East. especially the Chukchi Peninsula and ad- jacent islands in the Pacific Ocean, the Mari- time Region, Korea and also North America. In some of these countries undoubtedly are THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST a 177 to be found keys to the solution of many questions concerning the phyto-genetic rela- tions of the various races and groups, and to the correct understanding of the whole evolution of the genus. Therefore, the searcity of material, especially from these regions, would cause a monograph published at the present time to be premature and mis- leading’. =) though material of Dryas from central and eastern Asia is still woefully inadequate in North American herbaria, North American material is now sufficiently abundant to make it possible to plot the world distribu- tion of the known races on a map (fig. 1) and to draw some conclusions regarding the probable history and phylogeny of the genus (fig. 3). Adopting Juzepezuk’s subdivision of the genus. we find the following: The section Nothodryas is represented by Dr. grandis of Eastern Asia and by Dr. Drummondi of N. America. The latier, at least, is completely separated from all mem- bers of section Eudryas by such fundamental characters as the fiattemed receptacle, hairy filaments and yellow petals. The constant presence on the peduncles of vestigial bracts which not infrequently support rudimentary flowers, suggests derivation from ancestral forms of the Dryadeae. Isolated stations of Dr. Drummondii far easi of iis present range suggest a former more exiensive range. Juzepezuk believes the section Nothodryas fo be older than Exudryas. In view of the cireumpolar distribution of the latter. this seems very doubtful. The section Eudryas comprises three sub sections: 1. Chamaedrifoliae (Typified by Dr. octo petala s.str.) has the widest range and is probably the oldest. Its principal area is in the Old World where, chiefly in mouniazins of Central and Eastern Asia it is repre senied by a series of vicarious, more or less isolated races. The subsection barely enters North America in Alaska-Yukon. 2. Subsection Punciaiae ——— is also predominantly palazearctic. It is represented by five species. two of which are endemic to Eastern Asia and two to Western North America. Dr. punctata has the widest range. It has an isolated area in Northeast Green land and extends from unsglaciated paris of Alask2-Yukon through arciic-alpime Siberia (except Altai), south to Kamichaika and 3) Troesl Som Buessiom teat Tue CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 aaa ue PAAWAIASS CAVARIB A] SECTION NOTHODRYAS { WH, /D. Drimmecdin Dersna a) SUB-SECTION CHAMAEDRIFOLIAE: (D.octopetala, D. caucasica, D. oxyodonta, D.dasypetala, D.ajanensis, D. Tschonoskii, D. nervosa) SUB-SECTION PUNCTATAE: (D. punctata, D. viscosa, D. kamtchatica, D. alaskensis, D. Hookeriana) SECTION EUDRYAS SUB-SECTION TENELLAE: (D. crenulata, D. Chamissonis, D. sylvatica, D. integrifolia) National Museum, Canada. Fig. 1. World distribution of DRYAS. Nov.-Dec. 1947] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 179 SOLID HEAVY ICESHEETS LOCAL ISOLATED REFUGIA GLACIATION FOR BIOTA Fig. 2. Maximum glaciation in the Northern Hemisphere (map from Hultén, 1937). northern Mongolia, west across arctic Russia to Kola Peninsula. Through Dr. punctata, which possesses characters common to both sections, subsection Punctatae is connected to subsection Chamaedrifoliae. 3. Subsection Tenellae probably is the youngest and the most recently evolved. It is also the most aggressive, for in postglacial time Dr. integrifolia s.str. alone has re- occupied practically all of the northern part of North America which during the Pleisto- cene was overrun by the ice. The subsection Tenellae is almost wholly nearctic. In un- glaciated parts of Alaska-Yukon it comprises several more or less vicarious races, some alpine, some confined to the lowland and at least one occupying a narrowly restricted geographical area (Dr. Chamissonis). The latter, although clearly belonging to Tenel- lae connects that subsection to subsection Chamaedrifoliae. Dr. integrifolia probably survived the Pleistocene south of the ice front and in unglaciated parts of Alaska- Yukon. It is a rare plant in the Cordillera where it is restricted to a few alpine areas south to Jasper Park. In Atlantic North America it is isolated in Newfoundland, Gaspé, Anticosti Island and White Moun- tains in New Hampshire. CONCLUSIONS The alpine-arctic genus Dryas is very old. Most species, particularly those of the section Eudryas, occupy very ancient land surfaces that were either never glaciated cr that experienced only local glaciation (figs. 180 Tue CANADIAN sylvatica integrifolia G, << ‘< Se oS op) grandis = fa Qa > i 41> Os aS DRYADEAE \ / x I FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 64 ajanensis SS N octopetala dasypetala RY oy, < & - = - Hookeriana ~ < ~ ~ ~ National Museum, Canada Fig. 3. Probable relationship of subsections and species of DRYAS. 1 and 3). All seem well adapted to unstable soils such as fresh moraines, gravel bars of glacial streams and erosion fans and, there- fore, do remarkably well in close proximity to glaciers. Pleistocene fossil remains of Dryas octo- petala have been found in peat bogs in many parts of Northern Europe. These remains have been dated back to the Riss and Wurm glaciations when the species had a wider distribution than today (see also map in Hegi, l.c., fig. 1175). In the Dryadeae the genus Dryas certainly seems most closely related to Sieversia and to the purely North American genera Fallu- gia and Cowania. It seems hazardous, how- ever, without genetical and palaeontological evidence, to attempt to draw any conclusions regarding the possible place of origin of the genus. A comparison of fig. 1 which gives the world distribution of the genus, with fig. 2 showing maximum glaciation in the northern hemisphere, shows that the genus has reached its highest development in the largely unglaciated Eastern Asia and Northwestern America. In fig. 3 I have attempted to show the probable relationship of sub-sections and species of Dryas. PART II. TAXONOMY DRYAS L. Sp. Pl. 501, 1753. Low, depressed, strongly caespitose under- shrubs with long, weak tap-roots and much branched, freely rooting, often metre-long and 1 ecm. thick, dorsiventral, radial branches. Under favourable conditions forming circular patches that, in Dr. Drum- mondii, may attain a diameter of several metres. Leaves alternate, leathery, tardily decidu- ous, petioled, simple, crenate or entire, dark Nov.-Dec. 1947] THE CANADIAN green, more or less rugose and mostly glabrous above, white-tomentose beneath; stomata on the underside only; _ stipules linear-lanceolate: two-thirds adnate to the petiole. Peduncles simple, rising from the leaf- - axils, tomentose, mostly glandular above, naked or bearing 1 to 4 vestigial bracts, erect, 2-15 (20) cm. long. Flowers solitary, or in Dr. Drummondii sometimes with one or two rudimentary. flowers from the uppermost bracts, normally perfect but often flowers occur in which one sex is partly or entirely suppressed. Hypanthium saucer-shaped, flattened or con- vex, tomentose and glandular. Sepals 8-10, linear-lanceolate, persistent. Petals 8-10, white or pale yellow, obovate-elliptic, short clawed, deciduous. Stamens numerous; fila- ments subulate, glabrous, except in Dr. Drummondii; anthers yellow. Pistils numer- ous sessile; style terminal, persistent, in fruit much elongated and long plumose; in FIELD-NATURALIST 131 the immature fruit and in damp weather, due to hygroscopic action, the styles contract and become spirally twisted together. Fruit an achene. The flowers in all species are scentless, but nectar glands are present. According to Jessen (1913) the structure of the flower favours self-pollination. Insect pollination, however, undoubtedly, takes place too, for I have myself observed dipterous and lepi- dopterous insects visiting all species, except Dr. Drummondii. Under favourable conditions individual plants attain a high age; Kihlman (1890), in arctic Europe, counted 108 annual rings in a specimen of Dryas octopetala from Kola Peninsula. Hesselman (1900) has shown that ecto- trophic mycorrhiza are always present on the root-tips of Dr. octopetala. I have ob- served mycorrhiza also in Dr. integrifolia, Dr. sylvatica, Dr. Hookeriana and Dr. alas- kensis. KEY TO THE GENUS DRYAS IN NORTH AMERICA A. Receptacle flattened; petals yellow, erect to somewhat spreading, but never expanded during florescence; sepals broadly ovate; filaments hairy, at least in their lower part; peduncle with 1-4 vestigial bracts, the uppermost sometimes supporting reduced flowers; cuneate at base. (Sect. Nothodryas). a. Leaves dark green above a. Leaves canescent-tomentose above A. Receptacle convex; filaments glabrous; bract; leaves truncate or cordate at base. leaves always petals white, fully expanded during florescence; peduncles naked or at most with one vestigial (Sect. Eudryas). B. The prominent median vein of the underside of the leaves and some- times also the lateral veins and the leaf petiole bearing sessile or stalked glands. These either naked or bearing lateral tufts of hairs. Upper surface of the leaves strongly rugose. C. Upper surface of the leaves dark green, usually dull, without punctiform glands and not glandular-viscid; median and some- times lateral veins of the underside of the leaf bearing peculiar gland-tipped brown hairs that on their sides bear little tufts of white hairs. C. Upper surface of the leaves (Subsect= Chamacd it iolzae) eee ee with punctiform, wart-like ex- 2. Dr. octopetala s.str. erescences especially .on the lobes and often on petioles and stipules as well, or merely glandular-viscid from colourless, clear balsam-like secretions along the leaf-folds. (Subsect. Punctatae). E. Gland-tipped hairs on the veins of the underside of the leaves always bearing tufts of white or brown hairs on their sides..... 3. Dr. punctata E. Gland-tipped hairs on the veins of the undersides of the leaves always naked. F. Leaves ovate or oblong-ovate, 1.5 to 2.5 times longer than broad, 0.8 to 2.8 cm. long and 0.3 to 1.2 cm. broad, broadest in the middle or slightly below; lobes incised 43 or less toward the midrib; dull and dark green above, densely white tomentose beneath........ ORES Ra SE ORI | 4 Dire, 4. Dr. Hookeriana 182 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALISI [Vol. 61 F. Leaves linear to oblong, broadest above the middle, 2.5 to 3.5 times longer than broad, 2.5 to 5.5 cm. long, 0.9 to 1.5 cm. broad, incised half way to the midrib, dark green more or less shiny above, glabrate or thinly tomentose beneath al 5. Dr. alaskensis B. The median vein of the underside of the leaves not prominent and without sessile or stalked, naked or pubescent glands; leaves broadest below the middle, the upper surface slightly or not at all rugose; leaf margin entire or with shallow, rounded incisions rarely extending above the middle of the leaf. (Subsect. Tenellae). G. Leaf bases cordate-truncate, margins revolute. H. Leaf margins entire or merely with a few teeth in the lower half. I. Leaves lanceolate, thrice as long as broad. Flowers over 2.0 em. in diameter; petals not retuse. i J. Leaves’ shiny above J. Leaves canescent-hirsute above.... Lb Boer etry 6. Dr. integrifolia s. str. ... 6a. Dr. integrifolia var. canescens I. Leaves short, ovate-elliptic, 14% to 2 times as long as broad. Flowers 2.0 cm. in diameter or under; petals retuse...... 7. Dr. Chamissonis H. Leaf margins crenate to the tip; leaves oblong- ovate, thin, flat, about thrice as long as broad .... noo iia SLL OES LE rae i AN OE Gnas 8. Dr. crenulata G. Leaf bases cuneate-truncate, leaves linear-oblong, thin, flat, entire or nearly so............ LAN oR aeAS: Eh ees oA NOTHODRYAS 1. Dryas Drummondii Richards. in Hook. Bot. Mag. tab. 2972 (1830); idem, Fl. Bor.- Am. 1:174 (1834). Dr. chamaedrifolia Richards. in Frankl. Journ. 740 (1823), non S. F. Gray. Dr. octopetala var. Drummondii, Wats. Bibl. Ind. 281 (1878). Dryadea Drummondi Ktze., Rev. Gen. 215 (1891). Leaf blades coarsely crenate, elliptic ob- . ovate, cuneate at the base, rounded at the- apex, dark green, dull, glabrous or slightly tomentose and strongly rugose above, white- tomentose beneath. Peduncles 5-25 cm. long with 1-4 vestigial bracts, the uppermost sometimes bearing rudimentary flowers (Pla- te II, figs. 7-8); hypanthium and calyx dense- ly covered with black, gland-tipped hairs and slightly tomentose; sepals ovate; petals pale yellow ,ascending, never fully expanded due to the flattened receptacle. TYPE LOCALITY: “gravelly battures~of al- pine rivers, among the Canadian Rocky Mts.” Type in London. GENERAL DISTRIBUTION: from Alaska south through the Cordillera to Oregon, east to east end of Slave Lake, with isolated stations on the north shore of Lake Superior and in the Gulf of St. Law-. rence. See map, fig. 4. ILLUSTRATIONS: Bot. Mag. tab. 2972; Britt. & Brown. Ill. Fl. ed. 2, fig. 2286. la. var. tomentosa (Farr) Williams, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 23: 452 (1936); Porsild, ache SEE RSE 0h, IL NCR oe 9. Dr. sylwatica Can. Field.-Nat. 56:112 (1942). Dr. tomentosa Farr. Ott. Nat. 20:110 (1906); N. Am. FI. 22:401 (1013). Rydberg, l.c., distinguishes Dr. tomentosa by “hypanthium and calyx densely white- tomentose, not glandular” as opposed to Dr. Drummondii “hypanthium and calyx densely hairy with black glandular hairs, only slight- ly tomentose’. Actually, Dr. tomentosa was described as having “sepals densely glandu- lar with purplish black stalked glands” and it differs from the species only in having the upper leaf-surfaces white-tomentose. The var. tomentosa frequently is found growing together with typical Dr. Drum- mondii and occupies the same range. Dr. Drummondii is a characteristic species of alpine gravelly floodplains where it is often a dominant species covering acres of gravelly river beds; it is a pioneer on freshly exposed moraines and a strong calci- phile which is never found on acid, igneous rocks. The isolated stations in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and in the Great Lakes Region suggest that during and following the Pleistocene, Dr. Drummondii extended across the Continent in front of the ice. By its pale yellow, never expanded and somewhat nodding flowers, broad calyx lobes and cuneate-based leaves Dr. Drummondii is strikingly distinct from all other members of the genus. Natural hybridization is un- krown but a yellow flowered Dr. octopetala x Drummondii (Dr. Siindermannii) has been produced horticulturally. Nov.-Dec. 1947] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 183 Dryas Chamissonis Dryas crenulata Dryas sylvatica NATIONAL MUSEUM OF CANADA Fg. 4. Distribution of DRYAS in North America. 184 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST EUDRYAS 2. Dryas octopetala L. Sp. Pl.: 501 (1753) s.str. excl. pl. Sib.; excl. Am. auctt. pro maxime parte. Leaves ovate-oblong, 1.5-2.5 times longer than broad, crenate-dentate, with more or less revolute margins and cordate or truncate bases, strongly rugose, dark green, glabrous or sparingly hirsute above; white tomentose beneath, with prominent veins bearing stipi- tate brown hairs that on their sides bear tufts of long, white hairs. TYPE LOCALITY: Lapland. GENERAL DISTRIBUTION: Iceland, arctic and alpine Europe across arctic Asia, Alas- ka and Yukon east to Mackenzie Delta. See map, fig. 4. ILLUSTRATIONS: Hegi, Ill. Fl. Mittel-Eur. Nil. 2) tab 1515 fis. 75 Ele Dans tabi 3: Schroeter, Pflanzenleben d. Alpen, 188 (1908) (var. argentea). I have seen the following North American material of Dr. octopetala s.str.: BERING STRAIT DISTR.: Seward Pen., Bluff, A. E. & R. T. Porsild, 1254 (Can., G.*); Cape Thompson, 1881, J. Muir (G); Cape Lis- burne, July 29, 1904, C. Washburne, (US). BERING SEA DISTRICT: Cape Vancouver, south of Yukon Delta, Aug. 9, 1891, J. M. Macoun, (Can. 19941, G.); ALASKA RANGE DISTR.: Mt. McKinley Pk., E. Scamman, 645 (G); CENTRAL YUKON DISTR.: Alaska- Yukon Boundary lat. 65°58’ and long. 66°18’, D. D. Cairnes, 28 and 27, (Can.); Pelly Range, Rose-Lapie Pass, Porsild and Brei- tung, 9400 and 10139 (Can.); Mt. Sheldon, idem, 11619 (Can.); UPPER YUKON DISTR.: Kluane Lake, Burwash Landing, 6000-7000’, C. H. D. Clarke, 250 (Can.); EASTERN PACIFIC COAST DISTR.: White Pass, base of Crater Lake, 1898, A. L. Bolton, (US.); Davidson Glacier, July 4, 1929, W. E. Cooper, (Arn.); Glacier Bay, Coville and Kearney, 65la (US.); ARCTIC COAST DISTR.: Sadle- rochit R., Can. Arct. Exp., 14 and 34 (Can.); Arctic Coast along 141st meridian 1912, J. M. Jesup, (US.); E. Slope of Richardson Mts. w. of Mackenzie Delta, N.W.T., June 20, 1931, O. Bryant, (Can.); MACKENZIE MTS. DISTR.: Mt. range w. of Bolstead Creek, Canol Rd., N.W.T., Wynne-Edwards, 8335 (Can.). 6) The symbols used to indicate location of specimens cited under distribution are as follows: Can— Herbarium of the National Museum of Canada, Ot- tawa; G—Gray Herbarium, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.; Arn—Herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University, Jamaica Plain, Mass.; US—United States National Herbarium, Washington, D.C. [Vol. 61 Dr. octopetala s.str. apparently is a rare and local species in Alaska-Yukon. As pointed out under Dr. punctata, old herba- rium material is sometimes difficult to dis- tinguish from that species. Hultén, l.c., 1047, thinks that such difficulties are caused by the free hybridization of the several “races” ocurring in Alaska and by the abundance of ecological variants. My own field experience with the genus has not confirmed this view. On the contrary, I believe that the wide range, but often isolated and disjunct oc- currences suggests that these races are very old. Local populations that are sterile or do not fruit well and in other respects sug- gests hybrid origin occur, but they are quite rare. (See under Dr. integrifolia). From the time of Hooker, authors on arctic and boreal North American floras have had difficulty separating Dr. octopetala s. lat. from Dr..integrifolia s. lat. in areas where the two species meet. Some of the difficulty has been due to the over-emphasis laid on the leaf-shape and denticulation which is notoriously variable according to the habi- tat, especially in dwarfed alpine or high- arctic specimens where the leaves may be so - strongly revolute as to be quite tubular in appearance. (Simmons, 1906 and M. P. and A. E. Porsild, 1920). W. J. Hooker, (1861) who for many years grew Dr. integrifolia and Dr. octopetala considered them “per- fectly distinct” but, nevertheless, remarked: “IT have, however, vainly endeavoured to find any satisfactory characters for it [Dr. integrifolia]; the only one of any con- sequence, derived from the outline of the leaf, is not only most inconstant, but pre- sents every transition to Dr. octopetala”’. Even as late as 1906 Simmons devoted several pages to a discussion of the inherent difficulties in distinguishing Dr. integrifolia from Dr. octopetala (Simmons, 1906), and Sorensen, (1933) confesses inability, in N.E. Greenland, “to keep the two Dryas-species distinct”. In Alaska-Yukon Dr. punctata, Dr. Chamissonis and Dr. crenulata, and in the Rocky Mountains Dr. Hookeriana all have leaves that in shape are similar to those of Dr. octopetala. The principal reason for earlier confusion of Dr. octopetala and Dr. integrifolia is the failure to recognize the excellent but rarely mentioned, character 7) See, e.g., Hegi, Ill. Fl. Mittel-Eur. IV.2: 922 "“— sehr langen, einfachen Haaren auch (auf den Ner- ven der Unterseite und am Stiel) aus braunen, mehrzellreihigen Zotten mit daraus seitlich ent- springenden Haaren bestehende Zottenhaare und kurze Drisenhaare mit rundem Kopfchen und 2- zellreiheigem Stiele’’. Nov.-Dec. 1947] found in the white-tufted, gland-tipped hairs present in all Dr. octopetala on the yeins of the underside of the leaves.’) These hairs furnish a most reliable charac- ter but require a strong lens or a low- powered microscope especially in dwarfed alpine -or arctic specimens when the hairs - may be almost completely concealed below the tomentum. In Europe, and possibly in Asia, occurs: Dr. octopetala var. argentea Blytt, Norges Flora 1176 (1876) (Dr. octopetala var. ves- tita Beck) which differs from the species only in having the upper leaf surfaces dense- ly white-tomentose (compare Dr. integri- folia var. canescens and Dr. Drummondii var. tomentosa), and in Europe occupies the same range as Dr. octopetala s.str. It ap- pears to be hereditarily constant, even when growing together with typical Dr. octopetala (Schroeter, 1908). So far it has not been detected in North America. 3. Dr. punctata Juz. in Bull. Jard. Bot. Prin- cip. U.R.S.S. 28: 320 (1929); idem, Fl. U.R.S.S. 10, tab. 20, fig. 6 (1941). Dr. octopetala ssp. punctata Hult, FI. Al. & Yuk., 1047 (1946) pro maxime pte. Dr. octopetala ssp. Hookeriana Hult. FI. Al. & Yuk., 1046 (1946) pro min. pte. Dr. octopetala Am. auctt. pro. min. pte. quoad fl. Al. Dr. Henricae Juz. Fl. U.R.S.S. 10: 616 (1941). Leaves linear-oblong, 2.0—4.5 times longer than broad, 0.44.0 cm. long, 0.15-1.3 cm. broad, broadest in the middle or often with parallel margins, with rounded apex and narrowly subcordate or truncate base, coarsely and deeply incised-crenate with 5-16 teeth on each side and more or less revolute margins; the upper surface more or less shiny, the median and lateral veins often so deeply impressed as to cause the leaf to appear articulate, glabrous or with a more or less caducous white tomentum, glandular-punctate, in life somewhat viscid; the underside densely canescent-tomentose between the prominent nerves that, with the petioles, are covered with sessile or short- stalked yellowish-brown glands and long, brown hairs, bearing tufts of long, white hairs on their sides; petioles 0.5-2.5 cm. long, equalling or much shorter than the blade. Scape densely white-tomentose, dense- ly covered with long-stalked dark purple or black glands, bractless or with one narrowly THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 185 subulate bract. Flowers 1.2-3.0 cm. diam. Hypanthium with calyx 6-10 mm. long, dense- ly covered with simple, long, white hairs and long reddish-black, gland-tipped hairs. Sepals linear-lanceolate, 4-7 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad. Petals white, obovate, short clawed. glabrous. Achene about 3 mm. tong. ILLUSTRATION: Juzepezuk in Fl. URSS: 10, tab. 10 fig. 6 (1941). See Plate I, figs. 6-7. TYPE LOCALITY: Siberia, Type in Leningrad. GENERAL DISTRIBUTION: N.E. Green- land, [? Spitzbergen], Kola Pen., through arctic and alpine Siberia and northern Mongolia east to mountains of Alaska- Yukon. See map, fig. 4. BERING SEA DISTR.: St. Lawrence Isl., (US. 423124); St. Mathew Isl., Coville and Kearney, 2152 (US); ibid., July 8-13, 1916, G. D. Hanna, (US); Kuskowim Bay, C. L. Harrington, 24 (US); Nelson Isl., Yukon Delta, July 12, 1940, I. N. Gabrielson, (US); ibid., Paimiut, G. L. Harrington, 95 and 100 Irkutsk Prov. (US); Marshall, Lower Yukon, idem, 129 (US); Norton Sd., Qiqertariaq, A. E. and R. T. Porsild, 1061 (Can.); ibid., Egavik, W. B. Miller, 244-C (US); ibid., Unalaklet, Johnson and Palmer, 41 (US); BERING STRAIT DISTR.: Port Clarence, Coville and Kearney, 1954 (US); 16 mi. west of Nome, J. B. Flett, 1606 [in part] (US); Buckland Ree andes: Le Porsid, alvso (Cans); Baird Mts., Aug. 2, 1885, G. U. Stoney (US); Putnam R., June 30, 1885, zdem, (US); LOWER YUKON DISTR.: Takotna, Ander- son and Gasser, 7446 [pro min. pte.] (G); Kuskokwim Basin, Sargent and Smith, 69 (US); Kokrines Mts., A. E. and R. T. Pors- ild, 756 (Can., G.); WESTERN PACIFIC COAST DISTR.: Lake Iliamna, M. W. Gor- man, 166 (G., US.); ALASKA RANGE DISTR.: McKinley Pk., Sable Pass, A. and R. Nelson, 3553 (G); ibid., Savage R., Edith A. Purer, 7577 (US); ibid., I. Mexia, 2009 (G., Arn., US.); Alaska Range, Healy, A. E. and R. T. Porsild, 357 (Can.); Richardson Highway, Simpson Pass, July 10, 1902, Brooks and Prindle, (US); ibid., Rapids Lodge, E. Scamman, 282 and 1012 (G.); UPPER YUKON DISTR.: Klutan Glacier, head of White R., Cairnes (Can. 86060); Kluane Lake, S. K. Harris (Arn.); Mountain slopes south of Haines Rd. junction, S. K. Harris, 12035 (Arn.); Mts. east of Little Atlin Lake, Raup and Correll, 11224 (Arn.); CENTRAL YUKON DISTR.: Alaska High- 186 THE CANADIAN way, Mile 1345, Nutzotin Mts., Rawp, 12794b (Arn.); Pelly Range, upper Rose R., Porsild and Breitung, 10571 (Can.); Mayo, 63°35’N., 134°20’W., Hugh Bostock, 79 (Can.); ARC- TIC COAST DISTR.: West of Mackenzie Delta, between King and Kay Pt., Y.T., A. E. Porsild, 7148 (Can.); N.E. GREENLAND: Skaerfjord, 77°40’N., 20°54’W., Th. Soren- sen, 2075 ,Can.); Danmarks Havn, 76°45’, July 6, 1908 Lundager, (Can.); Clavering Fj., R. W. Bartlett, 382 (Can.); Home Fore- land, Cape Stosch, M. Kote, 4319 (Can.); Ymer Isl., Sezdenfaden, 417 [in part] (Can.); Muskox Fj., idem, 336 (Can.); Blosseville Coast, 69°N., R. W. Bartlett, 335 (Can.). In Alaska and Yukon Dr. punctata is an alpine-arctic species growing on rocky slopes and summits above timberline. It is com- mon in the Bering Sea region becoming progressively less common towards the east; throughout its N. American range it appears to be confined to areas subjected only to local glaciation. In Juzepczuk’s classification Dr. punctata connects the subsections Punctatae and Chamaedrifolia possessing the punctiform glands on the upper leaf surfaces of the former and the white-tufted, stalked glands on the nerves of the latter group. In some old herbarium specimens the punctiform glands of the upper leaf surfaces are not easily seen and such material may be diffi- cult to separate from Dr. octopetala s.str. In exposed places occurs a form with dense- ly matted, more or less caducous tomentum on the upper leaf surfaces, analogous to the tomentose varieties known in other species (Dr. integrifolia v. canescens, Dr. octopetala v. argentea and Dr. Drummondii v. tomentosa) although the tomentum is of quite different texture. This may be called Dryas punctata var. Henricae (Juz.) stat. nov. based on Dr. Henricae Juz. Fl. U.R.S.S. 10:616 (1941); Syn.:. Dr. octopetala var. ar- gentea auctt. quoad pl. Groenl. orient., non Blytt. A curious plant suggestive of Dr. crenu- lata x punctata was collected near Kluane Lake, Y.T., by Raup, 12548 (Arn.): In N.E. Greenland Dr. punctata apparently belongs in that small group of disjunct Asiatic species which has long puzzled phyto- geographers (Potentilla stipularis, Polemon- wum boreale, Draba altaica, Draba repens, and others) and whose presence in E. Green- land is most difficult to explain in the light of present land configuration and the com- monly accepted glacial history of Greenland. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 4. Dr. Hookeriana Juz. in Bull. Jard. Bot. Princip. U.R.S.S. 28:325 (1929). Dr. octopetala Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:174 (1834) and all Am. authors as regards the Cordilleran plant south of lat. 55° N. Dr. octopetala ssp. Hookeriana Hult. in Fl. Al. & Yuk., 1046 (1946), not Dr. Hookeriana Juz. Leaves ovate or oblong-ovate, 1.5 to 2.5 times longer than broad, 0.8-2.8 cm. long and 0.3-1.3 ecm. broad, broadest in the middle or slightly below, with blunt or rounded tips and sub-cordate or rarely truncate base, thick and stiff, coarsely incised-crenate 1/3 or less toward the midrib, with 5-12 some- what unequal, rounded or ovate teeth on the slightly revolute margins; the upper sur- face- glandular-punctate, but scarcely or not at all shiny, the median and lateral nerves deeply impressed, strongly rugose, glabrous or with scattered white hairs; the lower surface canescent-tomentose between ~ the prominent nerves that, together with the petioles and stipules, besides simple white hairs, are covered with sessile or stalked yellowish-brown glands; branched hairs. or glands bearing white-tufted hairs entirely lacking; petioles 0.5-2.0 cm. long ,equalling or slightly shorter than the blade. Scape white-tomentose, bearing black, stipitate glands, bractless or with one _ vestigial bract. Flowers 1.8-2.7 cm. diam. Hypan- thium and calyx 7-10 mm. long, bearing stipitate black glands mixed with the white tomentum. Sepals linear-lanceolate, 4-7 mm. long, 1-3 mm. wide, glandular in the lower half, adpressed silky above. Petals white, obovate-elliptic, short clawed, 8-14 mm. long, 49 mm. wide, glabrous. Achenes about 3 mm. long, distinctly shorter than in Dr. octo- petala. ILLUSTRATION: Plate I, figs. 1-2. TYPE LOCALITY: Rocky Mts. Type [Drum- mond] in Leningrad. GENERAL DISTRIBUTION: Rocky Mts. be- tween 40 and 50° lat. N. See map, fig. 4. JASPER PARK, ALBERTA: North Saskat- chewan R., Stewardson Brown, 1021 (Can.); Cataract Pass, idem, 1451 (Can.); Yellow- head Pass, Spreadborough, (Can. 19330); Smoke Indian R., Aug. 19, 1989 R. M. An- derson (Can.); Whistler Mt., J. G. Jack, 2062 and 2682 (Arn.); Continental Divide, be- tween lat. 53-54° N., H. F. Lambert, 75 and 76 (Can.); Rocky Mts., ex Herb. Brit. Mus. Drummond [isotype ?] (Can.); BANFF PK.: Plate I. — Dryas Hookeriana. Fig. 1, flowering plant: Fig. 2. fruiting plant (Banff National Park, Alta. Porsild & Breitung Nos. 12708 & 13991). — Dryas alaskensis n. sp. Figs. 3-4, flowering and fruiting plants, both from TYPE (Alaska Range. Alaska, A. E. & R. T. Porsild, No. 493); Fig. 5, flowering plant (Yukon Terr.; Mrs. Geo. Black). — Dryas punctata. Figs. 6-7, flowering and fruiting plants (Kokrines Mts., Alaska, A. E. & R. T. Porsild, No. 756). All approximately ¥%2 natural size. — Photo National Museum of Canada. oe ae 4 her ; Pa of Nov.-Dec. 1947] THE CANADIAN Mt. Temple, Porsild and Breitung, 12708 and 15557; Sunshine Ski Lodge, idem, 13255, 13634 and 13991; Bow Valley, Mt. Norquay, idem, 12210; Cirque Mt., idem, 16204; Lake O’Hara, John Macoun (Can. 65121); Kicking Horse Pass, idem, (Can. 100912); Kootaine Pass, idem, (Can. 7081); Lake Agnes, Aug. 11, 1904, A. Rekder (Arn.); ibid., Aug. 11, 1904, J. G. Jack (Arn.); Emerald Lake, July, 1906, Edith M. Farr (G. in part); Kicking Horse Lake, Aug. 11, 1890, John Macoun (Can.); Pipestone Pass, idem, (Can. 65120); Chaba Glacier, Ostheimer, 49 (G.); Devils Head Lake, Sanson, (Can. 22102); Sheep Mt., John Macoun, (Can. 10436); BRITISH CO- LUMBIA: Caribou Mts., Stuie, H. M. Laing, 568 (Cam); Stewarts Lake, John Macoun (Can. 7080); Yoho Valley, idem, (Can. 65122); Yoho Pk., T. Ulke, 524 (Arn.); Sel- kirk Mts., John Macoun, (Can. 7078); Chilli- wack Valley, Tami Hy Mt., J. M. Macoun (Can. 34361); Skagit R., idem (Can. 69912); Klootchoot-a Lake, Dawson (Can. 7082); Marbel Mt., J. W. and E.M. Thompson, 266 (Can.);} WASHINGTON: Okanagan Co., Tif- fany Mt., C. B. Fiker, 1024% (Arn., Can.); MONTANA: Glacier Nat. Pk., Aug. 29 and Sept. 2, 1921, Susan McKelvey (Arn.); ibid., Grinnell Glacier, J. G. Jack, 2037, 2070, 2105-6 and 2130 (Arn.); Virginia Pass, June 26, 1880, Engelmann and Sargent, (Arn.); Sperry Glacier, F. K. Vreeland, 1101 (Can.); IDAHO: Blaine Co., Sawtooth Range, J. W. Thompson, 13630 (Arn.); WYOMING: Big- horn Mt., July 21 and 27, 1900, J. G. Jack, (Arn.); Teton Mt., Uinta Co., A. and E. Nelson, 6528 (G.) COLORADO: Mt. Prince- ton, July 1886, E. T. Harper, (Arn.); Beaver Cr., C. S. Crandell, 564 (Can.); Trail Ridge, July 1939 and Sept. 1938, E. C. Smith (Can.); Rocky Mts., 1869, C. Thomas (US). Dr. Hookeriana is an alpine species which in the Canadian Rockies is rarely found be- low timberline and ascends at least to 10,000 feet. Throughout its range it shows re- markably little variation. Where it meets with the much rarer Dr. integrifolia a few plants possessing characters suggestive of hybridization have been noted. Such plants are: Headwaters of N. Saskatchewan R. be- -tween Saskatchewan and Athabaska Glaciers, Porsild and Breitung, 14587 (Can.); Moose Mt., Elbow R., John Macoun (Can. 20001); Continental Divide, between 53-54° N. lat., H. F. Lambert, 76 (Can.). 5. Dr. alaskensis sp. n. Dr. octopetala Porsild, Rhod. 41:249 FIELD-NATURALIST 187 (1939) pro min. parte; Scamman, Rhod. 42:331 (1940) pro parte, non L. Dr. octopetala ssp. Hookeriana Hult. FI. Al. 1046 (1946), non Dr. Hookeriana Juz. Folia plerumque oblonga v. oblongo-ovata, ter vel quater longiora quam tata, 2-5 cm. lg., 0.5-1.3 cm. It. supra medium latissima v. saepe per totam longitudinem aequilata, vel versus basim gradatim augustata, apice rotundata, basi anguste trunctata, profunde, inciso-crenata; supra glabra nitentia, nervis medio et lateralibus plerumque parum im- pressis, plus minus rugosa, per totam faciem vel per rugas glanduloso-punctata et pilis albis svarsis vestita; subtus inter nervos sparse canescenti-tomentosa, nervis medio et lateralibus tomento non obtectis, cum pe- tiolis stipulisque et pilis simplicibus albis et glandulis stipitatis vestitis, sed pilis ramosis nullis; dentibus acutiusculis untrinque 6-12 inaequalibus profunde incisis margine, ex- teriore et apice plerumque paullo revolutis; petiolis laminas subaequantibus. Pedunculi folia tempore florendi superantes albo-tomen- tosi glandulis stipitatis nigricantibus vestiti, unibracteati. Flos 3.0-4.5 cm. diam. Hypan- thium et calyx tomentosi albi et glandulis stipitatis nigricantibus dense vestiti. Sepala anguste lineari-lanceolata. Petala alba ob- ovato-elliptica breviter unguiculata. Achenia parva, 3 mm. lg. hirsuta. Dr. alaskensis belongs in the sub-section Punctatae Juz. and is most closely related to the Cordilleran Dr. Hookeriana from which it differs by its larger flowers, much longer, oblong to oblong-ovate and more deeply in- cised leaves that are frequently shiny, fresh green and less rugose above and thinly tomentose below. In Dr. alaskensis the old stems are much branched and by sedimenta- tion of the habitat tend to become sub- terranean and rhizomatose; the plant there- fore frequently forms series of tufts rather than the flat cushions so characteristic of other species in the genus. _ An alpine species growing on well watered gravelly flood plains and erosion fans, rare- ly if ever found in tundra or in dry rocky places. It is endemic to unglaciated parts of Alaska-Yukon extending from Seward Pe- ninsula east to Richardson Mountains west of Mackenzie Delta and from Ogilvie Range south to St. Elias and Alaska Range. So far not found in the mountains of S.E. Yukon nor in British Columbia or Alberta. ILLUSTRATION: Plate I, figs. 3-5. 188 TYPE LOCALITY: Alaska Range, Alaska. Type in Ottawa. GENERAL DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Alaska-Yukon. See map, fig. 4. BERING STRAIT DISTR.: Teller Reindeer Sta., Walpole, 1798 (US); 16 mi. west of Nome, J. B. Flett, 1606, in part (US); Nome, Grace A. Hill, 60 (US) Cape Nome, H. E. Blaisdell, (US); Powers, 40 (US); Nome, C. W. Thornton, 14a (US); 10 mi. north of Council City, July 13, 1900, A. J. Collier, (US); LOWER YUKON DISTR.: Kuskokwim, Takotna, J. P. Anderson, 7446 (Can., G. [in part]); ALAS- KA RANGE DISTR.: McKinley Pk., A. and R. Nelson, 3849 (US), G.); Cantwell, Broad Pass, L. J. Palmer, 1903 (US); Castner Glacier, on gravel bars in glacial stream, A. E. and R. T. Porsild, 394 (TYPE Can., G.); Delta R., June 7, 1907, F. F. Black, (US); CENTRAL YUKON DISTR.; Alaska Highway, Mile 1345, north slope of Nutzotin Mts., Raup, 12794-a (Arn.); Aug. 5-9, 1986, E. and J. Lohbrunner, (Can.); Eagle Summit, E. Scamman, 281, 803 and 2109 (G.); Seward Creek near Eagle, Aug. 4, 1903, W. H. Osgood, (US); Miller Cr., 64°N.-140°50’W., C. E. Catrnes, (Can. 93320); Dawson, A. Eastwood, 372 (US., Arn.); Mayo, Ray Gulch, Aug. 20, 1943, Hugh Bostock, (Can.); Keno Hill, June 20- 28, 1927, Mrs. Geo. Black, (Can.); McQueston Lake, W. E. Cockfield (Can. 97708); UPPER YUKON DISTR.: White R., D. W. Eaton, 1909 (US); Klotassin area, D. D. Cairnes (Can. 91884); Dawson Range, Hugh Bostock, 263 (Can.); Cone Mt., W.-E. Cockfield, 32, (Can.); MACKENZIE DELTA DISTR.: E. slope of Richardson Mts. west of Mackenzie Delta, A. E. Porsild, 6696 and 6836 (Can.). 6. Dr. integrifolia M. Vahl, Skrivter Nat. Hist. Selsk. Kjobenh. 4, 2:171 (1798). Dr. tenella Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 350 (1814). Dr. octopetala var. integrifolia Hook. fil., Journ. Linn. Soc. 5:83 (1860). Dr. integrifolia var. canescens Simm. Vase. Pl. Ellesmere Ld. 46 (1906). Dr. integrifolia f. intermedia Nath. Ofv. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 41, 1:24 (1884). Leaves lanceolate-oblong, about 3 times longer than broad, distinctly broadest below the middle, with cordate or truncate bases; margins entire or occasionally with a few teeth in the lower half, usually more or less revolute, dark green, shiny and glabrous (or canescent-tomentose in var. canescens), bare- TaE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST Nome, Mrs. C. N. - Eagle Summit, * [Vol. 61 ly or not at all rugose above, thinly white- tomentose beneath with non-prominent medi- an nerve entirely lacking glandular-stipitate or white-tufted brown or black hairs; petioles and stipules glabrous or sparingly tomentose, lacking gland-tipped or white-tufted hairs. Peduncles bractless, and usually lacking stipitate glands; hypanthium sparingly to- mentose, brownish-black with a few stipitate black glands; sepals linear-lanceolate; flowers 2-3 cm. diam.; petals white. TYPE LOCALITY: West Greenland. Type in Copenhagen, in Poul Edge’s “Herb. Groenl.”. GENERAL DISTRIBUTION: Arctic-alpine North America from Bering Strait to N.E. Greenland, south in Rocky Mts. to Jasper Pk., Alta. and with isolated stations south to Montana, Lake Superior, Gaspé, White Mts. of N.H., and Nfld. See map, fig. 4. ILLUSTRATIONS: FI. Dan. tab. 1216 (1799); Britt. and Brown, Ill. Fl. N. States and Canada 2:274 (1913); M. P. Porsild, Medd. o. Grl. 50:379 (1912). BERING SEA DISTR.; Yukon Delta, Pas- tolik, W. B. Miller, 87c (US); BERING STRAIT DISTR.: Seward Pen., Teller, J. T. White (US. 270290); ibid., F. A. Walpole, 1575 and 2009 (US); Chinik, July 2, 1900, A. J. Collier, (US); idem, head of Sweet Cake Creek, July 1900, (US); Nome, Grace A. Hill, 61 (US); John R., tributary to Koyokuk, June 21, 1901, F. C. Schrader (US); idem, Koyokuk R., (US. 375216); Putnam R. (tributary to Koyokuk), G. M. Stoney, (US. 133163); ARCTIC COAST DISTR.: Pt. Barrow, Murdock (US. 423421); ibid., Mc- Ilhenny, 85 (Can.); Camden Bay, Can. Arct. Exp. 54 (Can.); Collison Pt., idem (Can. 98728); Herschel. Isl., Y.T., “dem,") 2a! (Can.): King Pt., Y.T., Godfr. Hansen, (Can. 80653); ALASKA RANGE DISTR.: Mt. Me- Kinley Pk., Joseph Dixon, 42 (US); Cant- well, Broad Pass, A. E. and R. T. Porsild, 63 (Can.); Copper Centre, (Richardson High- way) Heideman, 104 (US); head of Chitina R., Laing, 120 (Can.); CENTRAL YUKON DISTR.: Wiseman, middle fork of Koyukuk R., E. Scamman, 2270 (G); CENTRAL PACI- FIC COAST DISTR.: Pearl Isl., Kenai Pen., E. P. Walker, July 6, 1922 (US); EASTERN PACIFIC COAST DISTR.: Glacier Bay, W. S. Cooper, 162 (US); ibid., Coville and Kearney, 651 and 742 (Can., US) UPPER YUKON DISTR.: Kluane Lake, Burwash Landing, Y.T., C. H. D. Clarke, 170 and 251 (Can.); south end of Kluane Lake, Raup, Nov.-Dec. 1947] THE CANADIAN 12129 and 12547 (Arn.); Haines Rd. junction, idem, 12015 (Arn.); vicinity of Bear Creek, idem, 11829 (Arn.); Alsek R. valley, idem, 11889 (Arn.); White Pass, Crater Lake, 5500’ elev. and Summit, 2600’ elev., 1898, A. L. Bolton (US); Francis R., July 4, 1887, Wm. Dawson, (Can.); Mackenzie Mts., Mac- millan Pass, Porsild and Breitung, 11244 (Can.); NORTHERN BRITISH COLUMBIA DISTR.: Alaska Highway, Summit Pass, Raup and Correll, 10484 (Arn.); Muncho Lake, A. L. Rand, 22 (Can.); Mt. Selwyn, Raup and Abbe, 3755 and 3934 (Can., Arn.); JASPER PARK: Athabasca R., J. G. Jack, 2798 (Arn.); headwaters of Saskatchewan R., Stewardson Brown, 1210 (G.); idem, 1451a (Can.); ibid., Porsild and Breitung, 14563 (Can.); Mistaya Cr., idem, 14716 (Can.); junction of North Saskatchewan and Alexandra Rivers, idem, 16000 (Can.); Jasper Park, H. M. Laing, 317 (Can.); Athabasca R., Lae Brulé, Spreadborough (Can. 19331); MONTANA: Custer Nat. Forest, Carbon Co.,- 9000-10000’, L. O. and R. P. Williams, 3605 (G.); MANITOBA: Flin-Flon, G. Gardner, 93 (Can.); Churchill, J. M. Macoun, (Can. 79176); ONTARIO: Lake Superior, Thunder Bay, Hosie, Losee and Bannam, 1924 (Can.); NORTHWEST TERRITORIES: common east of the Mackenzie R., through Mackenzie, Keewatin and the Franklin Districts from lat. 83°N., south to the tree line; QUEBEC: common in northern part, with isolated stations around the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and also in White Mts. of New Hampshire; GREENLAND: Common along the _ west coast from Peary Land lat. 83°N. to Cape Farewell and along the east coast north to 65°, less common in the northeast. Dr. integrifolia is an arctic-alpine species which within its main area is an ubiquitous pioneer species in rocky and gravelly places such as river flats, screes and rocky places. It is less common in the dwarf shrub heath where it cannot long survive competition for space. In N. America it is by far the most com- mon and widespread member of the genus and in postglacial time has reoccupied near- ly all land surface in the Arctic once oc- cupied by the ice. It fruits abundantly, and its immature achenes form an important food item for numerous species of small rodents and for several species of birds. In Greenland, and throughout most of its range west to the Mackenzie, is found the FIELD-NATURALIST 189 var. canescens Simm. (Fig. 4) which is dis- tinguished by its canescent-tomentose upper leaf surfaces and more densely tomentose peduncles, hypanthium and sepals. It often forms colonies of considerable extent, per- haps most often on calcareous soil, and, apparently is hereditarily constant. The following specimens of typical var. canescens Simm. are in the National Herbar- ium, Ottawa: MACKENZIE DISTR.: Mac- kenzie Delta, Campbell Lake, A. E. & R. T. Porsild, 2000; ibid., Kittigazuit Isl., idem, 2368; Liverpool Bay, arctic coast east of Mackenzie R., idem, 2900; Bear Rock, Mac- kenzie R. below Norman, idem, 3386, Mt. Charles, Bear R., idem 3297 and 3333; Great Bear Lake, Dease Bay, idem, 4744; Bernard Harbour, Dolphin and Union Strait, Can. Arct. Exp., 287 and 287a; FRANKLIN DISTR.: Ellesmere Isl., Bache Pen., M. O. Malte, (Can. 119071); WEST GREENLAND: Vaigat n. of Manik, 70°12, July 8, 1932, M. P. Porsild; Nugssuaq Halvo, 70°15’, July 25, 1927, idem; ibid., 70°23, July 5, 1929, M. P. and R. T. Porsild; Inglefield Land, 78°N., June 26-29, 1921, J. N. Nygaard; EAST GREENLAND: Norske Oer, 79°N., Seiden- faden, 2080, 2082 and 2085 (Can.); NEW- FOUNDLAND: Port au Port Bay, Fernald and St. John, 10846 (Can.). Where Dr. integrifolia meets with other species of Dryas, single individuals or small colonies occur that by mixed characters and poor fructification suggest hybrid origin. These, however, are by no means common. The following are noted amongst the ma- terial examined: Dr. integrifolia x octope- tala: Campbell Lake east of Mackenzie Delta, A. E. and R. T. Porsild, 1999 (Can.); War- ren Pt. on arctic coast east of Mackenzie, O. Stringer (Can. 62267). Dr. Hookeriana x integrifolia (see Dr. Hookeriana). 7. Dr. Chamissonis Spreng. ex Juz. in Bull. Jard. Bot. Princip. U.R.S.S. 28:312 (1929) nomen; Fl. U.R.S.S. 10:278 (1941) tab. 20, fig. 9. Dr. integrifolia Ledeb. Fl. Ross. 2:20 (1844) quoad specimine citata excl. ins. St. Laurentii, non Vahl. Dr. octopetala Hult. Fl. Aleut. Isl. 233 (1937); idem, Fl. Alaska & Yukon pro max, pte., non L. Leaves ovate to ovate-elliptic, 1.5 to 2 times longer than broad, 8-15 mm. long and 4-10 mm. broad, broadest below the middle, with blunt and rounded tips and truncated or slightly cordate bases, thin and flat, rather 190 THE CANADIAN deeply crenately incised usually to above the middle and often in the entire length of the leaf; the upper surface of the leaves deep green, more or less shiny, glabrous, moderate- ly rugose; the lower surface canescent-tomen- tose, the veins lacking gland-tipped or white tufted hairs; petioles and stipules with scattered long, white hairs. Peduncles 5-10 em. long, white-tomentose, bearing a few gland-tipped black hairs below the flower. Flowers small, 1.5-2.55 em. in diam.; hypan- thium and calyx grayish-black with short black and white hairs mixed with long, black, gland-tipped hairs; sepals linear-lanceolate; petals white, often somewhat pubescent on the outside, narrowly obovate, retuse, short- clawed; achenes about 2 mm. long, shorter than in Dr. integrifolia. TYPE LOCALITY: Kotzebue Sd. Type in Berlin. GENERAL DISTRIBUTION: Both shores of Bering Strait, S.W. Alaska from Unimak Isl. east to Pr. William Sd. (but not in Aleutian Isl. west of Unimak Isl.). See map, fig. 4. ILLUSTRATION: Juz. in Fl. URSS. 10, tab. 20, fiz. 9, 1941. Plate II, figs. 4-6. EK. SIBERIA, CHUKOTSK PEN.: Arakam- chatchene Isl., U.S. Telegr. Exp., C. Wright, (US. 64386, G.); BERING STRAIT DISTR:: Teller Reindeer Station, Walpole, 1519 (U.S.); Nome City, J. B. Flett, 1606a (US.); ALEUTIAN ISL.: False Pass, Eyerdam, 1873 (Can.); ibid., Aug. 3, 1925, O. J. Murie (G.); WESTERN PACIFIC COAST DISTR.:: Chignik, June 16, 1935, C. E. Flock (Can.); Kukak B., Coville & Kearney, 1551 (US.); Metrofania B., July 25, 1913, R. F. Griggs (US.); Metrofania Isl., June 19, 1940, I. N. Gabrielson (G.); Katmai, Hagelbarger, 171 (US.); Stepovak -B., Ch. Palache (US. 375463); Shumagin Islands, June 19, 1872, M. W. Harrington (G.); Unga Isl., W. H. Ewans, 552 (US.); Nagai Isl. M. W. Har- rington, (US. 423429); Unga, on the moun- tain, F. A. Golder, (US. 392258); Kodiak Isl., Coville & Kearney, 2263 (G., US.); Karluk isl, €2 Rutter, 200 (Arm, Us) bids, 7dem: 54 (Arn.); Kodiak Isl., F. A. Walpole, 1191 (US.); ibid:;°H. B.& Ee: A. Loo, 114 and 1021 (G.); CENTRAL PACIFIC COAST DISTR.: Lake Iliamna, M. W. Gorman, 116 (Arn.); Pr. William Sd., Orca, Coville & Kearney, 1191 (US.); Fox Bay, Aug. 18, 1593, B. W. Everman (US.); Cold Bay, C. V. Piper, 4302 (US.). FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61. Throughout its rather well defined geo- graphic range the characters by which Dr. Chamissonis is distinguished are remarkably constant and few if any specimens present transitions to either Dr. octopetala or Dr. punctata. In appearance it simulates Dr. octopetala to which species nearly all ma- terial seen by the writer had originally been referred; but Dr. Chamissonis is totally destitute of gland-tipped or white-tufted hairs on the underside of the leaves and, therefore, clearly belongs in the subsection Tenellae which, phytogenetically, it may connect, through Dr. ajanensis and Dr. Tschonoskii, to subsection Chamaedrifoliae. Dr. Chamissonis apparently is a maritime species which so far has not been collected far from the sea-coast but, strangely enough neither on the Aleutian Islands west of False Pass nor on the islands of Bering Sea. 8. Dr. crenulata Juz. in Bull. Jard. Bot. Prin- cip. U.R.S.S. 28:325 (1929). - Dr. octopetala Am. auctt. quoad pl. Al. et Yuk. pro min. pte. Leaves ovate or mostly oblong-ovate, near- ly 3 times longer than broad, 3-4.5 em. long, 0.6-1.4 cm. wide, usually broadest below the middle and narrowing towards the pointed or rarely rounded tip, with truncated or often subcordate base, crenulate throughout or rarely entire below the apex; the margins mostly revolute. The upper surface shiny, with deeply impressed mid-vein and less deeply or scarcely impressed lateral veins, slightly or not rugose, more or less pilose along the median vein, otherwise glab- rous or with scattered hairs; the underside white-tomentose, the mid-vein more or less prominent or sometimes covered by the to- mentum, or often glabrescent near the base; the lateral veins not prominent and partly hidden by the tomentum; petioles equalling or slightly longer than the blade, with scat- tered simple, white hairs; stipules bearing a few long hairs along the margins. Pe- duncles slender, somewhat flexuous, 5-15 em. high, thinly tomentose and with a few stipitate black glands below the hypanthium, . bractless or rarely with one much reduced, filiform bract. Expanded flowers 2.5-3.0 cm. diam. Hypanthium and sepals thinly tomen- tose and more or less densely beset with stipitate, reddish-black glands. Sepals linear- lanceolate, 4-5 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide. Petals white, elliptic-obovate, scarcely clawed, not retuse, glabrous. Achenes circa 3 mm. long. \ Plate II. Dryas sylvatica. Figs. 1-2, flowering and fruiting plants {Yukon Terr., Porsild & Breitung, Nos. 9584 & 9888). — Dryas crenulata. Fig. 3, fruiting plant (Mackenzie Delta, A. E. Porsild, No. 7032. — Dryas Chamissonis. Fig. 4, fruiting plant, (Aleutian Islands, Eyerdam, No. 1873); Figs. 5-6, flowering plants (S. W. Alaska, Chignik, C. E. Flock). — Dryas Drummondii. Fig. 7, fruiting stem with fully de- veloped pedunculate, lateral lower (Rc. Mts. J. Macoun, Can. 65123); Fiq. 8, flowering plant with two lateral abortive flowers (Yukon Terr. Porsild & Breitung, No. 9473). All approximately 2 natural size. —Photograh National Museum of Canada. nami rae, iad rae Nov.-Dec. 1947] THe CANADIAN TYPE LOCALITY: E. Siberia. Type in Le- ningrad. GENERAL DISTRIBUTION: E._ Siberia: Lena-Kolyma, Angara-Sajan, umnglaciated central Alaska-Yukon, east to Mackenzie Delta. See map, fig. 4. ILLUSTRATIONS: Juzepezuk in Fl. U.R.S.S. 10, tab. 20, fig. 8, 1941. Plate II, fig. 3. BERING STRAIT DISTR.: Seward Pen., Bluff, A. E. and R. T. Porsild, 1254 (Can.); WESTERN PACIFIC COAST DISTR.: Kat- mai Region,- A. E. Miller (US. 1072596); ALASKA RANGE DISTR.: Copper R., W. L. Poto, 47 (US); UPPER YUKON DISTR.:.: Mountains east of Little Atlin Lake, Raup and Correll, 11260 (Arn.); Canol Rd., Lapie R. Crossing, Porsild and Breitung, 9724 (Can.); CENTRAL YUKON DISTR.; Eagle Summit, Aug. 5-8; 1936, E. & J. Lohbrunner (Can.); Franklin, 40 mile distr., Anderson & Gasser, 7132 (in part) (Can.); 65°- 65°30’N. — 141°-142°W., J. B. Mertie, (US.); Dawson, Y.T., 1916, J. A. Kusche (G.); ibid., Eastwood, 119a (US., Arn.) and idem 317 (Can., Arn., U.S.); ibid., Colorado Creek, John Macoun (Can. 58448) and East Dawson, idem (Can. 58447); Hunker Creek, idem (Can. 58446); ARCTIC COAST DISTR.:: between Kay and King Pt. w. of Mackenzie R., A. E. Porsild, 7186 (Can.); Mackenzir Delta, Caribou Hills, idem, 7032 (Can.). The writer has seen no Asiatic material but his series from Alaska-Yukon is a clos? match for Juzepezuk’s detailed description and figure, l.c. Dr. crenulata in Alaska-Yukon, as well as in Asia, appears to be an alpine and inland species. By its crenula‘e leaf margin it strongly simulates Dr. octopetala to which species nearly all Alaska-Yukon material has been referred previously; but the veins of the underside of the leaves as well as the petioles and stipules are entirely destitute of the stipitate glands or white-tufted hairs so distinctive of members of the subsection Chamaedrifoliae and Punctatae. 9. Dr. sylvatica (Hult.) comb. n. Dr. integrifolia var. sylvatica Hult. Sv. Bots bidska 3.305 (3: 520, odie so... D.C: (1936); Porsild, Rhodora 41:249 (1939); Seamman, ibid. 42:332 (1940); Hultén, Fl. Al. & Yukon, 1045 (1946). Dr. integrifolia Am. auctt. pro min. pte. Leaves linear-lanceolate,’ flat, thin, 2.5-3 times longer than broad, 2-3.5 cm. long and 6-8 mm. wide, broadest below the middle, FIELD-NATURALIST ak with acuminate tips and cuneate or less com- monly truncate bases, entire margins or rare- ly with a few shallow, rounded teeth near the base. The upper leaf surfaces dark green, more or less shiny, glabrous except along the impressed mid-vein, and smooth and not at all rugose; the lower surfaces thinly canes- cent-tomentose, the veins barely covered by the tomentum and totally destitute of glands or white-tufted hairs. Petioles glabrous or sparingly soft-pubescent, equalling the blade; stipules narrow, 4-6 mm. long. Pe- duncles 8-16 (20) cm. long, slender, bract- less or rarely with one long, filiform bract, thinly tomentose but with evenly scattered, long, stipitate, reddish-black glands. Flowers 2.5-3.0 em. diam.; hypanthium and calyx green, with white hairs mixed with reddish- black, stipitate glands; sepals linear; petals white tardily caducous, narrowly elliptic- Obova‘te, short clawed, glabrous or with a few white hairs on the outside. Achenes about 3 mm. long; the long more or less patent hairs of the plumose style more or less verticillate giving the rachis the appear- ance of being somewhat articulate. TYPE LOCALITY: Central Alaska, Circle on Yukon River. Type in Stockholm. ILLUSTRATIONS: Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 30, 3, fig. 2 b and c ((1938). Plate II, figs. 1-2. GENERAL DISTRIBUTION: Interior Alaska, Yukon and N.W. Mackenzie Dist. See map, fig. 4. ERING STRAIT DISTR.: Noatak R., July 1929, Ruth Wagner (US.); ALASKA RANGE DISTR.: Nenana Valley, Lignite, A. E. & R. T. Porsild, 306 (Can.); Nabesna R. (head- waters of Copper and Tanana R. in Wrangel Mts.) Schrader and Hartman, 76 (US.); upper Copper R., idem, 27 (US.); CENTRAL YUKON DISTR.: Dall City, Dall R. trail, June 29, 1901, W. C. Mendenhall (US.); John R. (tributary to Koyokuk, (1) June 21 and (2) June 25, 1901, F. C. Schrader (US.); Wiseman, Anderson and Gasser, 5441 (Can.); Globe, Livengood Highway, J. P. Anderson, 8951 (Can.); Franklin, 40-mile district, An- derson and Gasser, 7132, in part (Can.); Sheeniek Valley, 1925, J. B. Mertie (US. 1325726); Rampart House on upper Porcu- pine, Fr. Funston, 182 (US.); Ft. Yukon, Anis. (8:12, 1889/2 ieeC. Russelly (US)5 UE. PER YUKON DISTR: White R., Y.T., J. P. Anderson, 9260 (Can.); ibid:, 1909, D. W. Eaton, (US. 538954); Kluane Lake, J. P. Anderson, 9382 (Can.); ibid. Burwash Landing, C. H. D. Clarke, 171, (Can.); Daw- 192 THE CANADIAN son Range, 62°40’N.—138°W., Hugh Bostock, 289, (Can.); Yukon R., Five Finger Rapids, J. B. Tarleton, 68 (US.); Whitehorse, Pors- ild & Breitung, 9191 (Can.); Canol Rd., Lapie Crossing, idem, 9274 and 9584 (Can.); Canol Rd., Pelly Valley, idem, 9888 (Can.); MACKENZIE DISTR, N.W.T.; Lone Mt. near confluence of Nahani and Mackenzie, W. C. Wynne-Edwards, 8488-9 (Can.); “Mackenzie Mts., Brintnell Lake, Raup and Soper, 9324, 9342, 9628 and 9811 (Arn.); Mackenzie R., Good Hope, E. Taylor, 41 (July 11, Can., July 12, US. 423420); W. shore of Gt. Bear Lake, J. M. Bell (Can. 22893); Gt. Bear Lake, Smith Arm, A. E. & R. T. Porsild, 5010 (Can.); N.W. and N. shore of Gt. Slave Lake, C. F. Howe, (Can. 91971); ARCTIC COAST DISTR.: Mac- kenzie Delta, Campbell Lake, A. E. & R. T. Porsild, 1930 (Can.); ibid., Richards Island, idem, 2098 (Can.) Dr. sylvatica is the most common member of the subsection Tenellae in interior Alas- ka, Yukon and N.W. Mackenzie, where it is a lowland species usually growing in open spruce forest and on gravelly river terraces, and always on calcareous soil. Where the ranges of Dr. integrifolia s.str. and Dr. syl- vatica overlap, the former is always re- stricted to isolated alpine peaks, whereas the later is found only at low elevations. Hultén, l.c. 1045, has seen material “chief- ly from unglaciated areas”. The species un- doubtedly survived the Pleistocene in un- glaciated parts of Alaska and Yukon but subsequently has been able to spread into heavily glaciated valleys and also far into glaciated parts of Northwest Territories (Gt. Bear Lake and Gt. Slave Lake). In its typical form Dr. sylvatica appears strikingly distinct from other members of the genus by its thin, flat, entire leaves with cuneate bases and tall, slender peduncles. In life, the long-stalked glands of the hypan- thium are somewhat viscid. I once expressed the opinion that Dr. integrifolia var. sylvatica “may prove no- thing more than an ecological form” (Por- sild, 1939). In the light of the large series now available, but particularly in view of my more intensive experience with this plant in the field, I now agree with Hultén FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 (1946) that var. sylvatica should be given a higher systematic rank than that of variety. REFERENCES Fernald, M. L. (1925) Persistence of Plants in unglaciated areas of Boreal America. Mem. Gray Herb. 2. Hegi, G. (1928) Ill. Flora v. Mittel-europa 4, 2:922-927. Hesselman, H. (1900) Om Mykorrhiza- Bildningar hos arktiska vaxter. Bih. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26, part 3, 2. Hooker, W. J. (1834) Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:174. Hooker, W. J. (1861) Trans. Linn. Soc. 23:325. London. : Hultén, E. (1946) Flora of Alaska and Yu- kon 1043-1050. Hultén, E. (1937) Outline of the History of the Arctic and Boreal Biota during the Quarternary Period. Stockholm. Jessen, K. (1921) Structure and Biology of Arctic Flowering Plants. Medd. om Gronl. 37:60-74. ‘ Juzepcezuk, S. V. (1941) Fl. URSS. Vol. 10: 264-79, tab. 20, fig. 1-9. Juzepezuk, S. V. (1929) Beitrag zur Systema- tik der Gattung Dryas L. (in Russian with a synopsis in German). Bull. Jard. Bot. Princip. de ’URSS 28:306-327. Kihlman, A. O. (1890) Pflanzenbiol. Studien aus Russ. Lappland. Acta Soe. pro Fauna et Flora Fenn. VI, 3. Kitagawa, Masao (1939) Linamenta Florae Manshuricae. Rep. Inst. Sci. Res. Man- choukuo 3. App. 1. Hsinking. Porsild, A. E. (1939) Contributions to the Flora of Alaska. Rhodora 41:141-143; 199- 254 and 262-301. Porsild, M. P. & A. E. Porsild (1920) Medd. om Gronl. 58:104-105, fig. p. 104. Porsild, Th. (1920) Griffelhaarene hos Dryas octopetala L. og Dr. integrifolia Vahl. Bot. Tidsskr. 37, 2:121-134. Raup, Hugh M. (1941) Botanical problems in Boreal America. Bot. Rev. 7, 3 and 4. Rydberg, P. A. (1913) N. Am. Flora 22, 5:399-401. Schroeter C. (1908) Das Pflanzenleben der Alpen, Ziirich. Simmons, H. G. (1906) The Vascular plants of Ellesmereland pp. 43-47. Sorensen, Th. (1933) The vascular plants of East Greenland from 71°00’ to 73°30’ N. lat. Medd. om Gronl. 101, 3. Ay jo Nov.-Dec. 1947] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 193 “ GEOGRAPHICAL VARIATION IN THE LOON, GAVIA IMMER (BRUNNICH) * By A. L. RAnpD National Museum of Canada, Ottawa. URRENT TAXONOMIC TREATMENT is to recognize two subspecies of Gavia immer, a smaller one, G.i. elasson Bishop, and a larger one, Gi. immer (Briinnich). The recent accounts of the ranges of these two ferms show considerable discrepencies: the 1931 A.O.U. Checklist, p. 2, gives elasson as occurring from Manitoba to British Columbia and southward; Peters (1931 Check- list of the Birds of the World, 1, p. 35) recognizes elasson as only from the Dakotas and perhaps adjacent states and provinces; while Taverner (1934, Birds of Canada, p. 38) gives the range of elasson as probably from Manitoba westward. In recent years various records of both subspecies have been made in central states, while Grinnell and Miller > (1944, Pacific Coast Avifauna, No. 27, p. 35) are unable to satisfactorily allocate California specimens. A recent survey of material in the National Museum of Canada, using summer-taken specimens presumably breeding, and meas- urements kindly furnished by Mr. H. B. Conover of the Field Museum, Chicago, and Mr. J. A. Munro of Okanagan Landing, B.C., allows the picture of geographical variation to be clarified somewhat. 1) Received for publication July 8, 1946. It is necessary first to consider the breed- ing range of the species, the southern edge of which is roughly from the northern part of the New England states to North Dakota and northern California; in the east the breeding range extends north to Iceland, Greenland and Baffin Island. West of Hudson Bay however, the northern edge of the normal breeding range seems to about coincide with the northern limit of trees, from about Northern Manitoba to the Mac- kenzie delta, and the species to be replaced on the barren grounds by the closely related species Gavia adamsi. The material available indicates that there are two factors that vary somewhat indep- endently; that of wing length and bill length, as shown in the following. The measurements are given in milli- meters, in the tables, and plotted on the chart. The wing length is the chord of the wing. The original measurements in the description of elasson were taken with a tape along the curve of the wing, but it is better to use the more standardized chord as do most American workers. Mr. Conover has measured the North Dakota series in this way. The bill measurement is that of the exposed culmen. Table 1. Measurements of Summer Adults, Taken Presumably on their Breeding Grounds WING CHORD Male Female | Sex ? Baffin Island 365, 368, 3890, 362 363, 364, 367 380 368, 370 Greenland 337, 355 Quebec - 358, 358 320, 338 350) ool" oats 358, 358, 360 New Brunswick 347 S.e. Ontario wae 365 324, 328 338 Manitoba 352 322, 330, 330 North Dakota 340, 350 330 330, 350 Mackenzie District 320 (Fort Good Hope) Yukon Territory 342, 346, 354, 318, 339, 360, 340 367, 375 365 British Columbia 365, 380 194 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Table 2. Measurements of Summer Adults, Taken Presumably on their Breeding Grounds EXPOSED CULMEN Male Female Sex ? Baffin Island 76, 79, 80, 80 74, 76, 76, 78, 82 ; 80, 84, 84 Greenland 72, 76 Quebec 86, 89 79, 80 79, 80, 81.5, 82, 86, 88 New Brunswick 85 S.e. Ontario 88 78, 86 81 Manitoba 77 78, 74, 77 North Dakota 75, 76.5 74 76 Mackenzie District 68 (Fort Good Hope) Yukon Territory 74, 74, 81, 71, 78, 80, 72 82, 82 80 British Columbia 73, 84 In wing length the largest birds are from Baffin Island, with a great decrease in size of the Greenland birds, and a marked de- crease in size southward from Baffin Island in Quebec and Ontario; a further decrease in size in~-North Dakota, Manitoba and Mackenzie, and an increase in size in Yukon and British Columbia, where specimens nearly equal the Baffin Island birds. Variation in -bill length shows a slightly different pattern. Birds with the largest bills come from Ontario and Quebec, with a decrease in size northward to Baffin Island, and still greater decrease in Greenland, and in Manitoba, North Dakota and Mackenzie with somewhat of an increase again in Yukon and British Columbia, but not .to the level of the Ontario and Quebec birds. Though the above trends in size exist, their geographical distribution raises difficulties in regard to recognizing populations by name. There are further difficulties in that there is a great overlap in measurements over a considerable area. In wing length, the Greenland, Manitoba, North Dakota and Mackenzie birds are set off from the Baffin Island and British Columbia series, but the Yukon, Ontario and Quebec series provide so much overlap that separation is difficult. Separation on bill size is stiJl more difficult. If subspecies were to be recognized on the above material their diagnosis and ranges would have to be something as follows: Gavia immer immer: wing 6 (12) 342-380 (av. 363 mm.); @ (11) 318-380 (av. 345) breeds at least in (a) Quebec, Ontario and Baffin Island and (b) in Yukon and British Columbia. Gavia immer elasson wing: 6 (5) 337-355 (av. 347): @ (4) 322-330 (av. 328); breeds at least in North Dakota, Manitoba, and the district of Mackenzie (and Greenland ?). As loons are large birds, minor variations are conspicuous. The above averages are so close, overlap is so great, and the distribu- tional pattern of characters so complex, it seems inadvisable to recognize by name any races of the black-billed Ioon. A note as to the vernacular name of Gavia wmmer is in order. To most American people it is “the loon’; but to those who have to deal also with the yellow-billed loon, the common loon becomes the black-billed loon, especially where it is rare and the yellow-billed loon is the common species. Bishop (1921, Auk, 38, p. 367) has suggested calling this species the “black-billed loon’, a suggestion well worth following. Nov.-Dec. 1947] THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 195 SutM Beetana is Greenland e Quebec ~ i Brunswick = : Ontario & 4 Manitoba a h 09 Ngr ota st Mackenzie ~ Yukon = a Ebiimbia | Quebec New Brunswick Ontario Manitoba ee Mackenzie Yukon Britis Columbia (uew{no posodxs) yiSueT Tita 196 TaE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 A NEW LONG-EARED OWL’ By W. Eari GODFREY National Museum of Canada, Ottawa. STUDY of fifty-six specimens of the long-eared owl in the collection of the National Museum of Canada discloses a well- marked subspecies heretofore apparently unrecognized. Additional material was examined in the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology through the courtesy of Mr. L. L. Snyder. Also, the writer is grateful for the comments of Dr. A. L. Rand on specimens in the Chicago Natural History Museum, and to Dr. Harry C. Oberholser for a similar appraisal of specimens in ‘the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. As a slight recognition of the contributions of Mr. Robie W. Tufts, former Dominion Wildlife Officer for the Maritime Provinces, to Canadian ornithology this new race may be called: Asio otus tuftsi, subsp. nov. Type.— Adult male, No. 15705, National Museum of Canada collection; South Arm, Last Mountain Lake, Saskatchewan; July 14, 1920; collector, C. H. Young. Subspecific characters. — Differs in both sexes from Asio otus wilsonianus (Lesson) in being of paler coloration. Brown mottling of upper parts paler (less blackish) and more restricted, with correspondingly broader white interspaces. Buffs and ochres of hindneck, back, wings, and facial disc paler and much replaced by white or ashy, especially on hindneck. Tail paler with more sharply defined and less confluent barring. Posterior under parts averaging paler. From the _ geographically distant Asio otus otus (Linnaeus), tufts differs in possessing broader and more _ prominent barring on the under parts and in being, on the average, of less ochraceous coloration. Measurements (in mm.). — Adult male: wing, 284-293 (average, 286.4); tail, 136- 144.5 (140.2); culmen from cere, 17-17.8 (17.3). Adult female: wing, 285-295 (291.5); tail, 143-157 (148.8); culmen from cere, 16.2-17.9 (17.0). Range. — Breeds in southern British Co- lumbia, southern Alberta, southern Saskat- chewan, and southwestern Manitoba; south at least to U‘ah and probably to New Mexico, Arizona, and California. Specimens examined. — MANITOBA (Oak Lake, 2; Whitewater Lake, 2; Swan River, 1) Received for publication September 23, 1947. 1); SASKATCHEWAN (Cypress Lake, 1; Last Mountain Lake, 3; Eastend, 1; Indian Head, 2); ALBERTA (Edmonton, 1; Dids- bury, 1; Medicine Hat, 1; Camrose, 1; Lac la Nonne, 1); BRITISH COLUMBIA (Oso- yoos Lake, 1; Summerland, 1; Penticton, 1; Victoria, 1); UTAH (Jensen, 4). Remarks.—Ridgway (1914, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, Part 6, p. 654) and Forbush (1927, Birds of Massachusetts and other — New England States, Part 2, p. 194) state that the sexes in Asio otus wilsonianus are alike. Comparison, however, of 15 males of wilsonianus with 7 females of wilsonianus, as well as a comparison of 13 males of tuftst with 8 females of tuftsz2 discloses that the upper parts of the female are, in both races, somewhat darker and more ochrace- ous than are those of the male. This agrees with the findings of Bent (1938, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 170, Part 2, p. 160). Witherby et al (1938, Handbook of British Birds, Part 2, p. 330) have found this to apply also to the Old World race, Asio otus otus (Lin- naeus). In identifying the races of this species one must therefore compare only specimens of the same sex. Breeding season specimens of this new race are from Manitoba (Oak Lake, White- water Lake, and Swan River); Saskatche- wan (Last Mountain Lake, Eastend, Indian Head, and Cypress Lake); Alberta (Medi- cine Hat and Edmonton); British Columbia (Penticton and Osoyoos Lake); Utah (Jensen). Compared sex for sex with birds from Ontario, Quebec, and New Brunswick, the paleness of these western birds is uni- form and striking. Twomey (1942, Annals Carnegie Museum, Vol. 28, pp. 400-401) quotes Taverner with reference to a male taken on May 15, 1935, at Jensen, Utah, as being “very pale, the ochres being largely replaced by ashy gray”. This specimen, N.M.C. No. 28554, differs little, however, from the breeding series from western Canada. A male, in transition from juvenal to post-juvenal plumage, from Last Mountain Lake, Saskatchewan, compared with a male a few days older from Lake St. John, Quebec, is considerably paler in both the incomplete juvenal and post-juvenal feather- ing. Nov.-Dec. 1947] THE CANADIAN No aberrant specimens were found in the breeding material examined. A _ breeding- season specimen from Lake Nipigon, Onta- rio, taken on June 24, 1924 (R.O.M.Z. col- lection), shows tuftsz tendencies but is ap- ‘parently closer to wilsonianus. Autumn- taken birds from Central Alberta (Alix and Morrin) are rather dark and breeding ma- terial is needed from the northern periphery of the species’ range in the West. A speci- FIELD-NATURALIST 197 men from Victoria, B.C., in the National Museum of Canada, taken on December 9, 1899, is somewhat darker than prairie birds as is also a specimen from the same locality, examined by Dr. A. L. Rand, in the Chicago Natural History Museum. These far western birds, while suggesting the Pacific Coast darkening peculiar to many other species, are still paler than wilsonianus from Ontario and Quebec and are referable to tuftsz. THE EUROPEAN PRAYING MANTIS (Mantis religiosa L.) AT HAMILTON, ONTARIO * By W. W. Jupp Department of Zoology, McMaster University, Hamilton, Ont. URING THE SUMMER of 1946, the European Praying Mantis occurred in unusual abundance about Hamilton, and verbal reports indicate that it was particu- larly abundant about the east end of the city. Urquhart and Corfe 2) do not record it aS occurring about this city but report it in outlying districts. Records of capture of adults and collection of egg masses during the summer of 1946 are as follows: Specimens Locality Date Collector 2 green females Around reservoir August 26 J. Spencer 1 brown female (gravid) at mountainside, W. Spencer 9 green males south end of Province R. Clarke street 1 green male Princess Point, August 29 E. Turner Dundas Marsh 2 green males Campus, McMaster September 5 A. E. Warren University egg mass on Campus, McMaster September 11 W. W. Judd burdock stem University 1 green female backyard, Wexford September 11 E. Turner avenue 1 green female on beehive, September 16 J. Shields Dunnville, Ont. 1 green male Campus, McMaster September 19 W. W. Judd University 1 brown female Gage park October 5 F. Collier 2 egg masses on garden plants 1 green female Campus, McMaster October 8 E. Atkin University egg mass on Campus, McMaster October 19 W. W. Judd goldenrod stem University Captured adults were placed in a large battery jar with twigs and dried grasses and were fed on grasshoppers and crickets. The males clasped the females and in one case four males were seen clasping one female. When the grasshoppers and crickets had 1) Received for publication October 30, 1946. 2) Urquhart, F. A. and C. E. Corfe, 1940. The Euro- pean Praying Mantis (Mantis religiosa L.) in Onta- rio. Can. Field-Nat. 54: 130-132. been eaten the mantids ate one another. In some cases a female was seen to bend its head and thorax sideways and with its fore- legs grasp the head of a male which was clasping it, then to proceed to eat the latter. Several females laid eggs masses on the twigs and the sides of the battery jar. The brown female captured on August 26 laid four egg masses — September 7, 26, October 6, 14. 198 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS An erroneous record of the swallow-tailed kite in New Brunswick. — In the A.O.U. Check-list (1931) the swallow-tailed kite, Elanoides forficatus forficatus (Linnaeus), . is referred to as accidental or casual in New Brunswick. I have recently made a detailed study of the literature referring to New Brunswick birds and have found only one reference to the swallow-tailed kite which could be the basis of this report. This is in “A List of New Brunswick Birds’, by W. H. Moore (1928). Here it is stated that “A land surveyor, named Sills, many years ago recorded a Kite, probably this species, for New Brunswick.” James P. Sills lived in Fredericton and evidently had a small collection of birds as George A. Boardman in a letter quoted by S. L. Boardman in “The Naturalist of the St. Croix” (1903) tells about seeing Sill’s Col- lection. The supposed kite which was killed at Cardigan, York County, about 1864 may have been among these specimens but no- thing is known about the ultimate disposi- tion of the collection. However a detailed description of the bird was published in 1865 and I recently found this in the “Journal of the House of Assembly of New Brunswick” for that year. This issue of the Journal included ‘‘A Preliminary Report on the Geology of New Brunswick’, by Henry Youle Hind and the description of the sup- posed kite is found at the end of Appendix No. IV (on page 269) which is entitled “Enumeration of the birds known to visit New Brunswick revised and edited by J. P. Sills.” The entire description reads as follows:— “North American Kite. Description of a Kite not recognized in Audubon’s “Birds of America,” killed in Cardigan, York County.— Length of body, 100 inches. Length of tail, 7 inches. Legs (from body), 7 inches. Ex- tended wings, 34 inches. Expanded foot, 3 inches. Beak, 1 inch. Head very small; colour of body pale chestnu’‘; back and wings very dark brown; beck of tail, brown-gray; tips of wings, do.; legs, bright yellow; beak, blue and small; weight, very light; floats rather than flies; lives on mice and small birds.” Evidently Moore never saw this. de- scription. It is obvious that the bird was not a swallow-tailed kite. had a kite “new to science’’. Sills thought he I forwarded the description to Dr. A. L. Rand at the National Museum who after discussing it with P. A. Taverner decided that, although the description was not com- plete, the bird must have been an immature marsh hawk or a cooper hawk. It is obvious, therefore, that the swallow- tailed kite must be deleted from the list of New Brunswick birds and the _ provincial reference omitted from the next edition of the A.O.U. Check-list—W. AUSTIN SQUI- RES, Natural Science Department, New Brunswick Museum, Saint John, N.B. Aquatic Behaviour of a Jumping Mouse. — On July 31, 1946, at seven o’clock in the evening (e.s.t.) near Pottageville, King Town- ship, York County, Ontario, a jumping mouse was observed to behave in a manner which indicated that this animal is at times, and of its own volition, positively aquatic. Cir- cumstantially, the species concerned is the meadow jumping mouse, Zapus hudsonius. This is the only species known to occur in the immediate area and it has been recorded previously (Snyder, Trans. Roy. Can. Inst., 17: 179-80) as the form found fairly com- monly in King Township. Furthermore, the species seems to prefer the precise ecological niche represented by the situation in question, namely, an open, wet meadow of long grass, and sedges flanking a cold, rapid stream fringed with white cedar. (Only two speci- mens of the woodland jumping mouse, Napaeozapus insignis, have been reported from King Township (Ussher, Can. Field-Nat., 53: 102) and these were taken in a wooded area.) The writer was standing quietly by the creek when a small animal about fifty feet distant jumped from the grassy bank into a pool downstream. It struck the water lightly and instantly began swimming rapidly up- stream toward me. Its forward propulsion was not a smooth glide. Rather it was a rapid series of short advances, the animal swimming high in the water. The sound produced was a rhythmic patter, about five strokes per second, approximately the speed one can count with any articulate distinct- ness. Attaining a short ripples, the creature Nov.-Dec. 1947] emerged on a stick lodged near mid-stream. Here it was silhouetted against the glare of the water which revealed the mouse’s general conformation, the extremely long tail and the prominent ears. There was no doubt that it was a jumping mouse but then and _ sub- sequently its colour could not be determined. For several seconds the mouse remained quietly washing its face with its fore-feet, but suddenly it began capering about excited- ly in the rapids, finally jumping into the main stream and swimming rapidly toward me, again producing the pattering sound noticed previously. When within twenty feet of me it emerged on a small stone protuding from the swift current. Here the mouse seemed to become aware of me. It remained motionless for al- most ten seconds, as did the observer. The mouse resumed its face-washing and again this was followed by a lively sporting in the water — rolling on its side, circling, slithering — suggesting the manoeuvres of an otter. The performance left no doubt that the mouse was at home in the cold (54°F), rapid (two to three feet per second) stream. Fol- lowing this display the mouse re-emerged on the stone, paused briefly, then sprang to the bank and was off. Obviously neither fright nor accident en- tered into the circumstances of this behaviour. Apparently I had been witness to the bath and setting-up exercises of a jumping mouse prior to its embarking on crepuscular busi- ness. — L. L. SNYDER, Royal Ontario Mu- seum of Zoology, Toronto. An Opossum in Kent County, Ontario. — On February 15, 1947, an opossum, Didelphis vir- giniana Kerr, was found feeding in a corn field on the farm of Mr. Harry Blackburn, Lot 10, Concession 2, Chatham township, Kent County, Ontario. It “played dead” when ap- proached by a man and dog, remaining in that condition until carried to the house. The animal was very emaciated; the tip of the tail was missing from a recent injury. It was confined in a cage in a turkey house for several weeks, where it fed freely-on vege- tables. When it died, the body was shipped to the Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto. The only other records for the county were the two recorded by Dr. W. E. Saunders, in THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 199 1932, in “Notes on the Mammals of Ontario”, Trans. Roy. Can. Inst., Vol. 18, p. 272. These were captured near Blenheim and Rondeau “about February 1900”. A. A. WOOD, Chatham, Ontario. First Record of the Short-Tailed Shrew, (Blarina brevicauda manitobensis Anderson) in Saskatchewan.—Of great interest to nature lovers, particularly those interested in mam- mals, was the capture in late September, 1946, of a short-tailed shrew near Abernethy, Sas- katchewan. This specimen according to Dr. A. L. Rand, of the National Museum, Otta- wa, where the skin and skull were sent for identification, is the first specimen on record as having been taken west of Manitoba. The circumstances of its capture are as follows: I had just entered the large tree- bordered garden in search of a few ears of corn for supper when I was startled by a loud squealing noise beside me, and on look- ing up, saw a hen come out of the grass under the trees carrying a small struggling animal in her beak. On first sight I took it to be a meadow mouse and almost decided to let her kill and eat it in peace, but as she began to beat it on the ground, and I saw it at a different angle, I discerned at once that it was no common mouse, so changed my mind, gave chase, and after a short run overtook the hen and obtained my prize. — (Miss) M. E. BAKER, Regina, Sask. NOTICE OF MOTION The President, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Ottawa. : Mr. President: I wish to give notice that, at the next Annval Meeting of the Club, I shall propose, seconded by D.B.O. Savile, that the Consti- tution of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club be amended as fellows: That Sentence 1 of Article IV be amended to read: The annual membership fee for active mem- bers shall be three dollars and for associate members shall be one dollar, payable in advance immediately after the Annual Meet- ing. (signed) HAROLD A. SENN. 200 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 BOOK REVIEW The Grasses of Nova Scotia. By W. G. Dore and A. E. Roland. Proceedings Nova Scotian Institute of Science. Vol. XX, Pt. 4, pp. 177- 288, numerous figures and maps, index to Species. 1942. The grass family is an extremely important one but also one that presents many dif- ficulties for amateur botanists. Naturalists interested in the flora of Nova Scotia are most fortunate to have this lucid, well- illustrated treatment available for their use. After a general introduction to the Gra- mineae, keys are presented to the tribes; un- der each tribe there is a key to the genera and under each genus a key to the species. ‘There is a description of each genus and the keys to species are full enough to obviate the necessity for detailed specific de- scriptions. Line drawings are used to illus- trate the spikelets and ligules of many of the species; outline maps present the known dis- tribution of these species in Nova Scotia. Notes on habitat, occurrence, and special characteristics are given under each species. Varieties and minor forms are discussed and there are numerous references to the relevant literature. This important contribution to our knowledge of the Canadian flora is well printed on good quality paper. — HAROLD A. SENN. Fishes of the Pacific Coast of Canada. By W. A. Clemens and G. V. Wilby. Fisheries Research Board of Canada Bulletin 68. 1946. 368 pp. Illus. Paper $1.50; Cloth $2.00. This is one of the most valuable contribu- tions yet made to Canadian ichthyology. Since the publication of Jordan and Ever- mann’s four volume work on the Fishes of North and Middle America, no one has at- tempted to produce a work including keys and descriptions of all of the fishes of the continent and it is unlikely that a similar attempt will again be made, at least for a long time. Ichthyologists are now giving attention to the fishes of particular regions or of special groups. The present work will rank with the best of those dealing with the fish fauna of a particular region, in this case the salt water of the Pacific coast of Canada. For each of the 245 species recorded from this area, there is given a description, dis- tinguishing characteristics, distribution and occurrence in Canadian waters, life history and economic importance. Identification is facilitated by keys and illustrations of every species. The excellent illustrations are by F. L. Beebe. The treatment is accurate and up-to-date. The senior author, Dr. W. A. Clemens was from 1924 to 1940 Director of the Pacific Biological Station of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, and is now Professor of Zoology and Head of the De- partment of Zoology, University of British Columbia. This volume will fill a long-felt need for a work dealing with the marine fishes of our Pacific Coast. Those who will find it useful include, besides fishery biologists, those en- gaged in the fishing industry, teachers and students in coastal communities, naturalists and salt-water anglers. — J. R. DYMOND. CATALOGUE OF CANADIAN RECENT MAMMALS. By R. M. Anderson. Bulletin No. 102, National Museum of Canada, pp. v + 238, 1 map. Ottawa, Ont. 1946. 75c. With the publication of Dr. Anderson’s volume on the mammals of Canada, Canadian mammalogists and those merely interested in the mammals of Canada have, for the first time, in one volume a summary of existing information upon the classification and distribution of Canadian mammals. In it are treated all the forms of mammals (614) known, in 1946, to inhabit Canada, Newfoundland and Greenland. The first chapter is written for the be- ginner in mammalogy and introduces the broader aspects of distribution, and of verte- brate taxonomy and systematics. The complicated but fascinating subject of distribution is dealt with in but two short paragraphs in which mention is made of the Merriam Life Zones. The reviewer regrets that a more extensive treatment was not given to this phase of mammalogy, one that would have presented the more modern ecological concep‘s of the distribution of life forms. The body of the text treats with each species or subspecies separately. For each is given the scientific name, English and French vernacular names, a selected synono- my, statement of the type locality and an ou‘line of the range, both Canadian and extra-Canadian. In general form this part of the work is patterned after that used by Nov.-Dec. 1947] G. S. Miller in his 1924 List of North Ameri- can Recent Mammals but differs in being much more extensively documented. Many Canadian mammalogists will have reason to _be most grateful for this innovation. The justification for the provision of vernacular names in two languages for every subspecies of mammal inhabiting Canada is open to question. In fact the pointless nature of the task seems to have occurred to Dr. Anderson, for it is noted that he ceased coining vernacular names for Pero- myscus some time between 1938 and 1945. It is felt that the usefulness of the book would have been considerably enhanced if it had focussed attention upon the species by the provision of vernaculars for the species only, and by the arrangement of the races within the specific treatment. The list of type localities of mammals, described from Canada arranged by pro- vinees and territories will prove most use- ful to all interested in the study of North American mammals. This work has been compiled over a long period of years and gives evidence of much effective library research as well as a famil- iarity with the many small local collections of mammals in various parts of Canada upon which Dr. Anderson has had to draw for many of his data. Errors and omissions are few but some are of sufficient importance to bear notice. There is an inconsistency in the number of forms of mammals found in Canada. On page 10 it is stated to be 594 while on page 202 it is given as 614. The type locality of Aplodontia rufa rainieri (Mer- riam) is given as Hope, B.C. instead of Mount Rainier, Washington. Nowhere in the text is there mention of the occurrence of Cervus canadensis roosevelti on Van- couver Island although there are specimens from there in the National Museum col- lections. In giving the type locality of Sciurus lanu- ginosus he has continued an error long cur- rent but recently corrected. Fort Mc- Laughlin was on Campbell Island, B.C. not on Hunter Island. Euarctos randi is treated as a species on p. 38, as a subspecies on p. 190. There is one consistent departure from taxonomic procedure that is regrettable. That is the omission of a comma between the technical name and that of the authority other than the original describer. Thus it T.tE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 201 should be Microtus macfarlani Merriam but Microtus operarius macfarlani, Anderson. This omission makes it impossible to tell which of the citations to true synonyms are citations to the original descriptions of these and which merely to subsequent users. One new species, Microtus cantator and one new subspecies Blarina brevicauda ma- nitobensis are described. It is perhaps un- fortunate that the descriptions were not published elsewhere as many bibliographers may well miss them in their present location. The reviewer finds two other matters of format disturbing, one of these is the in- clusion here and there of scattered items of descriptive material, as for instance in the treatment of the racoons. These de- scriptive notes are of necessity too brief to be of much value and might have well been omitted. The other is the frequent in- clusion in the text of abbreviated citations (merely author, year and page) to papers for which full citation is given nowhere else in the book. It is as if a bibliography had been contemplated but not included. It is impossible to prepare a study such as the one under review without rendering judgments of one sort or another on the status of the various species and subspecies treated. The difficult question of insular forms has entered quite largely and some of the decisions reached are subject to question. For instance there is no adequate reason for recognizing Euarctos vancouveri or Lutra vancouverensis as species rather than subspecies. Contrariwise, Anderson has followed Ja- cobi in considering Rangifer dawsoni as a subspecies of Rangifer arcticus. Jacobi had no opportunity of examining specimens of this caribou and in the reviewer’s opinion he erred in his judgment in this regard. Existing evidence certainly justifies the re- cognition of this insular caribou as a species. Ever since Merriam’s descriptions of the plethora of species and subspecies of grizzly bears in western North America the mam- malogist has been in a quandry as to the identification, recognizeability and distribu- tion of the various supposed forms. Ander- son has followed Merriam and in this respect the current volume offers nothing to the clarification of this difficult problem. Typographical errors have a way of ap- pearing despi’e the vigilance of the proof- reader but they have been kept to a mini- mum and few are of much importance. The 202 THE CANADIAN volume is provided with an excellent index to genera, species, subspecies and English vernacular names. These few errors are of such nature that they will concern but a very small part of the potential users of the volume and the volume will rank as an essential tool to all naturalists in Canada, as a bible to mamma- logists. The author and the printer are to be commended on a good job well done. — IAN MCT. COWAN. AUDUBON BIRD GUIDE. EASTERN LAND BIRDS. By Richard H. Pough, illustrated by Don Eckelberry, 35% x 734, XXXVI + 312 pp., 48 plates, 1946, Doubleday and Com- pany, Garden City, New York, price $3.00. This is a field book for identification and a guide to habits and habitat. The area covered is eastern North America, north of Mexico, and west to the great plains. The treatment is by species, subspecies being ignored, and some 275 species are dealt with: the parrott, cuckoos, owls, goatsuckers, swift, kingfishers, woodpeckers, cotinga, and perching birds. The unique feature of this guide is the series of 48 piates, grouped in the center of the book, on which each species covered is illustrated, sometimes in more than one plumage. Each species has about a page allotted to it and the information is given under five headings: identification, with notes on behavior and field marks (no de- scription is given, the plates taking its place); habits, including habitat and food; voice; nest, including description of eggs; and range abbreviated from A.O.U. Check- list. No keys are given. The foreword of 15 pages, with sections on a number of aspects of bird life and observation, tries to cover too much ground and some sections would have been better omitted entirely and so allowed fuller and better introductory treatment of the material in the body of the book. The text is very readable and the volume should be useful for identification, and sup- ply a synopsis of information about the species trea‘ed. Of course, no bird guide takes the place of a manual. In the short classified bibliography of books intended to be useful to the amateur, references are listed; some seem rather advanced and technical for the users of a bird guide, and most unaccountably what is still the single FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 most useful book on birds of eastern North America is missing Chapman’s “Hand Book’’. The end papers are maps by Shelford on which the classical life zones are correlated — with biomes. — A. L. RAND. Snyder, L. L. and T. M. Shortt. 1946. Variation in Bonasa umbellus, with particular reference to the species in Canada east of the Rockies. Can. Jour. Res., D, Vol. 24, pp. 118-133. Compared with the treatment of Aldrich and Friedmann (1943, Condor, 45, pp. 85-103) an additional subspecies is recognized, canes- cens of Todd from northern Ontario and Quebec, that is greyer than togata to the south and darker than umbelloides to the west. A numerical scale is presented that makes this latter separation seem convincing. The type locality of wmbelloides is changed from Henry House, Alberta, as fixed by Todd, to Lae la Nonne, Alberta, on the basis of a study of Douglas’ Journal. An interesting feature is the tabular statement of the proportion of color phases represented. The term ‘super-subspecies’ is used here, without any precise definition for what are usually called by the neutral term ‘groups’. The suggested western origin and eastern expansion of the grey northern group does not accord well with the general concept of a north-western expansion of many species following the retreat of glaciers of the ice age. — A. L. RAND. FOR SALE: OLD BOOKS... SCARCE EARLY ITEMS ON ALL SUBJECTS. Our old Naturalists Library Catalog free on request. 25% discount to all Readers of Canadian Field-Naturalist. We also buy old Libraries and lots... books, pamphlets or documents of all kinds. Send list (or general description) briefly. Please mention this Journal when answer- ing, or ordering, so we may know if to continue advertising. @lbd Authors Farm, R.R. No. 1, MORRISBURG, ONTARIO, CANADA. Nov.-Dec. 1947] THE CANADIAN THE RUFFED GROUSE, its life story, ecology and management. By Frank. C. Edminster. The Macmillan Company, New York, 1947, 9 x 6 inches, pp. 385, 157 photo- graphs; $5.00 in Canada. There have been books written about the ruffed grouse before now, but this is the first and only popular reference book. It takes its place alongside of similar works on the bobwhite, the red grouse, the blue- wiged teal and the canvasback among birds and a few similar works on mammals. The results of years of study by the Conservation Department of New York State are sum- marized along with published scientific re- ports from numerous sources. The book thus refers especially to New York State, but applies very well to adjoining areas — for example to the woodlot grouse of south- ern Ontario. It does not apply to grouse in most Canada except in a general way, put the generalizations are broad enough to be of concern to anyone interested in grouse and the descriptions of grouse in New York State will be of interest to anyone concerned with grouse. There are discussions of the life history of the ruffed grouse, its relations with its habitat, and with other animals therein. There are accounts of diseases and parasites, of the effect of man on grouse, on the grouse population problem, and on manage- ment of the ruffed grouse. The last-named chapter is quite unique. It deals with methods of increasing grouse by making the habitat more suitable for them. The procedure generally requires the discrimi- nate use of axe and saw on the forest, plus a certain amount of interplanting and other procedures. Occasions for restocking are practically non-existent. The question of predators and grouse has been carefully dealt with, and the result is a very worthwhile contribution. The elimi- nation of predators did not prevent a high decimation of peak populations and it is concluded that there is no evidence to justify intensive control for the benefit of grouse. The one unsatisfactory chapter is that dealing with the “cycle” question. The writer states, “In order to evaluate the evidence on grouse cycles, let us now con- sider the many causes, features, and charac- teristics of cycles and see how they fit into our knowledge of Bonasa umbellus.” He then proceeds to discuss eleven different headings which presumably relate to cycles in general, and in fact one is referred to FIELD-NATURALIST 203 as “a characteristic of true cyclic species”. It is futile to express agreement or dis- agreement. So far as any evidence in the text is concerned this pattern, with which the grouse is compared, might be made from whole cloth. This reviewer, and per- haps others concerned with animal popula- tions every day of their working lives, would be glad to be convinced as to how to tell a “true cyclic species” from its antithesis, presumably a ‘false cyclic species.” We feel that the terminology is getting ahead of the research. Grouse in representative Ontario localities have a definite cycle, averaging ten years. The author would apparently be prepared to say something similar for New York grouse except that there have been no “declines” since 1924. We have certainly had declines here, though with many local variations. We may pardon the author a few contra- dictions because he is obviously still com- pletely open-minded. His:summary on cycles, to which the sportsman and reader will turn, is more satisfactory and will have the most excellent effect of guiding the sportman’s - thinking on the ‘grouse problem” towards intelligent observations and support of re- search. — C. H. D. CLARKE. LIST OF YUKON BIRDS AND THOSE OF THE CANOL ROAD. By A. L. Rand, Na- tional Museum of Canada, Bull. No. 105, Dept. of Mines and Resources, Ottawa, 1946; pp. 76; price .25c. This is the first authoritative list of Yukon birds to be published and it is ac- companied by a complete history of ornitho- logical collecting and observation in the Territory. This makes it a datum from which any future worker can start. The species recorded total 147. There is no question but that the Yukon avifauna is a splendid field for study, open to anyone who has an opportunity to go. should have the effect of pointing the way. It would seem that the author did not have access to a manuscript report of this Rand’s list. reviewer’s observations in Yukon which was ~ deposited in the author’s own Department. This we find both regrettable and incompre- hensible. It would have given him about eight more species as well as more data from some important localities. There is a striking mingling of western and northern elements in the bird life of the Yukon which makes the Territory at- tractive to any ornithologist. — C. H. D. CLARKE. 204 “ERE THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 INDEX TO VOLUME 61 JES qe Abies balsamea, 75 Acanthis flammea, 37, 172; hornemanni, 37; linaria, 114; lL. linaria, 55 Accipiter, 66; cooperi, 27, 48, 108; gentilis, 26; striatus, 26, 163; velox, 108; v. velox, 48 Acer Negundo var. interius, 92; num, 56; saccharum, 56; spicatum, 92 Achillea lanulosa, 72, 97; multiflora, 97; sibirica, 97 Acorus Calamus, 81 Acredula caudata, 117 Actaea rubra, 86 Actitis macularia, 28, 50, 109, 166 Aechmophorus occidentalis, 106, 162 Aegithalos caudatus, 117 Agastache anethiodora, 95; Foeniculum, 72, 95. Agelaius phoeniceus, 36, 114, 141, 171; p. phoeniceus, 54 Agonid, 39 Agoseris glauca, 97 Agoseris, Smooth, 97 Agrimonia striata, 88 Agrimony, 88 Agropyron cristatum, 76; dasystachyum, 76; molle, 76; repens, 76; Richardsonii, 76; Smithii, 76, var. molle, 76; subsecundum, 76; tenerum, 76; trachycaulwm, 72; var. novae-angliae, 72, 76, var. typicum, 72, 76, var. unilaterale, 72, 76 Agrostis hyemalis, 76; palustris, 76; 74, 76; stolonifera, 76 Aix sponsa, 107 Alces americana americana, 160 Alder, Green, 84 Alfalfa, 90 Alisma brevipes, 175; brevipes, 75 ikali-grass, Nuttall’s, 78 Allium stellatum, 81, 116 Alnus crispa, 84; incana, 84; rugosa, 72, var. americana, 84 Alopecurus aequalis, 76; aristulatus, 76 Alopex lagopus, 15 Alpine plan‘s in the Pigeon Lake district of Alberta, by George H. Turner, 126 Alum Root, 88 Amaranthus graecizans, 85; retroflexus, 85 Amarella acuta, 94 Ambrosia coronopifolia, 97; psilostachya var. coronopifolia, 97; trifida, 97 Amelanchier alnifolia, 72, 88 American species of Amelanchier, reviewed by Harold A. Senn, 70 Ammospiza caudacuta, 114 Anas acuta, 26, 163; carolinense, 26, 163; discors, 117; platyrhynchos, 26, 107, 131, 162, p. platyrhynchos, 48; rubripes, 26, 48 Andromeda Polifolia, 72, 93 Androsace puberulenta, 94; var. puberulenta, 94 Androsace, Puberulent, 94. scabra, Plantago-aquatica ssp. geniculatus var. septentrionalis sSacchari- - Anemone canadensis, 72, 86; cylindrica, 72, 86; globosa, 86; multifida, 72, var. hudso- niana, 86 Anemone, Crocus, 86; Wood, 86 Another hybrid flicker in the Ottawa District, by Roger G. S. Bidwell, 21 Antennaria campestris, 97; canadensis, 97; microphylla, 97; nitida, 97; parvifolia, 97; pulcherrima, 97; rosea, 97 Anthopogon tonsum, 94 Anthus spinoletta, 33, 170 Anticlea elegans, 82 Antrostomus vociferus vociferus, 50 Aplodontia rufa rainieri, 201 Apocynum androsaemifoliwm, 94; cannabi- num var. hypericifolium, 94; scopulorum, 94; sibiricum, 94. Aquatic behaviour of a jumping mouse, by L. L. Snyder, 198 Aquila chrysaetos, 163 Aquilegia brevistyla, 86 Arabis Drummondii, 87; glabra, 87; hirsuta ‘var. pycnocarpa, 87; lyrata var. kamcha- tica, 87; ovata, 87 Aralia nudicaulis, 72, 93 Arbutus, Trailing, 11 Archilochus colubris, 29, 50, 111 Arctic zone, 12 Arctium minus, 97 Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, 72, 93 Ardea herodias, 24, 106, 131, h. herodias, 47 Arenaria dawsonensis, 85; lateriflora, 85; serpyllifolia, 85 Argentina Anserina 88 Arnica Chamissonis, 97 Arnica, Leafy, 97 Arrow-grass, Marsh, 75; Seaside, 75 Arrowhead, Arum-leaved, 75; Graceful, 75 Artemisia, 116; Abrotanum, 97; Absinthium, 97; biennis, 97; caudata, 97; frigida, 97; gnaphalodes, 72, 97; pabularis, 97 Asclepias ovalifolia, 94; syriaca, 40. Ash, Lance-leaved, 94 Asio otus, 166; o.otus, 196; nov., 196, 197; o.wilsonianus, wilsonianus, 111 Aspen, Trembling, 82 Asphodel, Sticky, 81 Aster angustus, 98; conspicuus, 97; ericoides f. typica, 97; junciformis, 98; laevis, 72, — 98; Lindleyanus, 72, 98; longulus, 98; multiflorus, 97; Osterhoutii, 74, 98; ptar- micoides, 98; puniceus, 72, 98 Aster, Villose Golden, 98 Astragalus adsurgens, 89; canadensis, 89; frigidus var. americanus, 90; goniatus, 90; hypoglottis, 90; striatus, 89; succulentus,, $9 o.tuftsi subsp. 195, 197; Nov.-Dec. 1947] CHE CANADIAN Astur atricapillus, 108; gentilis, 163 Atriplex patula 85, var. hastata, 85, var. sub- spicata, 85 Audubon bird guide. Eastern land birds, re- viewed by A. L. Rand, 202 Avena fatua, 76; Hookeri, 72, 76; striata, 78 Avens, 116, -Cut-leaved, 88; Purple, 88; Three-flowered, 88; Yellow, 88 Axyris amaranthoides, 85 es ees Baillie, James L., Jr. The double-crested cormorant nesting in Ontario, 119 Baker, M. E. First record of the short-tailed shrew, (Bla- rina brevicauda manitobensis Anderson) in Saskatchewan, 199 Balanus balanoides, 12 Baldpate, 23, 62, 65, 66, 107, 132 Baneberry, Red, 86 Barley, Wild, 77 Barnyard-grass, 76 Barraclough, W. E. A new record of a species of agonid fish, Occa verrucosa (Lockington) from the west coast of Vancouver Island, British Colum- bia, 39 Bat, Northwestern Long-legged, 147 Batrachium trichophyllum, 86 Bean, Golden, 90 ‘Bear, Grizzly, 147; Rocky Mountain Black, 147 ‘Bearberry, 93 Beaver, Canada, 154 Beckmannia Syzigachne, 74, 76 Bedstraw, Small, 96; Sweet-scented, 96 Bellflower, Marsh, 97 Bent, Creeping, 76; Marsh Creeping, 76 Bergamot, Wild, 95 Betula fontinalis, 84; glandulifera, 84; glan- dulosa, 72, 84; occidentalis, 84; papyrifera, 72, 84, var. humilis, 84, var. neoalaskana, 84, var. glandulifera, 84. Bidens glaucescens, 98 ‘Bidwell, Roger G. S. Another hybrid flicker in the Ottawa dis- trict, 21 ‘Bilberry, Dwarf, 94 Bilderdykia Convolvulus, 85 ‘Bindweed, American, 94 ‘Birch, Ground, 84 ‘Birds of the vicinity of North Bay, Ontario, by Doris H. Speirs and J. Murray Speirs, 23 Bison bison athabascae, 161, b. bison, 161 ‘Bison, Plains, 161; Wood, 161 Bithynis grandimanus, 135, 136, 138 ‘Bitter-créss, 87 : ‘Bittern, American, 24, 47, 106; Least, 23 FIELD-NATURALISL 205 Blackbird, Brewer’s, 66, 114, 133; Crow, 11, 36; Red-winged, 11, 24, 36, 61-63, 66, 114, 141, 171; Rusty, 36, 54, 62, 114; Yellow- headed, 114 Black-eyed Susan, 99 Bladder Campion, 86 Bladderwort, 96; Greater, 96 Blanket Flower, 98 Blarina brevicauda manitobensis, 199, 201 Blazing Star, Meadow, 99 Blitum capitatum, 85 Bluebell, Common, 97 Blueberry, Canada, 94 Bluebird, Eastern, 33, 53; Mountain, 170; Red-breasted, 33; Western, 65 Blue-bur, Nodding, 95 Blue-grass, Alkali, 77; Annual, 77; Canada, 77; Fowl, 77; Inland, 77; Kentucky, 78; Sandberg’s, 78 Bluejoint, 76 Bluets, Long-leaved, 96 Bobolink, 23, 36 Bob-white, 65 Bog, Sphagnum, 72 Bombycilla cedrorum, 33, 53, 113, 133, 170; garrula, 170 Bonasa umbellus, 27, 109, 140, 164, 203; uw. togata, 48 Botaurus lentiginosus, 24, 47, 106 Botrichium Lunaria, 74; multifidum, 74; silaefolium, 74; virginianum, 74 Bottle-tit, 117 Bourguignon, A. E. A long-tailed jaeger at Ottawa, Ontario, 17, Bouteloua gracilis, 76 Brachyactis angusta, 98 Brachyramphus marmoratus, 132 Brant, American, 26; Black, 66; Common, 26 Branta bernicla, 26; canadensis, 24, 106, 162, c.canadensis, 47 Brassica juncea, 87 Breitung, August J. Catalogue of the vascular plants of central eastern Saskatchewan, 71 Brome, Awnless, 76; Fringed, 76 Bromus altissimus, 76; ciliatus, 72, 76; iner- mis, 76; latiglumis, 76; Pumpellianus, 72, 76 Brooks, Allan The brown rat, Rattus British Columbia, 68 Brown, A. W. A. Cougar seen near Medicine Hat, Alberta, 174 Brown N. R. A mouse-catching crow, 68 Observations on the birds of Petawawa norvegicus, in 206 Military Reserve and surrounding district, Renfrew County, Ontario, 47 Occurrence of the wood turtle on the Peta- wawa Reserve, Renfrew County, Ontario, 67 Brown rat, Rattus norvegicus, in British Co- lumbia, The, by Allan Brooks, 68 Bubo virginianus, 29, 111, 166, v. virginianus 50 Buckbean, 94 Buckthorn, Alder-leaved, 92 Buckwheat, Wild, 85 Buffalo-bean, Succulent, 90 Buftalo-berry, Low, 92 Buffle-head, 26, 62, 63, 65, 66, 107, 132 Bum-barrel, 117 Bunch-berry, 93 Bunting, Eastern Snow, 55; Snow, 38, 60-65, 115 Bur-reed, Broad-fruited, 75; 75; Small 75 Bush-tit, 66, 117 Buteo borealis, 108, b.borealis, 48; jamai- censis, 27, 132, 163; lagopus, 27, l. s.-johan- nis, 48; lineatus, 27, l.lineatus, 48; pla- typterus, 27, 108, 163, p.platypterus, 48; swainsoni, 163 Butorides virescens, 24, v.virescens, 47 Buttercup, Celery-leaved, 86; Lapland, 86; Prairie, 86; Seaside, 86; Tall, 86 eof Calamagrostis americana, 76; canadensis, 72, 76; elongata, 76; inexpansa, 74, 76; mi- crantha, 76; montanensis, 76; neglecta, i2.a16 Calamovilfa longifolia, 76 Calcarius lapponicus, 38, 115 Calcinus latens, 135 Calidris canutus, 28, 132 Calla palustris, 81 Calla, Marsh, 81 Callitriche autwmnalis, 92; verna, 92 Caltha palustris, 86 Calypso borealis, 82; bulbosa, 82 Camas, Smooth, 82 Camelina microcarpa, 87 Campanula aparinoides, 97; rotundifolia, 97 Canachites canadensis, 108, 127, 164, c.canace, 8, c.osgoodi, 127; franklini, 164 Canadian Field-Naturalist, Subscribers to, May, 1947, 101 Canis latrans, 149, l.incolatus, 149, l.lestes, 149; lupus, 149, l.columbianus, 149, L.irre- motus, 149, l.occidentalis, 149 Canves-back, 23, 65, 66, 107 Capella delicata, 50; gallinago, 28 Caprimulgus vociferus, 29 Indigo, 37, 54; Many-stalked, palustris, 92; THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Capsella Bursa-pastoris, 87 Caraway, 93 Cardamine pennsylvanica, 87; pratensis, 87 Cardinal, 37, 62-65 Carex abbreviata, 72, 78; alopecoidea, 78; angarae, 80; aquatilis, 72; atherodes, 80; athrostachya, 78; atratiformis, 78; aurea, 78; Backii, 78; Bebbii, 78; brunnescens, 78; canescens, 78; capillaris, 78; chordor- rhiza, 78; concinna, 72, 78; Crawfordii, 78; Deweyana, 78; diandra, 72, 78; dis- perma 78; durifolia, 78; festivella, 78; Gar- beri var. bifaria, 78; gynocrates, 72, 78; Heleonastes, 78; heliophila, 72, 78; Hooke- riana, 78; inflata, 72, var. utriculata, 80; 7in- terior, 80; lacustris, 74, 80; lanuginosa, 80; lasiocarpa, 72, var. americana, 80; lepta- lea, 80; limosa, 72, 80; livida, 72, 80; me- dia, 80; obtusata, 80; Oederi var. pumila, 80; Parrayana, 80; paupercula, 80; Pec- kii, 80; praegracillis, 80; prairea, 72, 80; pratensis, 80; praticola, 80; Pseudo-Cype- rus, 80; retrorsa, 80; Richardsonii, 80; Rossii, 80; saltuensis, 80; Sartwellii, 80; siccata, 80; Sprengeli, 80; stipata, 80; synchnocephala, 80; tenella, 78; tenera, 80; tenuiflora, 80; Torreyi, 78; tricho- carpa var. aristata, 72, 80; utriculata, 80; vaginata, 80; Vahlii var. inferalpina, 80; viridula, 80; xerantica, 80 Caribou, Rocky Mountain, Woodland, 161 Carpodacus purpureus, 37, 114, p. purpureus,, 55 Carum Carvi, 93 Castalia Leibergi, 86 Castilleja rhexifolia, 72, 95 Castor canadensis canadensis, 154 Catalogue of Canadian recent mammals, re- viewed by Ian McT. Cowan, 200 Catalogue of the vascular plants of central eastern Saskatchewan, by August J. Brei- tung, 71 Catbird, 32, 52, 61, 112, 169 Catchfly, Night-flowering, 86 Cat-tail, 75 Cedar, Red, 116 Celtis occidentalis, 141 Ceophloeus pileatus, 30, 111, 167, p.abieti- cola, 51 Cepphus columba, 133 Cerastiwum campestre, 85; gatum var. hirsutum, 85 Ceratophyllum demersum, 86 Certhia familiaris, 32, 133, 169, f.americana,. 52 % Cervus canadensis nelsoni, 159, c.roosevelti, 291 160; Western nutans, 85; vul-. Nov.-Dec. 1947] THE CANADIAN Chaetura pelagica, 29, 50 Chamaedaphne calyculata, 93 Chamaenerion spicatum, 92 Chamaepericlimenum canadense, 93 Chamaesyce glyptosperma, 90; serpyllifolia, 92 Chamomile, Scentless, 99 Chamomilla suaveolens, 99 Chara, 74 Charadrius hiaticula, 27, 166; 166 Charitonetta albeola, 107 Chat, Long-tailed, 22 Chaulelasmus streperus, 107, 131 vociferus, 27, Cheirinia aspera, 87; cheiranthoides, 87; inconspicua, 87 Chen caerulescens, 26 Chenopodium album, 85; capitatum, 85; hybridum, 85; polyspermum, 85; rubrum, 85; salinum, 85 Cherry, Low Sand, 89; Pin, 89 Chickadee, Black-capped, 11, 31, 52, 60-67, 112, 168; Brown-headed, 32, 60-62, 64, 65; Chestnut-backed, 116; Gamble, 169; Hud- sonian, 32, 67, 112, 169; Oregon, 117 Chickadees and bush-tit in the Lower Fraser Valley, B.C., by M. W. Holdom, 116 Chicken, Prairie, 109 Chickweed, Long-stalked, 85; Northern, 86 Chiogenes hispidula, 93 Chipmunk, Buff-bellied, 151; ern, 152; Rufous-tailed, 151 Chlidonias nigra, 29, 110, n.surinamensis, 117 Choke-cherry, black-fruited, 89 Chordeiles minor, 29, 111, 167, m.minor, 50 Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum var. pinna- tifidum, 98 Chrysopsis villosa, 98 Chrysoplenium iowense, 88 : Cicuta bulbifera, 93; maculata, 93; occiden- talis, 93 Cinclus mexicanus, 169 Cinna latifolia, 76 Cinquefoil, Diffuse, 89; Glabrate, 89; Marsh, 89, Plains, 89; Rough, 89; Shrubby, 88; Three-toothed, 89; White, 88; Woolly, 88 Circaea alpina, 92 Circus cyaneus, 27, 164; hudsonius, 48, 108 Cirsium arvense, 98, var. integrifolium, 98; Little North- Drummondti, 98; muticum, 74, 98; seto- sum, 98; undulatum, 98 Cistothorus platensis, 32; stellaris, 52 Citellus columbianus columbianus, 151; late- ralis tescorum, 150, 152 Cladium mariscoides, 80 Clangula hyemalis, 26, 132 ClarkenCe H. D. FIELD-NATURALIST 207 Review of List of Yukon birds and those of the Canal road, 203 Review of the ruffed grouse, its life story, ecology and management, 203 Clemmys insculpta, 67 Clethrionomys, 68; gapperi, 69, g.athabascae, 156, g.galez, 156 Clibinarius zebra, 135 .Cloudberry, 89 Clover, Alsike, 90; Low Yellow, 90; Owl’s, 95; Prairie, 116; Red, 90; White, 90; White Sweet, 90; Yellow Sweet, 90 Club-moss, Stiff, 74; Trailing, 74 Clutch size in the spruce grouse and theo- retical considerations of some factors af- fecting clutch size, by A. L. Rand, 127 Coccyzus erythropthalmus, 29, 50, 111 Cockle, Drummond’s, 86 Cocklebur, 100 Coeloglossum bracteatum, 82 Colapiesmaunatusiec 29 Ie a.luteus, 51; cafer, 21, 133, 167 Collomia linearis, 94 Colt’s-foot, Arrow-leaved, 99; Palmate-leaved, 99 Columbine, 86 Colymbus auritus, 24, 106, 131; grisegena, 21, 131; holboelli, 106; mnigricollis, 106 Comandra livida, 84; pallida, 72, 84 Comarum palustre, 89 Compsothlypis americana, 34, a.pusiila, 53 Convolvulus americanus, 94; sepium var. americanus, 94 Cook, Frankland S. Notes on some fall and winter birds of the Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia, i331 Coot, American, 23, 63, 65, 66, 109, 132 Copaea nemoralis, 69 Coptidium lapponicum, 86 Corallorhiza maculata, 82; da, 82 129, 167, striata, 82; trifi- - Coral-root, Early, 82; Large, 82; Striped, 82 Cord-grass, Alkali, 78 Cormorant, Double-crested, 66, 119; Pelagic, 66, 131 Cornus canadensis, 72, 93; var. Baileyi, 93 Corthylio calendula, 113, c.calendula, 53 Corvus brachyrhynchos, 31, 112, 168, b.bra- chyrhynchos, 52,68; caurinus, 133; corazx, Sleet tisse 163 Corydalis aurea, 87 Corydalis, Golden, 87 Corylus cornuta, 72, 84; rostrata, 84 Coturnicops noveboracensis, 109 Couch-grass, 76; Western, 76 Cougar, 174; Rocky Mountain, 150 stolonifera, 72, 208 THE CANADIAN Cougar seen near Medicine Hat, Alberta, by A. W. A. Brown, 174 Cow Wheat, 95 Cowan, Ian McT. Review of Catalogue of Canadian recent mammals, 200 Cowania, 180 Cowbird, 11, 24, 36, 61, 114, 141; Eastern, 54 Coyote, 149 Cranberry, Dry-ground, 94; Low-bush, 96; Swamp, 94 Crane, Sandhill, 109 Crangon, 135, 136; pacificus, 135, 138 Crataegus chrysocarpa, 88 Creeper, Brown, 32, 60-65, 133, 169; Eastern Brown, 52 Crepis runcinata, 98; tectorum, 98 Cress, Lyre-leaved Rock, 87; Meadow Bitter, 87; Penny, 87; Rock, 87 Criddle, Stuart A nest of the least weasel, 69 Microtus minor and prairie lily, 116 Timber wolf den and pups, 115 Crocethia alba, 28 Crossbill, Red, 11, 37, 62, 114; White-winged, 23, 60-62, 65, 114, 172 Crow, 60-66; American, 11, 31, 112, 168; Eastern, 52, 68; Northwestern, 133 Crowberry, 92 Crowfoot, White Water, 86; Yellow Water, 86 Crustacea, Decapod, 134 Cryptoglaux acadica acadica, 50 Cuckoo, Black-billed, 29, 50, 111 Curlew, Hudsonian, 23 Currant, Fetid, 88; Northern Black, 88; Swamp Red, 88; Wild Black, 88 Cuscuta Gronovii, 94 Cyanocitta cristata, 31, 112, c.cristata, 52; stelleri, 22 Cyanococcus canadensis, 94 Cyclograpsus henshawi, 135, 137 Cygnus columbianus, 131 Cypripedium Calceolus var. parviflorum, 82, var. pubescens, 82; parviflorum, 82; passe- rinum, 82; pubescens, 82 Cystopteris fragilis, 74 Cytherea bulbosa, 82 = | Dafila acuta, 107, a.tzitzithoa, 48 Daisy, Ox-eye, 98 Dandelion, Common, 100 Danthonia intermedia, 72, 76 Dardanus asper, 135 Darnel, 77 Dasiphora fruticosa, 88 Débassaire, 117 High-bush, 96; FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Deer, Rocky Mountain Mule, 159; tailed, 159 Delphinium Brownii, 126; glaucum, 126;. scopulorum var. glaucum, 126 Dendragapus obscurus, 132, 164 Dendroica aestiva, 113, 117, a. aestiva, 53; au- duboni, 171; caerulescens, 35, 113, c.caeru- lescens, 53; castanea, 35, 53; coronata, 35, 53, 113, 171; fusca, 35, 53, 113; magnolia, 34, 53, 113; palmarum, 35, 113; pensylva- nica, 35, 53, 1138; petechia, 34, 171; pinus,. 35, p. pinus, 54; striata, 35,-1713 ‘tgrinag, 35, 53; virens, 35, 113, v.virens, 53 Deschampsia caespitosa, 72, 76 Descurainia pinnata, 87; Richardsonii, 87 Devitt, O. E. Some recent observations on the birds of Banff National Park, Alberta, 117 Dewberry, 89 Didelphis virginiana, 199 Diervilla Lonicera, 96; trifida, 96 Dipper, 65; American, 169 Dirca, 11 Disporum trachycarpum, 81 Distegia involucrata, 96 Dock, Golden, 85; Narrow-leaved, 85; West- ern, 85 Dodder, Common, 94 Dodecatheon pauciflorum, 94 Dogbane, Spreading, 94 Dolichonyx oryzivorous, 36 Dore, W. G. Glyceria maxima in Canada, 174 Double-erested cormorant nesting in Ontario, The, by James L. Baillie, Jr., 119 Dove, Eastern Mourning, 50; Mourning, 23, 62-64, 111, 166; Rock, 60-62, 64, 65 Dovekie, 60 Draba altaica, 186; lutea, 87; var. leiocarpa, 87, repens, 186 Dracocephalum Nuttallii, 95; parviflorum, 95 Dragonhead, 95 American, 95 Dropseed, Prairie, 78 Drosera intermedia, 72; linearis, 87; folia, 87; rotundifolia, 88 Dryadea Drummondii, 182 Dryadeae, 177, 180 Dryas, The genus in North America, by A. E. Porsild, 175 Dryas, 175-192; ajanensis, 176, 190; alaskensis sp. nov., 181, 182, 187; caucasica, 176; cha- maedrifolia, 176, 182; subsect. chamaedri- foliae, 176, 177, 179, 181, 186, 190, 191; Chamissonis, 177, 179, 182, 184, 189, 190; crenulata, 177, 182, 190, 191, X punctata, 186; dasypetala, 176; Drummondi, 175- 177, 180-182, var. tomentosa, 176, 181, 182, 185, 186; sect. Eudryas, 176, 177, 179, 184; White- nemorosa longi- Nov.-Dec. 1947] THE CANADIAN grandis, 176, 177; Henricae, 185, 186; Hookeriana, 177, 181, 184, 186, 187, 189, X integrifolia, 189; incisa, 176; integri- folia, 175-177, 179, 181, 182, 184, 187-192, var. canescens, 182, 185, 186, 188, 189, f.in- termedia, 188, X octopetala, 189, var. syl- vatica, 191, 192; kamtschatica, 177; ner- vosa, 176; sect. Nothodryas, 176, 177, 181, 182; octopetala, 175-177, 180, 181, 184-187, 189-191, var. argentea, 184-186, var. Drwm- -mondii, 182, X Drummondii, 182, ssp. Hookeriana, 185-187, var. integrifolia, 188, var. longifolia, 177, var. minor, 176, ssp. punctata, 185, var. vestita, 185; oxydonta, 176; punctata, 177, 179, 181, 184, 186, 190, var. Henricae stat. nov., 186; subsect. Punctatae, 176, 177, 179, 181, 186, 187; Siindermannii, 182; sylvatica comb. nov., 181, 182, 191, 192; tenella, 177, 178; sub- sect. Tenellae, 176, 177, 179, 182, 190, 192; tomentosa, 176, 182; Tschonoskii, 176, 190; viscosa, 177 Drymocallis agrimonioides, 88 Dryobates pubescens, 30, 111, p.medianus, 51; villosus, 30, 111, 167, v. villosus, 51 Dryopteris cristata, 74; disjuncta, 74; Lin- naeana, 74; spinulosa, 74 Duck, Black, 26, 48, 60-65; Greater Scaup, 26, 62, 132; Harlequin, 66, 132, 163; Les- ser Scaup, 26, 48, 62, 107; Mallard, 26, 48, 64, 117, 131, 162; Ring-necked, 26, 48, 107; Ruddy, 107; Scaup, 61-66; Wood, 23, 107 Duckweed, Ivy-leaved, 81; Lesser, 81 Dumetella carolinensis, 32, 52, 112, 169 Dunbar, M. J. Note on the delimitation of the arctic and subarctic zones, 12 “ Dunlin, 28 Dymond, J. R. Longevity of captive snails, 69 Review of Fishes of the Pacific Coast of Canada, 200 : Eoin Dna Eagle, Bald, 27, 60, 63-66, 108, 132; Golden, 23, 163 Early breeding record of the starling in Ontario, An, by Wm. L. Putman, 115 Echinochloa crusgalli, 76 Echinocystis lobata, 97 Egret, American, 23; Great White, 23 Elanoides forficatus forficatus, 198 Elder, Box, 92; Red-berried, 96 Elaeagnus argentea, 92; commutata, 92 Eleocharis acicularis, 80; palustris, 80; pau- ciflora, 80; uniglumis, 81 ; Elm, American, 56, 84 Elymus canadensis, 77; hirtiflorus, 77; inno- FIELD-NATURALIST 209 vatus, 72, 77; Macounti, 77; philadelphi- cus, 77; virginicus var. submuticus, 77 Emma Lake, Saskatchewan, Notes on the birds of, by F. M. Mowat, 105 Empetrum nigrum, 92 Empidonax flaviventris, 30, 112; S10). ayih alae 51 Epilobium adenocaulon, 92; 92; glandulosum var. lineare, 93; monticola, 93 Equisetum affine, 74; arvense, 72, 74; flu- viatile, 74; limosum, 74; palustre, 74; pra- tense, 74; prealtum, 72, 74; scirpoides, 72, 74; sylvaticum var. pauciramosum, 74; variegatum, 74 Erethizon dorsatum nigrescens, 157 Ereunetes mauri, 28; pusillus, 28, 110 Erigeron asper, 98; canadensis, 98; Drum- minimus, troll; 30, LIZ ABT, WEatail, angustifolium, adenocaulon, 92; oliganthwm, 93; palustre var. mondii, 98; glabellus, 72, 98; lonchophyl- lus, 98; philadelphicus, 98; racemosus, 98; ramosus, 98 Eriophorum alpinum, 81; augustifolium, 81; Chamissonis, 81; gracile, 81; opacuwm, 81; russeolum, 81; spissum, 81; viridicarina- tum, 72, 81 Erismatura jamaicensis, 107 - Erolia alpina, 28; bairdii, 28; melanotos, 28; minutilla, 28 Erroneous record of the swallow-tailed kite in New Brunswick, An, by W. Austin Squires, 198 Erysimum asperum, 87; parviflorum, 87 Euarctos americanus cinnamomum, randi, 201; vancouveri, 201 Eupatorium Bruneri, 98; maculatum var. Bruneri stat. nov., 98; purpurewm, var. Bruneri, 98 Euphagus carolinus, 36, 54, 114; cyanocepha- lus, 114, 133 Euphorbia glyptosperma, 90; Peplus, 92; serpyllifolia, 92 European praying mantis (Mantis religiosa L.) at Hamilton, Ontario, The, by W. W. Judd, 197 Eutamias amoenus luteiventris, 151, 152; © minimus borealis, 152; ruficaudus ruficau- dus, 151 Euthamia camporum, 99 as) Hee Falco columbarius, 27, 108, 164; peregrinus, 27, 108, 164; rusticolus, 140; sparverius, 27, 108, 164, s. sparverius, 48 Falcon, Peregrine, 27, 108 Fallugia, 180 cheiranthoides, 87; 147; 210 THE CANADIAN Felis concolor missoulensis, 150; couguar, 174 Fern, Fragile, 74; Moon, 74; Oak, 74; Ostrich, 74 Fescue, Mountain Sheep, 77; Rough, 77 Festuca elatior, 77; saximontana, 77; brella, 72, 77 Fetherston, K. Geographic variation in the incidence of occurrence of the blue phase of the arctic fox in Canada, 15 Field book of eastern birds, reviewed by A. L. Rand, 70 Filix fragillis, 74 Finch, Common Purple, Eastern Purple, 55; Rosy, 172 Fire Weed, 92 First dates of anthesis for four trees at Ot- tawa, Ontario, for the period of 1936 to 1945, by Wm. Harold Minshall, 56 .First record of the short-tailed shrew, (Bla- rina brevicauda manitobensis Anderson) in Saskatchewan, by M. E. Baker, 199 Fisher, British Columbia, 148 Fishes of the Pacific Coast of Canada, re- viewed by J. R. Dymond, 200 Five days with a pair of nesting Canada jays, by Louise de Kiriline Lawrence, 1 Flag, Sweet, 81 Flax, Small-seeded False, 87 Fleabane, Daisy, 98; Drummond’s, 98; Hir- Scda- Ty Oe Sip aa Purple, 61-63, 66; sute, 98; Philadelphia, 98; Rough, 98; Smooth, 98 Flicker, 60-66, 129; Hybrid, 21; Northern, 29, 50;, Red-shafted, 21, 66, 133, 167; Yel- low-shafted, 11, 21, 24, 29, 111, 167. Fluminea festucacea, 77 Flycatcher, Alder, 30, 51; Crested, 30; Least, 30, 51, 112; Northern Crested, 51; Olive- sided, 30, 51, 112, 168; Traill’s, 30, 112, 167; Yellow-bellied, 30, 112 Fly-honeysuckle, Blue, 96; Swamp, 96 Forget-me-not, 95 Fox, Arctic, 15; British Columbia Red, 149 Foxtail, Green, 78; Short-awned, 76 Fragaria glauca, 88; vesca var. americana, 88 Fraxinus lanceolata, 94; pennsylvanica var. lanceolata, 94 Fruit key to northeastern trees, reviewed by Harold A. Senn, 118 Fulica americana, 109, 132 a ( (ee Gadwall, 65, 107, 131 Gaillardia aristata, 98 Galarrhoeus Peplus, 92 Galeopsis Tetrahit, 95 Galium Aparine, 96; boreale, 72, 96; labra- FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 doricum, 96; trifidum, 96; triflorum, 96 Gallinule, Common, 23; Florida, 23 Gavia adamsi, 193; immer, 24, 106, 131, 162, 193, i. elasson, 193, 194, 2.ammer, 47, 193, 194 Gentian, Bog, 94; Spurred, 94 Gentiana acuta, 94; detonsa var. tonsa, 94 Geocaulon lividum, 84 Geographic variation in the incidence currence of the blue phase of the fox in Canada, by K. Fetherston, 15 Geographical variation in the loon, Gavia immer (Brunnich), by A. L. Rand, 193 Geoprumnon succulentum, 90 Geothlypis trichas, 36, 113, 171, t. brachidac- tyla, 54 Geranium Bicknellii, Bicknelli, 90 Geranium, Bicknell’s Wild, 90 Geum, 116; allepicum var. strictum, 88; ciliatum, 88; macrophyllum var. perinci- sum, 74, 88; perincisum, 88; rivale, 88; strictum, 88; triflorum, 72, 88 Gilia linearis, 94 Glaucionetta albeola, 26, 132; clangula, 26, 107, 132, c. americana, 48; islandica, 163 Glaucomys sabrinus alpinus, 154 Glaux maritima, 94 Glyceria aquatica, 174; arundinacea, 174; borealis, 77; grandis, 77, 174; maxima in Canada, by W. G. Dore, 174; nervata, 77; striata var. stricta, 77 Glycyrrhiza lepidota, 90 Goat, Montana Mountain, 162 Godfrey, W. Earl A new long-eared owl, 196 Godwit, Hudsonian, 23 R Golden-eye, American, 26, 48, 60-66; Bar- . row’s, 60, 66, 163; Common, 11, 26, 107, of 0c- arctie 90; mnemorale. var. 132 Goldfinch, 60-66; American, 24, 37, 114; Eastern, 55 Goldenrod, 116; Flat-topped, 99; Hairy, 99; Late 100; Low, 100; Mountain, 99, Shaggy, 99 Goodwill, E. V. Ottawa bird notes, 140 Goodyera repens var. ophioides, 82 Goose, Blue, 23, 26; Canada, 11, 24, 66, 106, 162; Common Canada, 47 ; Gooseberry, Low Wild, 88; Swamp, 88 Goosefoot, Maple-leaved, 85; Oak-leaved, 85; Spear-leaved, 85 Gopher, Brown Pocket, 154 Goshawk, 60, 62, 63, 65, 66, 108, 163; Ameri- can, 26 Grackle, Bronzed, 36, 54, 62-64 Northern, 88; Nov.-Dec. 1947] THE CANADIAN Grama, Blue, 76 Grape-fern, Thick-leaved, 74; Virginia, 74 Grapsus grapsus tenuicrustatus, 135, 138, 139 Grass, June, 77; Narrow-leaved Blue-eyed, 82; Porcupine, 78; Reed Canary, 77; Slough, 76; Sweet Scented, 77; Western Ditch, 75 Grasses of Nova Scotia, The, reviewed by Harold A Senn, 200 Grass of Parnassus, Northern, 88 Grebe, Eared, 106; Holboell’s, 21, 23, 62, 66, 196; Horned, 24, 62, 65, 66, 106, 131; Pied- billed, 24, 65, 66, 106; Red-necked, 23, 131; Western, 66, 106, 162 Grindelia perennis, 98; Groh, Herbert Hackberry in and adjacent to the Province of Quebec, 141 Grosbeak, Eastern Evening, 54; Evening, 11, 23, 37, 60-66; Pine, 37, 60-66, 114, 171; Rose-breasted, 37, 54, 114 Grossularia hirtella, 88; oxyacanthoides, 88 Ground-cherry, Large White, 95 Squarrosa, 98 Groundsel, Balsam, 99; Common, 99; Silvery, 99 Grouse, Blue, 132; Canada Ruffed, 48; Ca- nada Spruce, 48; Dusky, 164; Franklin, 164, Ruffed, 11, 27, 60-65, 109, 140, 164, 203; Sharp-tailed, 23, 109, 166; Spruce, 23, 65, 108, 127, 164 Grus canadensis, 109 Guillemot, Black, 60; Pigeon, 133 Gull, Black-backed, 63; Bonaparte’s, 29, 63, 64, 110, 117; California, 110; Franklin’s, 110; Glaucous, 28, 62, 63, 66, 132; Glau- cous-winged, 66, 132; Great Black-backed, 60-62, 141; Herring, 11, 24, 29, 60-66, 110, 127; Iceland, 23, 28, 60, 140; Kumlien’s, 63; ~ Ring-billed, 29, 60-65, 110, 166; Short- billed, 66, 132 Gulo luscus, 148 Gum-weed, 98 Gyrfalcon, 140 223) a Habenaria bracteata, 82; dilatata, 72, 82; hyperborea, 82; obtusata, 82; orbiculata, 82 Haekberry in and adjacent to the Province of Quebec, by Herbert Groh, 141 Hair-grass, Rough, 76; Tufted, 76 Halenia deflexa, 94 Halerpestes Cymbalaria, 86 Haliaeetus leucocephalus, 27, 108, 132 Hare, British Columbia Snowshoe, 158; Mac- kenzie Snowshoe, 159 Hawk, 66; American Rough-legged, 27, 48; American Sparrow, 23, 27; Broad-winged, 23, 27, 48, 108, 163; Common Rough- FIELD-NATURALIST 211 legged, 27; Cooper’s, 23, 27, 48, 62-64, 66, 108, 198; Duck, 27, 61, 62, 66, 164; Eastern Red-tailed, 48; Eastern Sharp-shinned, 48; Eastern Sparrow, 48; Marsh, 23, 24, 27, 48, 62-65, 108, 164, 198; Northern Red- shouldered, 48; Pigeon, 27, 65, 108, 164; Red-shouldered, 27, 63, 64; Red-tailed, 27, 62-64, 108, 132, 163; Rough-legged, 61, 62, 64, 65; Sharp-shinned, 26, 62-66, 108, 163; Sparrow, 61-64, 108, 164; Swainson, 163 Hawksbeard, Scapose, 98 Hawkweed, Narrow-leaved, 99 Hawthorn, 88 Hazelnut, Beaked, 84 Hedge-jug, 117 Hedge-nettle, Marsh, 95 Hedymeles ludovicianus, 37, 54, 114 Hedysarum alpinum var. americanum, 72, 90; americanum, 90 Hedysarum, American, 90 Helenium macranthum, 98 Helianthus giganteus var. subtuberosus, 98; Maximiliani, 99; rigidus; 116; subrhom- boideus, 98; subtuberosus, 98 Heliopsis scabra, 99 Henbit, 95 Heracleum lanatum, 93 Heron, Black-crowned Night, 23, 24; Eastern Great Blue, 47; Eastern Green, 47; Great Blue, 24, 62, 64-66, 106, 131; Green, 23, 24 Hesperiphona vespertina, 37, v. vespertina, 54 Hesperis matronalis, 87 Heuchera Richardsonii, 88 Hieracium scabriusculum, 72, 99 Hierochloe odorata, 72, 77 Hippuris vulgaris, 74, 93 Hirundo erythrogaster, 52; rustica, 31 Histrionicus histrionicus, 132, 163 Holboell’s grebe’s strange death, by M. W. Holdom, 21 Holdom, M. W. Chickadees and _ bush-tit Fraser Valley, B.C., 116 Holboell’s grebe’s strange death, 21 Honeysuckle, Bush, 96; Involucrate, 96; Ta- tarian, 96; Twining, 96 Hop, American, 84 Hordeum jubatum, 77 Horehound, Water, 95 Horsetail, Common, 74; Marsh, 74; Meadow, 74; Variegated, 74 Horseweed, 98 Houstonia longifolia, 96 Hudsonian chickadee and golden-winged warbler in southern Ontario, by Bruce A. Krug, 67 in the Lower 212 THE CANADIAN Hummingbird, Ruby-throated, 29, 50, 111; Rufous, 167 Humulus americanus, 84; Lupulus, 84 Hybocodon prolifer, 12, 13 Hylocichla fuscescens, 33, 113, 170; f. fusces- cens, 52; guttata, 33, 112, 169, g. faxoni, 52; minima, 33; mustelina, 32, 52; ustu- lata, 33, 113, 170, wu. swainsoni, 52 Hyssop, Giant Fragrant, 95 ny hes Icteria virens longicauda, 22 Icterus galbula, 36, 54, 114 Impatiens biflora, 90; Noli-tangere, 90; occi- dentalis, 90 Indian Pipe, 93 Investigations on rubber-bearing plants. V. Notes on the flower biology and pod yield of Asclepias syriaca L., by Raymond J. Moore, 40 Iridoprocne bicolor, 31, 51, 112, 168 Ixoreus naevius, 117, 133, 169 Eee pe Jaeger, 28; Long-tailed, 117 Jay, Blue, 11, 23, 31, 60-65, 112; Canada, 1-11, 31/60) 65, 112= 168: Dae Canada, 52; Northern Blue, 52; Steller’s, 65, 66 Judd, W. W. The European praying mantis (Mantis re- ligiosa L.) at Hamilton, Ontario, 197 Junco hyemalis, 38, 114, 172, h. hyemalis, 55; oreganus, 133, 172 Junco, 61; Northern Slate-coloured, 55; Red- backed, 66, 133, 172; Slate-coloured, 11, 24, 38, 60-65, 67, 114, 172 Juncus ater, 81; balticus var. montanus, 72, 81; bufonius, 81; Dudleyi, 81; longistylis, 81; nodosus, 81 Juniper, Creeping, 75; Low, 75 Juniperus communis var. montana, 75; hori- zontalis, 75, 116; sibirica, 75 Bails genes Kalmia polifolia, 93 Kalmia, Bog, 93 Killdeer, 23, 27, 50, 65, 66 Kingbird, Eastern, 30, 51, 67, 112, 167 Kingfisher, 62, 63, 65, 66; Belted, 11, 29, 111, 133, 167; Eastern Belted, 51 Kinglet, Eastern Golden-crowned, 53; East- ern Ruby-crowned, 53; Golden-crowned, 11, 24, 33, 60, 62-64, 66, 133, 170; Ruby- crowned, 11, 33, 67, 113, 170 Kite, Swallow-tailed, 198 Knot, 28, 132 Knotweed, Long-fruited, 85; Narrow-leaved, 85 Koeleria cristata, 72, 77 Krug, Bruce A. Hudsonian chickadee and golden-winged warbler in southern Ontario, 67. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 aay) Gee Lactuca biennis, 99; pulchella, 99; 99 Ladies-tresses, Hooded, 82 Lady’s Slipper, Large Yellow, 82; Northern, 82; Small Yellow, 82 Lagopus lagopus, 109; Lamb’s Quarters, 85 Lamium amplexicaule, 95 Lanius excubitor, 33; ludovicianus, 34, 141 Lappula americana, 95; deflexa var. ameri- cana, 95; echinata, 95; Lappula, 95 Larix laricina, 72, 75 Lark, Horned, 24, 30, 62-65, 112, 168; Prairie Horned 51 Larus argentatus, 29, 110, 129; californicus, 110; canus, 132; delawarensis, 29, 110, 166; glaucescens, 132; hyperboreus, 28, 132; leucopterus, 28, 140, 1. kumlieni, 140, lL. leu- copterus, 140; marinus, 141; philadel- phia, 29, 110; pipixcan, 110 Lathyrus ochroleucus, 72, 90; palustris, 90; venosus, 72, 90 Lawrence, Louise de Kiriline Five days with a pair of nesting Canada jays, 1 Leather Leaf, 93 Ledum groenlandicum, 72, 93 Lemna minor, 74, 81; trisulea, 74, 81 Leococoma alpina, 81 Lepidium apetalum, 87; denszflorum, 87 Leptilon canadense, 98 Lepus americanus americanus, 158; a. columb- iensis, 158, 159, a. macfarlani, 157-159 Lettuce, Glaucous White, 99; Large-flowered Blue, 99; Tall Blue, 99 Leucanthemum vulgare, 98 Leucophysalis grandiflora, 95 Leucosticte tephrocotis, 172 Liatris ligulistylis, 99 Licorice, Wild, 90 Lilium philadelphicum, 116, var. andinum, 81; umbellatum, 81 Lily, Prairie, 116; Western Red, 81; Yellow Pond, 86 Limnobotrya lacustris, 88 Limnorchis dilatata, 82; Limosella aquatica, 95 Linnaea borealis var. americana, 72, 96 Linnet, Red-polled, 37, 114 Lion, Mountain, 174 Liparis Loeseli, 82 Listera convallarioides, 82; Lithospermum canescens, 95 Littorina saxatilis, 12, 13, var. groenlandica, 12 Lobelia Kalmii, 72, 97; strictiflora, 97 Lobelia, Kalm’s, 97 spicata, leucurus, 166 viridiflora, 82 cordata, 82 Nov.-Dec. 1947] THE CANADIAN Loco-weed, Pale, 90; Retrorse, 90 Lolium multiflorum, 77; rigidum, 77 Long-eared owl, A new, by W. Earl Godfrey, 196 Longevity of captive snails, by J. R. Dymond, 69 Longspur, Lapland, 38, 62, 115 Long-tailed jaeger at Ottawa, Ontario, A, by Theed Pearse, 22 Long-tailed jaeger at Ottawa, Ontario, A, by A. E. Bourguignon, 117 Lonicera coerulea var. villosa, 96; glauces- cens, 96; involucrata, 96; oblongifolia, 96; tatarica, 96; villosa var. solonis, 96 Loon, 193; Black-billed, 194; Common, 11, 23, 24, 47, 62, 66, 106, 131, 162; Pacific, 66; Red-throated, 23, 60, 66; Yellow-billed, 194 Loose-strife, Tufted, 94 Lophodytes cucullatus, 26, 48, 108 Loxia curvirostra, 37, 114; leucoptera, 114, 172 Lucerne, Yellow, 90 Lungwort, 95 Lutra canadensis preblei, 149; vancouveren- sis, 201 , Luzula multiflora, 81 Lychnis Drummondii, 86 Lycopodium annotinum, 174; 72, 74; obscurum, 75 5 Lycopus americanus, 95; asper, 95; wuniflo- rus, 95 Lynx canadensis canadensis, 150 Lynx, Canada, 150 Lysiella obtusata, 82 Lysimachia thyrsiflora, 94 —— MacKay, Donald C. G. A survey of the decapod crustacea of Wailupe commercial fish pond near Hono- lulu, Hawaii, 134 Magpie, 65, 168 Maianthemum canadense var. interius, 81 Mallard, 61-63, 65, 66, 107; Common, 26 Mallow, Small-flowered, 92 Malva parviflora, 92 Manna-grass, Fowl, 77; Northern, 77; Tall, Tre Mantis religiosa, 197 Mantis, European Praying, 197 Maple, Manitoba, 92; Mountain, 92; Silver, 56; Sugar, 56 Mareca americana, 107, 132 Mare’s-tail, 93 _ Marigold, Marsh, 86 Mariscus ‘mariscoides, 80 Marmot, Montana Hoary, Mountain Hoary, 150 _complanatum, 150; Rocky FIELD-NATURALIST 213 Marmota caligata nivaria, 150, c. oxytona, 150 Marten, 147 Martes americanus, 147, a. abietinoides, 148, a. actuosa, 148; pennanti columbiana, 148 Martin, Purple, 31, 112 Matricaria inodora, 99; suaveolens, 99 Meadowlark, 66; Eastern, 24, 36, 54; West- ern, 66, 113, 171 Meadow-sweet, Narrow-leaved, 89 Medic, Black, 90 Medicago falcata, 90; 90 Megaceryle alcyon, 29, 111, 133, 167, a. al- cyon, 51 Melampyrum lineare, 95 Melandrium Drummondii, 85 Melanerpes erythrocephalus, 30 Melanitta deglandi, 107; fusca, 132; perspi- cillata, 26, 132 Melilotus alba, 90; officinalis, 90 Melospiza georgiana, 38, 55, 114; Pa oe ea Lie m. melodia, 55 Members of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club and subscribers to the Canadian Field-Naturalist, May, 1947, 101 Mentha arvensis var. glabrata, 95; glabrior, 95 Menyanthes trifoliata, 72, 94 Mephitis mephitis hudsonica, 149 Merganser, American, 26, 48, 60-66, 108, 163; Common, 28, 132; Hooded, 26, 48, 63, 65, 66, 108; Red-breasted, 23, 26, 48, 60-64, 66 Mergus merganser, 26, 108, 132, 163, m. ameri- canus, 48; serrator, 26, 48 Mertensia paniculata, 95 Mertensia, Tall, 95 Metapograspus messor, 135, 139 Micrampelis lobata, 97 Microtus, 68; cantator, 201; longicaudus vellerosus, 157; macfarlani, 201; minor and prairie lily, by Stuart Criddle, 116; operarius macfarlani, 201; pennsylvanicus drummondii, 69, 156; richardsoni richard- soni, 157 Midshipman, 21 Milk-vetch, American, 90; Canadian, 89; Purple, 90 Milkweed, Dwarf, 94 Milkwort, Fringed, 90; Sea, 94 Mimulus ringens, 95 Mink, 148 Minshall, Wm. Harold First dates of anthesis for four trees at Ottawa, Ontario, for the period of 1936 to 1945, 56 Mint, Glabrate, 95 Mitchell, Margaret H. lupulina, 90; sativa, lincolnii, melodia, 38, 114, 133, 173, Ascending, 89; 214 THE CANADIAN Snowy owls.in Peel Co., Ontario, 68 Mitella nuda, 88 Mitrewort, 88 Mniotilta varia, 34, 53, 113 Moehringia lateriflora, 85 Moldavica parviflora, 95 Molothrus ater, 36, 114, 141, a. ater, 54 Monarda fistulosa var. menthaefolia, 95; menthaefolia, 95; mollis var.menthaefolia, 72 Moneses uniflora, 93 Monkey Flower, 95 Monolepis Nuttalliana, 85 Monotropa uniflora, 93 Moore ,Raymond J. Investigations on rubber-bearing plants. V. Notes on the flower biology and pod yield of Asclepias syriaca L. ,40 Moose, American, 160 Mouse, Boreal White-footed, 154; Chapman Lemming, 155; Meadow Jumping, 198; Red-backed, 69; Rocky Mountain Jumping, 157; Sagebrush White-footed, 155; Wood- land Jumping, 198 Mouse kills snake, by F. C. Whitehouse, 21 Mouse-catching crow, A, by N. R. Brown, 68 Mowat, F. M. Notes on the birds of Emma Lake, Saskat- chewan, 105 Mudwort, 95 Muhlenbergia racemosa, 72, 77; 77 Muhlenbergia, Marsh, 77; Mat, 77 . squarrosa, Murre, California, 66; Common, 132; Pal- las’s, 116 Murrelet, Marbled, 132 Muskrat, 157 : Mustard, Ball, 87; Gray Tansy, 87; Indian, 87; Tumble, 87; Wild, 87 Mustela erminea invicta, 148, e. richardsonii, 148; rixosa, 69, r. rixosa, 148; vison, 148 Myadestes townsendi, 170 Myiarchus crinitus, 30, c. boreus, 51 Myiochanes richardsoni, 112, 167; virens, 30, 51 Myosotis arvensis, 95 Myotis altifrons, 147; volans longicrus, 147 Myoxocephalus groenlandicus, 13 Myriophyllum exalbescens, 93; spicatum, 74, 93 Mytilus edulis, 12, 13 pam, eae Nabalus racemosus, 99 Nannus hiemalis, 112, h. hiemalis, 52 Napaeozapus insignis, 198 Naumburgia thyrsiflora, 94 Needle-grass, Common, 78 Negundo interius, 92 FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Nemezxia lasioneuron, 81 Neotoma cinerea cinerea, 155, ~c. dummmon- di, 155 Neslia paniculata, 87 Nest of the least weasel, A, by Stuart Criddle, 69 Nesting record of the western tanager, Pi- ranga ludoviciana, in east central Saskat- chewan, A, by Maurice G. Street, 67 Nettion carolinense, 107 Nettle, Hemp, 95; Slender, 84 New record of a species of agonid fish, Occa verrucosa (Lockington) from the west coast of Vancouver Island, British Colum- bia, A., by W. E. Barraclough, 39 Nighthawk, 29, 111, 167; Eastern, 50 Nightshade, Small Enchanter’s, 92 Note on the delimitation of the arctic and subarctic zones, by M. J. Dunbar, 12 Notes on some fall and winter birds of the Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia, by Frankland S. Cook, 131 Notes on the birds of Emma Lake, Saskat- chewan, by F. M. Mowat, 105 Notice of Motion, 199 Nucifraga colwmbiana, 168 Nuphar variegatum, 74, 86 Nutcracker, Clark’s, 117, 168 Nuthatch, Pygmy, 65; Red-breasted, 11, 23, 32, 52, 61, 62, 64, 65, 112, 169; White- breasted, 32, 52, 60-65 Nuttallornis borealis, 30, 168; mesoleucus, ile let Nyctea nyctea, 50, 111; scandiaca, 68 Nycticorax nycticorax, 24 Nymphaea tetragona ssp. Leibergi, 86 Nyroca affinis, 48, 107; americana, 107; laris, 48, 107; valisineria, 107 col- Sv igus Oat, Wild, 76 Oat-grass, Hooker’s, 76; Purple, 78; Wild, 76 Observations on mammals and birds in the Rocky Mountains of Alberta, by J. Dewey Soper, 143 Observations on the birds of the Petawawa Military Reserve and surrounding district, Renfrew County, Ontario, by N. R. Brown, 47 , Occa verrucosa, 39 Occurrence of the wood turtle on the Peta- wawa Reserve, Renfrew Country, Ontario, by N. R. Brown, 67 Ochotona princeps lutescens, ceps, 158, p. typicus, 158 Odocoileus hemionus hemionus, 159; virgi- nianus, 159, v.dacotensis, 159, v. ochrou- rus, 159 158, p. prin- Nov.-Dec. 1947] Oenothera biennis var. canescens, 93; muri- cata var. canescens, 93; strigosa, 93 Oidemia nigra, 132 Old-squaw, 26, 62, 66, 132 Oligoneuron canescens, 100 Ondatra zibethica, 157, z. osoyoosensis, 157, z. spatulata, 157 Onion, Pink-flowered, 81; Onoclea Struthiopteris, 74. Oncocottus quadricornis, 13 Oporornis agilis, 54; philadelphia, 36, 54, 113; tolmiez, 171 Opossum, 199 Opossum in Kent County, Ontario, An, by A. A. Wood, 199 Orchid, Green-flowered Bog, 82; Large Round-leaved, 82; Long-bracted, 82; White Bog, 82 Orchis rotundifolia, 82 Orchis, Round-leaved, 82 Oreamnos americanus missoulae, 162 Oriole, Baltimore, 36, 54, 114 Orthilia secunda, 93 Orthocarpus luteus, 95 Oryzopsis asperifolia, 77; pungens, 77 Osmorrhiza obtusa, 93 Osprey, 27, 108; American, 48 Otocoris alpestris, 30, 112, 168, a. praticola, 51 Ottawa bird notes, by E. V. Goodwill, 140 Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Members of, and subscribers to the Canadian Field- Naturalist, May, 1947, 101 Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Sixty-ninth annual meeting, 19 Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Statement of financial standing, December 3, 1946, 20 Otter, Mackenzie, 149 Otus asio, 29, a. naevius, 50 Oven-bird, 35, 54, 113 Ovis canadensis canadensis, 161 Owl, Acadian, 23; American Long-eared, 23; American Screech, 29; Barred, 23, 61, 62; Eastern Horned, 50; Eastern Saw-whet, 50; Eastern Screech, 50; Great Grey, 23; Great Horned, 29, 61-65, 166; Hawk, 29, 141, 166; Horned, 111; Little Boreal, 23; Long-eared, 62, 64, 111, 166, 196; Northern Barred, 50; Richardson’s, 23; Saw-whet, 23; Screech, 61, 64; Short-eared, 23, 63- 66; Snowy, 23, 50, 61-65, 68, 111. Oxycoccus Oxycoccus, 94; palustris, 94 Oxyechus vociferus, 109, v. vociferus, 50 Oxytropis deflexa, 90; gracilis, 72, 90; re- trorsa, 90; Richardsonii, 90; splendens var. Richardsonti, 90 Wild, 116 72, 77; canadensis, THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST ' Penthestes atricapillus, 215 | Pa Paint Brush, Indian, 95 Palaemon debilis, 135, 136 Pallas’s murre in British Columbia, by Ken- neth Racey, 116 Pandion haliaetus, 27, 108, h. carolinensis, 48 Panopeus pacificus, 135, 137, 138 Pansy, Field, 92 Parnassia multiseta, 88; palustris, 74, var. neogaea, 88 Parsnip, 93; Cow, 93 Partridge, Hungarian, 60, 64, 65 Parus atricapillus, 31, 168; gambeli, hudsonicus, 32, 67, 169 Pasque-flower, 116 Passer domesticus, 36, 113, d. domesticus, 54 Passerculus sandwichensis, 38, 114, 172, Ss. savanna, 55 Passerella iliaca, 38, 173, 7. iliaca, 55 Passerherbulus caudacutus, 114 Passerina cyanea, 37, 54 Pastinaca sativa, 93 Pearse, Theed Long-tailed chat on Vancouver Island, 22 Pea-vine, Wild, 90 Pedicularis palustris var. parviflora, 95 Pedicularis, Purple, 95 Pedioecetes phasianellus, 109, 166 Pelican, White, 23 169; Wlassoviana, 95; 112, hudsonicus, a. atricapillus, 52, a. occidentalis, 112; rufescens, 116, 117 Pentstemon gracilis, 95; procerus, 95 Pepper-grass, Common, 87 Perisoreus canadensis, 31, 112, 168, c. cana- densis, 52 Peromyscus, 156; maniculatus artemisiae, 155; m. borealis, 154 Peromyscus maniculatus macrorhinus and the problem of insularity, reviewed by A. L. Rand, 118 Persicaria fluitans, 85; incarnata, 85; pratin- cola, 84 Persicaria, Hairy, 85; Water, 85 Petasites palmatus, 72, 99; sagittatus, 72, 99; trigonophyllus, 99; vitifolius, 99 Petrochelidon albifrons, 112, a. albifrons, 52; pyrrhonota, 31 Pewee, Eastern Wood, 30, 51; Richardson’s, 112; Western Wood, 167 Phaca americana, 90 Phacelia Frankliniu, 94 Phalacrocorax auritus auritus, 119; cus, 131 Phalaris arundinacea, 77 Phalarope, Wilson’s 110 Phasianus colchicus, 132 salys pelagi- 216 Pheasant, 60-66; necked, 23 Phegopteris Dryopteris, 73 Phenacomys intermedius levis, 156 Phenacomys, Alberta, 156 Philohela minor, 28, 50 Phleum pratense, 77 Phoebe, Eastern, 24, 30, 51, 112; Say, an Phragmites communis, 74, 77 Physalis grandiflora, 95 Physostegia parviflora, 95 Pica pica, 168 Picea glauca, 72, 75; mariana, 72, 75 Picoides arcticus, 30, 51, 111; tridactylus,.30, TOL 1 s57/ Pigeon, Passenger, 23 Pigweed, 85; Red-root, 85; Russian, 85 Pika, Alberta, 158; Rocky Mountain, 158 Pine, Ground, 75; Jack, 72, 75; Scotch, 56 Pinicola enucleator, 37, 114, 171 Pintail, 26, 62, 66, 107; American, 48, 163 Pinus Banksiana ,72, 75; sylvestris, 56 Pipilo erythrophthalmus erythrophthalmus, 55; maculatus, 114 Pipit, American, 33, 170 Piranga erythromelas, 54; olivacea, 37 Pisobia minutilla, 110 Pitcher Plant, 87 Plant life of the Pacific World, reviewed by A. E. Porsild, 70 Common, 23, 132; Ring- ludoviciana, 67; Plantago asiatica, 95; major, 96, var. asiatica, 96 Plantain, Common, 96 Plants, rubber-bearing, 40 Plectrophenax nivalis, 38, 115, n. nivalis, 55 Plover, American Golden, 23, 28; Black- bellied, 28; Killdeer, 23, 24, 27, 109, 166; Semipalmated, 27, 166 Pluvialis dominica, 28 Poa annua, 77; compressa, 77; crocata, 77; interior, 72, 77; juncifolia, 77; palustris, 72, 77; pratensis,.72, 78; Sandbergii, 78; secunda, 78; triflora, 77 Podilymbus podiceps, 24, 106 Poison Ivy, 92 Polemonium boreale, 186 Polygala paucifolia, 90; Senega, 90 Polygonum achoreum, 84; aviculare var. angustissimum, 85; coccineum f.terrestre, 84; Convolvulus, 85; exsertum, 85; lapa- thifolium, 85, var. salicifoliwm, 85; natans, 85, f. Hartwrightu, 85; neglectwm, 85 Pondweed, Fennel-leaved, 75; Floating, 75; Fries’, 75; Narrow-leaved, 75; Richardson’s, 75; Sheathed, 75 Pooecetes gramineus, 328, neus, 5d 114, 172, g. grami- THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Poplar, Balsam, 82 Populus balsamifera, 72, 82, var. Michauzii, 82; tacamahacca, 82; tremuloides, 72, 82 Porcupine, Dusky, 157 Porsild, A. E. Dryas, The genus in North America, 175 Review of Plant life of the Pacific World, 70 ! Portulaca oleracea, 85 Portunus longispinosus, 135; 135, 1388, 139 Porzana carolina, 109, 166 Potamogeton Friesii, 75; natans, 75; pecti- sanguinolentus, natus, 74, 75; praelongus, 74; Richard- soni, 74, 75; strictifolius, 75; vaginatus, 75 Potentilla Anserina, 74, 88; arguta ssp. ty- pica, 88; bipinnatifida, 88; fruticosa, 72, 88; glabrella, 89; gracilis ssp. Nuttallz, 72, 88; Hippiana, 88; millegrana, 89; monspeliensis, 89; norvegica var. hirsuta, 89; palustris, 72, 89; pennsylvanica, 89, var. glabrata, 89; pulcherrima, 89; stipu- laris, 186; strigosa, 89; tridentata, 89 Prenanthes racemosa, 99 Primrose, Mealy, 94; Yellow Evening, 93 Primula incana, 94 Progne subis, 31, 112 Proichthys notatus, 21 Prunus melanocarpa, 89; pennsylvanica, 89; pumila, 89; virginiana var. melanocarpa, 89 Psaltriparus minimus, 117 Ptarmigan, White-tailed, 166; Willow, 23, 109 Pteretis nodulosa, 74; pennsylvanica, 74 Puccinellia airoides, 78; distans, 78; talliana, 78 Puceoon, Hoary, 95 Pulsatilla ludoviciana, 72, 86, 116 Purslane, 85 Pussy-paws, Canada, 97; Prairie, 97; Rege 97 Putman, Wm. L. An early breeding record of the starling — in Ontario, 115 Pyrola asarifolia, 93, var. imcarnata, 93; elliptica, 93; chlorantha, 93; secunda, 93 igs Nut- Quack-gress, 76 Quail, California, 65 Querquedula discors, 48, 107 Quiscalus quiscula aeneus, 54; versicolor, 36 LapeS IRacey, Kenneth Pallas’s murre in British Columbia, 116 Ragweed, Great, 97; Perennial, 97 Ragwort, Marsh, 99; Pursh’s, 99; Thin-leaved, 99 Nov.-Dec. 1947] THe CANADIAN Rail, Sora, 23, 109, 166; Virginia, 50,. 109; Yellow, 109 Rallus limicola, 109, 1. limicola, 50 Rand, A. L. Clutch size in the spruce grouse and theoretical consideration of some factors affecting clutch- size, 127 Geographical variation in the loon, Gavia immer (Brunnich), 193 Review of Audubon bird guide. land birds, 202 Review of Field book of eastern birds, 70 Review of Peromyscus maniculatus macro- rhinus and the problem of insularity, 118 Review of variation in Bonasa umbellus, with particular reference to the species in Canada east of the Rockies, 202 Rangifer arcticus, 201, a.fortidens, 160; ca- ribou sylvestris, 161; dawsoni, 201 Ranunculus abortivus, 86; acris, 86; aqua- tilis var. capillaceus, 74; Cumbalaria, 86; Gmelini var. Purshii, 86; lapponicus, 86; Macounii, 86; ovalis, 86; pennsylvanicus, 86; sceleratus, 74, 86; trichophyllus, 86 Raspberry, Stemless, 89 Rat, Black, 68; Brown, 68; Drummond Bushy-tailed Wood, 155; Gray Bushy-tailed Wood, 155; Roof, 68 Rattlesnake Plantain, Lesser, 82 Rattus norvegicus, 68; rattus, 68, 1. alexan- drinus, 68 ; Raven, 31, 60, 65, 66, 112, 133, 168 Redhead, 23, 63, 65, 107 Redstart, American, 36, 54, 113, 171 Redpoll, 60-66; Arctic, 23, 37; Common, 37, 55, 172; Hairy, 61; Hoary, 23,37 Red-wing, Eastern, 54 Reed-grass, Common, 77; Narrow, 76; North- ern, 76; Plains, 76; Sweet, 174 Regulus calendula, 33, 170; satrapa, 33, 133, 170, s. satrapa, 53 Rhamnus alnifolia, 92 Rhus radicans var. Rydbergii, 92 Rhynchospora alba, 81; capillacea, 81; fusca, 81 Ribes americanum, 88; floridum, 172, 88; glandulosum, 88; hirtellum, 88; hudsonia- num, 88; lacustre, 88; oxyacanthoides, 88; prostratum, 88; triste, 88 Rice, Slender Mountain, 77 Rice-grass, Canadian, 77 Richmondena cardinalis, 37 Riparia riparia, 31, 168, r. riparia, 51 Robin, 61-66; American, 11, 24, 32, 69, 112; Eastern, 52 Rocket, Prairie, 87; Sweet, 87 Rorippa islandica var. microcarpa, 74, 87 Eastern FIELD-NATURALIST 217 Rosa acicularis, 72, 89; alcea, 89; arkansana, 72, 89; blanda, 89; Bourgeauiana, 89; Lu- nellii, 89; Macouni, 89; pratincola, 89; subglauca, 89; suffulta, 89; Woodsii, 72, 89 Rose, Low Prairie, 89; Prickly, 89; Woods’, 89 Rosemary, Bog, 93 Ross, Douglas A. Warbler mortality and the late spring of 1945, in Ontario and Quebec, 22 Rubus acaulis, 72, 89; arcticus, 89; Cha- maemorus, 89; idaeus var. canadensis, 89; melanolasius, 89; paracaulis, 89; pubes- cens, 72, 89; strigosus, 72, 89; triflorus, 89 Rudbeckia hirta, 99 } Ruffed grouse, its life story, ecology and management, The, reviewed by C. H. D. Clarke, 203 Ruppia occidentalis, 75 Rumex Acetosella, 85; maritimus var. fuegi- nus, 85; mexicanus, 74, 85; occidentalis, 74, 85; persicariodes, 85 Rye, Blue Wild, 77; Hairy Wild, 77; Ma- coun’s Wild, 77; Nodding Wild, 77; Short- awned Virginia, 77 ‘Rye-grass, Western, 76 Bae eae Sabina horizontalis, 75 Sabulina dawsonensis, 85 Sage, Pasture, 97; Prairie, 97; Slender, 97 Sagebrush, 116 Sagittaria arifolia, 75; folia f£. gracilis, 75 Salix amygdaloides, 82; athabascensis, 83; balsamifera, 84; Barclayi, 84; Bebbiana, 72, 82; brachycarpa, 82; candida, 72, 83, var. denudata, 83; cordata, 83, var. an- gustata, 88; desertorum, 83; discolor, 72, 83, var. prinoides, 83; fallax, 83; Fend- leriana, 83; glaucops, 83; glauca var. gla- brescens, 83; humilis, 83; interior, 83, var. pedicellata, 83; lancifolia, 83; lasian- dra, 83, var. lancifolia, 83; linearifolia, 83; longifolia, 83; lucida, 83; lutea, 83; MacCalliana, 83; myrtillifolia, 72, 83, var. — brachypoda, 83; Nelsonii, 84; pedicellaris var. hypoglauca, 72, 83; pellita, 83; per- rostrata, 82; ° petiolaris, 72, 83, var. gra- cilis, 83; planifolia, 72, 83, 84, var. Nel- sonii, 84; pseudomonticola, 84; pseudo- myrsinites, 84; pyrifolia, 84; Scouleriana, 126; serissima, 72, 84 Salsola pestijer, 85 Salvelinus fontinalis, 142 Sambucus pubens, 98; racemcsa, 96 Sanderling, 28, 66 Sand-grass, 76 cuneata, 74, 75; latz- 218 THE CANADIAN Sandpiper, Baird’s, 28; Eastern Solitary, 50; Least, 28, 110; Pectoral, 28; Red-backed, 28, 66; Semipalmated, 28, 110; Solitary, 28, 109, 166; Spotted, 11, 28, 50, 66, 109, 166; Western, 23, 28; White-rumped, 23 Sand-spurry, Salt-marsh, 86 Sandwort, Dawson, 85 Sanicula marilandica, 72, 93 Sapsucker, Eastern Yellow-bellied, 51; low-bellied, 11, 30, 64, 67, 111 Sarracenia purpurea, 72, 87 Sarsaparilla, Wild, 93 Saskatoon Berry, 88 Saxifrage, Iowa Golden, 88 Sayornis phoebe, 30, 51, 112; saya, 167 Scaup, Lesser, 163 Schizachne purpurascens, 72, 78 Scirpus americanus, 81; caespitosus var. cal- losus, 72, 81; hudsonianus, 81; pauciflo- rus, 80; rubrotinctus, 81; validus, 72, 81 Scoter, 60; American, 63, 66, 132; Surf, 26, 66, 132; White-winged, 23, 60, 66, 107, 132 Yel- Scouring-rush, Common, 74; Dwarf, 74 Scutellaria epilobiifolia, 95; galericulata, 95 Scylla serrata, 135, 138 Sea Blite, Erect, 85 Seiurus aurocapillus, 35, 54, 113; racensis, 35, n.noveboracensis, 54 Selaginella densa, 75; rupestris, 75 Selaginella, Prairie, 75; Rock, 75 Selasphorus rufus, 167 Seneca Root, 90 Senecio canus, 99; erymophilus, 99; palus- tris, 74, 99; pauperculus var. Balsamitae, 99; pseudaureus, 99; Purshianus, 99; vul- garis, 99 Senn, Harold A. Notice of Motion, 199 Review of American species of Amelan- chier, 70 Review of Fruit key to northeastern trees, 118 Review of The grasses of Nova Scotia, 200 Review of The vegetation of the Annapolis Valley, 118 Setaria viridis, 78 Setophaga ruticilla, 36, 54, 113, 171 Sheep, Rocky Mountain Bighorn, 161 Shepherdia canadensis, 72, 92 Shepherd’s Purse, 87 Shield-fern, Crested, 74; Spinulose, 74 Shooting-star, Few-flowered, 94 Shoveller, 132, 140 novebo- Shrew, Cinereous, 147; Dusky Mountain, 147; Mountain Water, 147; Short-tailed, 199 Shrike, 65; Common, 34, 141; Northern, 33, 61-63, 66 FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Sialia currucoides, 170; sialis, 33, s. sialis, 53 Sibbaldiopsis tridentata, 89 Sieversia, 180 Silene inflata, 86; 86 Silverberry, 92 Silver Feather, 88 Sinapis arvensis, 87 Singing Fish, 21 Siskin, Pine, 11, 37, 60-65, 114, 172 Sisymbrium altissimum, 87; Sophia, 87 Sisyrinchium angustifolium, 82; montanum, 82 Sitta canadensis, 32, 52, 112, 169; carolinen- sis, 32, c. carolinensis, 52 noctiflora, 86; vulgaris, Sium cicutaefolium, 93; suave, 93 Sixty-ninth annual meeting of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 19 Skulleap, Marsh, 95 ; Skunk, Northern Plains, 149 Smilacina racemosa, 126; stellata, 72, 81; trifolia, 72, 81 Smilax herbacea, 81 Snake, Brown, 21 Snake-root, 93 Sneezeweed, 98 Sneeze-wort, White, 98 : Snipe, Wilson’s, 24, 28, 50, 60, 63, 66 Snow-berry, 96; Creeping, 93; Few-flowered, 96; Western, 96 Snowy owls in Peel County, Ontario, by Margaret H. Mitchell, 68 é Snyder, L. L. Aquatic behaviour of a jumping mouse, 198 Solidago, 116; decumbens, 72, var. oreophila, 99; elongata, 99; gilvocanescens, 99; gla- berrima, 100; graminifolia var. camporum, 99; hispida, 99, var. lanata, 72, 99, var. elongata, 99, var. fallax, 99; missouriensis, 72, 100; nemoralis var. decemflora, 72, 100, var. longipetiolata, 72; oreophila, 99; pul- cherrima, 100; rigida var.canescens nov. comb., 100; serotina, 100 ‘Solitaire, Townsend, 170 Solomon’s Seal, Star-flowered, 81; Three- leaved, 81; Two-leaved, 81 Some recent observations on the birds of Banff National Park, Alberta, by O. E. Devitt, 117 Sonchus asper, 100; arvensis, 100, var. gla- brescens, 100; wliginosum, 100 Soper, J. Dewey Observa’ions on mammals and birds in the Rocky Mountains of Alberta, 143 Sophia Richardsoniana, 87 Sora, 23 Sorbus decora, 89; .scopulina, 126 Nov.-Dec. 1947] THE CANADIAN Sorex cinereus cinereus, 147; obscurus obscu- rus, 147; palustris navigator, 147 Sorrel, Sheep, 85 Sowthistle, Perennial, 100; Spiny, 100 Spangle Top, 77 Sparganium eurycarpum, 75; .minimum, 75; multipedunculatum, 75 Sparrow, Brewer, 173; Chipping, 38, 114, 173; Clay-coloured, 114; Eastern Chip- ping, 55; Eastern Field, 55; Eastern Fox, 55; Eastern Savannah, 55; Eastern Song, 55; Eastern Tree, 55; Eastern Vesper, 55; Eastern White-crowned, 55; English, 23, 36, 54, 60,. 63, 113; Fox, 38, 66, > 173; Golden-crowned, 173; House, 60-66; Le- eonte’s, 114; Lincoln’s, 23, 38, 114, 173; Savannah, 23, 38, 60, 114, 172; Sharp-tailed, 114; Song, 24, 38, 60-64, 66, 114, 133, 173; Swamp, 38, 55, 62, 63, 114; Tree, 38, 60- 65, 172; Vesper, 23, 38, 114, 172; White- crowned, 38, 65, 114, 173; White-throated, iMearsowoD) 62; 63, 60,.L/a Spartina gracilis, 78 Spatula clypeata, 132, 140 Spear-grass, Common, 78; chardson’s, 78 Speedwell, American, 95; Hairy, 96; Marsh, 96; Water, 96 Speirs, Doris H. and J. Murray Speirs Birds of the vicinity of North Bay, Onta- rio, 23 Speirs, J. Murray See Speirs Doris H. and J. Murray Speirs Spergularia salina, 86 Sphenopholis intermedia, 78; pallens, 78 Sphyrapicus varius, 30, 111, v. varius, 51 Spinach, Strawberry, 85 Spinus pinus, 37, 114, 172; t. tristis, 55 Spiraea alba, 89; lucida, 126 Spiranthes Romanzoffiana, 82; stricta, 82 Spizella arborea, 38, 172, a.arborea, 55; breweri, 173; pallida, 114; passerina, 38, 114, 173, p.passerina, 55; pusilla pusilla, 55 Sporobolus cryptandrus, 78 Spruce, Black.72, 75; White, 72, 75 Spurge, Ridge-seeded, 92; Thyme-leaved, 92 Squatarola squatarola, 28 Squires, W. Austin An erroneous record of the swallow-tailed kite in New Brunswick, 198 Squirrel, Columbian Ground, 151; Columbian Red, 152; Hollister Mantled Ground, 150; Mackenzie Red, 152; Richardson Flying, 154; Richardson Red, 154 Stachys palustris var. pilosa, 95; rum, 95 Green, 78; Ri- tristis, 37, 114, scopulo- FIELD-NATURALIST 219 Star Flower, 94 Starling, 53, 60-65, 115; Common, 34 Statement of financial standing, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, December 3, 1946, 20 Steganopus tricolor, 110 Steironema ciliatum, 94 Stelgidopteryx ruficollis, 31, r.serripennis, 52 Stellaria borealis, 86; calycantha, 86; crassi- folia, 86; longifolia, 86; longipes, 86; media, 86 Stercorarius, 28; longicaudus, 117 Sterna forsteri, 110; hirundo, 29, 110 Stiff-darnel, 77 Stipa canadensis, 77; comata, 72, 78; Ri- chardsonii, 78; spartea, 78; viridula, 78 Strawberry, American Wood, 88; Wild, 88 Street, Maurice G. A nesting record of the western tanager, Piranga ludoviciana, in east central Sas- katchewan, 67 Streptopus amplexifolius, 126, var. denticu- latus, 126 Strix varia varia, 50 Sturnella magna, 36, m. magna, 54; neglecta, 113, 171 Sturnus vulgaris, 34, 115, v. vulgaris, 53 Suaeda erecta, 85 Subarctic zone, 12 Subscribers to the Canadian Field-Naturalisf, May, 1947, 101 Sundew, Oblong-leaved, 87; 88; Slender-leaved, 87 Sunflower, 116; Rough False, 99; Tuberous- rooted, 98 Surnia ulula, 29, 141, 166 Survey of the decapod crustacea of Wailupe commercial fish pond near Honolulu, Ha- waii, A, by Donald C. G. MacKay, 134 Svida instolonea, 93 Swallow, American Rough-winged, 23, 31; Bank, 31, 51, 168; Barn, 31, 52; Cliff, 31, 112; Northern Cliff, 52; Rough-winged, 52; Tree, 31, 51, 112, 168 Swan, Whistling, 131 Swift, Chimney, 29, 50 Symphoricarpos albus, 96, var. pauciflorus, 96; occidentalis, 72, 96; pauciflorus, 72, 96; racemosus, 96 Synaptomys borealis chapmani, 155 i Tamarack, 72, 75 Tamiasciurus hudsonicus columbiensis, 152, h. preblei, 152, h. richardsonii, 152, 154 Tanacetum vulgare, 100 Tanager, Scarlet, 37, 54; Western, 67 Round-leaved, 220 Taraxacum officinale, 100; palustre var. vul- gare, 100 Tea, Labrador, 93 Teal, Blue-winged, 23, 48, 107, 117; Green- winged, 26, 65, 66, 107, 163 Telmatodytes palustris, 112 Templeman, Wilfred Trout with abnormally long fins, 142 Tern, Black, 29, 110, 117; Caspian, 23; Com- mon, 29, 110; Forster’s, 110 Thalamita integra, 135, 137 Thalictrum, 72, 87; dasycarpum, 87; dioi- cum, 87; purpurascens var. dasycarpum, 87; venulosum, 87 Thamnophis sirtalis, 21 Thermopsis rhombifolia, 90 Thistle, Russian, 85; Short-stemmed, 98; Swamp, 98; Wavy-leaved, 98 Thlaspi arvense, 87 Thomomys calpoides fuscus, 154 Thrasher, Brown, 32, 52, 112 Thrush, Eastern Hermit, 52; Eastern Olive- backed, 52; Grey-cheeked, 23, 33; Hermit, 11, 33, 62, 63, 112, 169; Olive-backed, 23, 33, 113, 170; Varied, 66, 117, 133, 169; Wilson’s, 338, 113, 170; Wood, 32, 52 Timber wolf den and pups, by Stuart Crid- dle, 115 Timothy, 77 Tit, European Long-tailed, 117 Titmouse, Tufted, 64 Toad-flax, Bastard, 84 Tofieldia glutinosa, 72, 81 Totanus flavipes, 28, 110; melanoleucus, 28, 110 Touch-me-not, 90; Spotted, 90 Towhee, 64; Eastern, 23; Red-eyed, 23, 55; Spotted, 66, 114 Toxicodendron Rydbergii, 92 Toxostoma rufum, 32, 52, 112 Trientalis americana, 94; borealis, 94 Trifolium hybridum, 90; pratense, 90; pro- cumbens, 90; repens, 90 Triglochin maritimum, 75; palustre, 75 Tringa solitaria, 28, 109, 166, s. solitaria, 50 Troglodytes aédon, 32, 112, 169, a. aédon, 52; troglodytes, 32, 133 Trout, Brook, 142 Trout with abnormally long fins, by Wilfred Templeman, 142 Tumble Weed, 85 Turdus migratorius, 32, 112, 169, m. migra- torius, 52 Turner, George H. Alpine plants in the Pigeon Lake district of Alberta, 126 Turnstone, Black, 66; Common, 23; Ruddy, 23 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 Turritis glabra, 87 Turtle, Wood, 67 Tway-blade, 82; leaved, 82 Twin Flower, 96 Tympanuchus cupido, 109 Typha latifolia, 72, 75 Tyrannus tyrannus, 30, 51, 112, 167 ae Broad-lipped, 82; Heart- Ulmus americana, 56, 84 Unamia alba, 98 Uria aalge, 132; lomvia arra, 116 Ursus horribilis, 147 Urtica gracilis, 84; Lyallii, 84 Utricularia macrorrhiza, 96; minor, 96; vul- garis var. americana, 96 pats, 7/60 Vaccinium eaespitosum, 72, 94; canadense, 72, 94; Oxycoccus, 94; Vitis-Idaea, 72, var. minus, 94 Valerian, Northern, 97 Valeriana septentrionalis, 97 Variation in Bonasa wmbellus, with particular reference to the species in Canada east of the Rockies, reviewed by A. L. Rand, 202 Veery, 33, 53 Vegetation of the Annapolis Valley, The, re- viewed by Harold A. Senn, 118 Venus’ Slipper, 82 Vermivora celata, 34, 113, 171, c.celata, 53; chrysoptera, 67; peregrina, 34, 53, 113; ruficapilla, 34; Yr. ruficapilla, 53 Veronica americana, 95; Anagallis-aquatica, 96; catenata, 96; connata ssp. glaberrima, 95; peregrina var. xalapensis, 96; scu- tellata, 96; xalapensis, 96 Vetch, American, 90; Tufted, 90 Vetchling, Cream-coloured, 90; Marsh, 90 Viburnum edule, 96; eradiatum, 96; Opulus var. americanum, 72, 96; pauciflorum, 72, 96; trilobum, 96 Vicia americana, 72, 90; Cracca, 90 Viola adunca, 92; canadensis, 92; delphini- folia, 92; nephrophylla, 72, 92; palustris, 92; pedatifida, 92; Rafinesquii, 92; reni- folia, 92; rugulosa, 72, 92; subvestita, 92 Violet, Crow-foot, 92; Kidney-leaved, 92; Marsh, 92; Northern Bog, 92; Sand, 92 Vireo gilvus, 34, 171, g.gilvus, 53; oliva- ceus, 34, 53, 113, 170; philadelphicus, 34, 53; solitarius, 34, 113, s. solitarius, 53 Vireo, Blue-headed, 34, 53; Eastern Warbling, 53; Philadelphia, 34, 53; Red-eyed, 34, 53, 113, 170; Solitary, 34, 113; Warbling, 34, 171; Yellow-throated, 23 Vitis-Idaea punctata, 94 Nov.-Dec. 1947 Vole, 68; Athabaska Red-backed, 156; Drum- mond’s, 69; Drummond Meadow, 156; Gale Red-backed, 156; Long-tailed Mountain, 157; Richardson, 157 ~ Vulpes fulva abietorum, 149 me ees Wapiti, Rocky Mountain, 159 Warbler, Audubon, 171; Bay-breasted, 35, 53; Black and White, 34, 53, 113; Blackburnian, Beano) O35; 1135) Black-capped!, 36; Black-poli, 35, 171; Black-polled, 35; Black- throated Blue, 23, 35, 53,118; Black- throated Green, 23, 35, 53, 1138; Canada, 22 eooy O44 on, ldo: Cape May.) 30, 53: Chestnut-sided, 35, 53, 113; Common Orange-crowned, 53; Connecticut, 54; Eastern Nashville, 53; Eastern Yellow, 53; Golden-winged, 67; Macgillivray, 171; Magnolia, 34, 53, 113; Mourning, 36, 54, Mise ViKtine. tl 225935. 053,03, 1s, 17: Nashville, 34; Northern Parula, 53; Northern Pine, 54; Orange-crowned, 34, ielnlieePalm,, 35.0 113:* Parula, 345 Pine, 22, 35; Prairie, 23; Tennessee, 23, 34, 53, 113; Wilson’s, 36, 54; Yellow, 113, 117, 171 Warbler mortality and the late spring of 1945 in Ontario and Quebec, by Douglas A. Ross, 22 Water-hemlock, 93; Western, 93 Water-milfoil, Spiked, 93 Water-parsnip, 93 Water-plantain, Western, 75 Water-starwort, Northern, 92; Verwual, 92 Water-thrush, Northern, 35, 54 Waxwing, Bohemian, 23, 65, 170; Cedar, 33, 53, 61-64, 113, 133, 170 Weasel, Least, 69, 148;, Little Rocky Moun- tain, 148; Richardson, 148 Wheat-grass, Awned, 76; Crested, 76; North- ern, 76 Whip-poor-will, 29; Eastern, 50 Whitehouse, F. C. Mouse kills snake, 21 Willow, Autumn, 84; Balsam, 84; Bebb’s, 82; Blueberry, 83; Bog, 83; Flat-leaved, 84; Hoary, 83; MacCalla’s, 83; Peach-leaved, 82; Prairie, 83; Pussy, 83; Red, 83; Sand- bar, 83; Satiny, 83; Shining,, 83; Short- capsuled, 82; Yellow, 83 Willow-herb, Linear-leaved, 93 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 221 Wilsonia canadensis, 36, 54, 113; pusilla, 36, p. pusilla, 54 Wintergreen, 93; One-flowered, 93; flowered, 93 Witlow-grass, Yellow, 87 Wolf, Timber, 115, 149 Wolverine, 148 Wood, A. A. An opossum in Kent County, Ontario, 199 Woodcock, American, 28, 50 Wood-grass, Slender, 76 Woodpecker, American Three-toed, 23, 30, 111, 167; Arctic Three-toed, 30, 51, 65, 111; Downy, 11, 30, 60-66, 111; Eastern Hairy, 51; Hairy, 11, 23, 30, 60-66, 111, 167; Northern Downy, 51; Northern Pileated, Dil eRileateds sila 30) Ol. Gas 10D. 060, bine 167; Red-headed, 30 Wormwood, Biennial, 97; Tall, 97 Wren, Bewick’s, 66; Carolina, 64; Eastern House, 52; Eastern Winter, 52; House, 32, 112, 169; Long-billed Marsh, 23, 112; Short-billed Marsh, 32, 52; Winter, 11, 32, 62-66, 112, 133 Greenish-flowered, 93; One-sided, 93; White- NC Xanthium commune, 100; italicum, 100 Xantocephalus xanthocephalus, 114 Xiphonectes longispinosus, 135 Xylosteon coeruleum, 96; oblongifolium, 96 ee ae Yarrow, Many-flowered, 97; 97 Yellow-cress, Marsh, 87 Yellow-legs, Greater, 28, 110; Lesser, 23, 28, 110 Yellow-throat, 171; Maryland, 23, 36; North- ern, 23, 36, 54, 113 Yukon birds and those of the Canol road, List of, reviewed by C. H. D. Clarke, 203 — Zapus hudsonius, 198; princeps princeps, 157 Zenaidura ‘macroura, 111, 166, m.carolinen- sis, 50 Zizia aptera, 72, 93; cordata, 93 Zonotrichia albicollis, 38, 55, 114, 173; coro- nata, 173; leucophrys, 38, 173, 1. leuco- phrys, 55 Zostera marina, 13 Zygadenus elegans, 82 Prairie Milfoil, 222 THE Ottawa Naturalist Voloe4: Vol. 20, CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 61 WANTED In order to meet the demand for back numbers of the publications of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, the following are urgently needed : Transactions, Ott. Field-Nat. Club, No. 1, 1880. Sept., Dec., Jan., Feb., Mar., Avon: July, Oct.-Nov., Dec., June, July, Nov., Mar., July, Jan., July, Canadian Field-Naturalist Vol. 34, Vol. 36, Vol. 37, Vol. 39, Vol. 44, Vol. 45, Vol. 56, Members and subscribers who are able to spare any of these numbers would greatly assist the Club by forwarding them to: Nov., May, Mar., May, Dec., May, Sept., 1890 1893 1898 1898 1898 1898 1898 1898 1898 1901 1901 1901 1904 (This was marked Vol. 18, No. 12) 1904 1906 1906 1920 1922 1923 1925 1930 1931 1942 Dr. C. Frankton, Division of Botany, Central Experimental Farm, OTTAWA, Ontario. i.’ MOSSOP; ‘anata L. W. KOSER: : MISS W. M. DOWNES; Social log ese ie HERON. ‘Chair. ite ‘R ‘LEJEUNE, 9 al: MRS. A. SIMPSON, Chair.; MRS. D. ING. ised Geological : K. HELYAR, Sec. Ble Mammalogical : Ran -ELYE, -Chair.; MRS. L. E. DOWNES, Sec.. “Zoology-R. A. WARDLE ; EP ; Herpetology cm Se Sec.. Mi- _Botany-C. Ww. x Wee , Ist Hal aaa : ee spe eecinece {GEQHGES A. LECLERC; e : VIGER PLAMONDON; { section: > TAN -BREAKEY; Chiet- 1 sph ROSS "Chief Propaganda section: HU- | -BERT ‘DUCHENE; _ Directors: JOS. MORIN, RENE ea .. FRANCOIS HAMEL, FRED MAHON, - Pro- a LEHMANN; isecraiaies: MISS M. ye re B. STEWART, Hoya! Catone Hue RAS odes i "President: fessor TAS. i iGouneile i L ct) FI ER, A CAMERON, BRO- _ THER DENIS, O. E. ‘DEVITT, MISS BARBARA ‘DOUGLAS, J. DWIGHT, MISS MADELEINE FRITZ, MRS. L. E. it AQUITH, DR. L. E. JAQUITH, W. H. MARTIN, DOUGLAS ee A. A. OUTRAM, MISS LILIAN PAYNE, 1 _ GREER see eS Hy c. ROBSON, i H. SOU ARL 4 ¥ urdey of te month: ee. the. ‘winter. } § vie Si P. H STOKES, Sire! oR Ry) K STEWART-HAY, Monat mk Me in! gs are Pooks each 1 Monday evening, | ae on. ‘ULI LRIC G. TESSIER, _ CHAS A. -DUMAS, ) -_ AFRMATED soctETIE VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY EXECUTIVE OFFICERS — 1946-1947 Hon. President: DR. NORMAN A. M. MacKENZIE, M.M. B.A., L.L.M., L.L.B., L.L.D., Past President: LAN McTAG- GERT COWAN, B.A., Ph.D.; President: A. H. BAIN; Vice-President: J. J. PLOMMER; Corr. Secretary: A. R. WOOTON; Rec. Secretary: MISS STELLA BOYSE; Asst. Secretary: F. TIMMIS; H. Treasurer: F. J. SANDFORD; Librarian: MRS. F. MORGAN; Chairmen of sections: Botany - J. DAVIDSON, F.LS., F.B.S.E.: Geology - M. Y. WILLIAMS, B.Sc., Ph.D., F.G.S.A.: Entomology - A. R. WOOTTON : Omithology - J. HOLMAN: Photo- graphy - P. T. TIMMS : Mammalogy - Ian McT. COWAN, B.A., Ph.D.: Marine Biology - R. W. PILLSBURY, M.A.: Junior Section MISS M. L. ELLIOTT; Additional Members of Executive - MISS E. SUTHERLAND, Cc. GOUGH, K. RACEY, G. R. WOOD. Auditors - H. G. _SELWOOD, W. B. WOODS. All” meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science- Building, ‘University of British Columbia, unless other- wise announced. McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB LONDON, ONT. 5 x "OFFICERS FOR 1946 Beteiaent - DR. R. Gs CUMMINGS, 429 Oxford St. _ Vice-President - MR. J. K. REYNOLDS, 912 Dufferin Ave. IDYgy REX MEREDITH; Chief- — _ Chief- Information 4 Corr. Sec. & Treas. - Mrs. W. G. GIRLING, 530 English St. i Rec. Sec. - MR. ALAN LAUGHREY, 786 Wellington St Migratory Bird Recorder - MR. W. G. GIRLING, 530 English St. Programme Goavenae - MRS. E. M. DALE, 297 Hyman St. Meetings are held at 7.30 p.m. in the Public Library building on the second Monday of each month from =< i President: _ FRY, MRS. L. McI. TERRILL; Treasurer: A. R. LEPING- _ WELL; Secretary: MISS R. S. ABBOTT, 166 Senneville President : LAING ; Zooloay, Daanetvad of British Columbia, Vancouver. B.C. October to April. ‘Field trips are held during the spring and a special excursion in Beas PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC. OFFICERS FOR 1947-1948 G. HARPER HALL; Vice-Presidents: J. D. Road, Senneville, HG. -; Committee: J. P. ANGLIN, W. R. B. BERTRAM, J. A. DECARIE, DR. M. J. DUNBAR, W. S. HART, MRS. C. i HENDERSON, MISS G. HIB- BARD, H. A. C. JACKSON, G. H. MONTGOMERY iFes MISS L. MURPHY, G. G. OMMANNEY, W. H. RAW- LINGS, MISS M. ROBINSON, J. A. ROLLAND, MISS M. SEATH, L. McI. TERRILL. Meetings held the second Monday of the month except during summer. ‘ Headquariers of the Society are: REDPATH MUSEUM BIRD ROOM McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL, P.Q. BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL SOCIETY KENNETH RACEY; Vice-President: H. M. Secretary: IAN McT. COWAN, Dept. of AN R. M. SAUNDERS has the enthusiasm of an explorer, but the ability to recount his discoveries in an entertaining fashion so that the reader sees the sunrises,.... smells the pines and jumps to the thrill of a new bird.” A. A. ALLEN, Professor of Ornithology, Cornell University. by Richard M. Saunders Birp lovers the world over will welcome this excellent account of Richard Saunders’ activities and experiments in bird watching. Compiled from material taken from his notebooks, Flashing Wings gives an entertaining and accurate description of the bird-life in a thickly-populated section of southern Ontario. Special features of the book that will make it particularly valuable to ornithologists include : SEASONAL ARRANGEMENT — including observations selected from a number of years. MIGRATION CHARTS — compiled by Dr. Saunders and Jim Baillie, Jr., of the staff of the Royal Ontario Museum. ILLustTRATIONS BY T. M. SHorTT — bird studies that have the authenticity of photographic reproduction. END PAPER MAPS BY BARBARA WorRTH — adding a note of humour to the text. A PPRECIATION of Dr. Saunders’ philosophy of bird watching will enrich the experience of field naturalists... Flashing Wings contains much information of interest to ornithologists everywhere.” Outver H. Hewitt, Dominion Wildlife Officer for Ontario. At all bookstores and book departments $4.50 McCLELLAND & STEWART LIMITED “Le Droit’’ Printing, Ottawa, Canada. Comet ora? ts ae dh OUTER Hieeany - 7 ) 4 ! y 4 u y ar ae i aps hte) q ' ? ) ry eee ¢ Nit ‘ , \ ee. yt r r ‘ ' ; BP uy AS PMR Ee ae rea ¥ Ui . ae SAAS Hee PR A a Baba y Wn Wie f NN yay ‘y ily le " p ’ } ' \ i i { ye ; Hi + ' i ‘ ERNST MAYR LIBRARY Wii iin 3 2044 nt > nine ™ twee on aw hha Bap baal “ Se Scant iimenematrrate 3 a i ion : a seit any nest ; y 2 eaea D ee Oite tie oe SN hie Uae bate gel oy ost, oe eda aniatese ae rgtt s eti * heat er S = Sa 2 i Ay OPIN aie St Stanes 5 leas)